Brandy Zadrozny: The Librarian Who Went to War

On the morning of December 17, 2020, a nurse named Tiffany Dover stands at a podium in Chattanooga, Tennessee. She manages the COVID unit at CHI Memorial Hospital and she has just received one of the first vaccine doses in America, live, on camera, in front of local reporters. She takes questions. Then she stops. She says she feels dizzy. She apologizes. She faints into the arms of the doctors behind her, and the local news cameras turn away. Twenty minutes later she is back at the podium saying she feels fine, that fainting happens to her when she feels pain. It does not matter. In the twenty minutes she was off camera, strangers around the world decided she was dead.

Six hundred miles north, in Brooklyn, Brandy Zadrozny (b. 1980) is watching livestreams of medical workers getting their shots. This is her job. She calls the method deep hanging out, borrowing the phrase Clifford Geertz (1926-2006) used for anthropological immersion, and what she immerses in are the anti-vaccine groups, the far-right channels, the conspiracy forums. She waits for something to happen. Now something happens. The clip of the fainting nurse moves through the channels she monitors, gathering claims as it goes. Dover is dead. The hospital is covering it up. The woman in later photos is a body double. The list of conspirators grows to include the drug companies, the media, and the Pope. Zadrozny watches a theory get born in real time, and she cannot let it go. The obsession will consume the next two and a half years of her working life and produce the podcast that defines her career.

To understand why this reporter, of all the reporters in New York, chased a fainting nurse to the hills of northern Alabama, you have to start at a reference desk.

Zadrozny did not train as a journalist. She tended bar. She taught middle school English. From 2003 to 2007 she worked as a teacher-librarian for the New York City Board of Education, and she earned a master’s degree in library and information science from Pratt Institute in Brooklyn. She worked the news library at ABC News. For a stretch she lived in Vermont, baked pies, skied cross-country, worked the Burlington Public Library and the reference desk at Champlain College. She has said her mission never changed from those days: inform a public hungry for answers. At the reference desk the question was the capital of Montana. Later the question became the identity of the anonymous account the president retweeted that morning.

In December 2011 she took a job in the research department at Fox News, the unit the network calls the Brain Room. It sits apart from the opinion shows, staffed in those years with doctors, lawyers, a former SEC man, subject specialists. She has described its internal mandate as an order to “kill BS stories,” and has called it the most depressing job she ever had. The Brain Room fielded questions from producers across the building, and the questions mapped the building’s range. Shep Smith’s team wanted witnesses and user-generated content when news broke. A Fox and Friends producer once asked her whether dolphins rape people. She built briefing books on women’s issues, crime statistics, abortion. She lasted about eighteen months, and when she left in May 2013, she left money on the table. She has said she “took a huge pay cut to be a baby reporter” at The Daily Beast, a woman in her thirties with a graduate degree starting at the bottom.

The bottom at The Daily Beast was the Cheat Sheet, the site’s aggregation column. One hundred words or fewer per item. A lede, a kicker, the right voice, real editing sessions. It taught her compression the way the reference desk had taught her retrieval. She rose to researcher and then reporter, covering social issues, science, and crime, and she became the person other reporters came to when they needed a court record, a domain history, an archived page, a person who did not want to be found. She showed the newsroom how to set domain-name notifications, a trick that produced the site’s scoop on the crude internet domains that Felix Sater, the Trump associate and convicted mobster, registered against his enemies. She dug bankruptcy filings out of court records to show how chronic illness pushed Dan Scavino, Trump’s social media director, into insolvency. Ben Collins, her frequent reporting partner in those years, later said she was “the crown jewel of any newsroom” she worked in, that she could find what no one else could find and then present it in a way that felt human.

Around 2015 the beat found her. Collins tracked conspiracy theories. She tracked pickup artists and their crimes. Mass shootings came faster, and the two of them started pulling the shooters’ online lives out of the wreckage of deleted profiles and archived posts. The work sat in a strange place. Editors treated internet subcultures as a sideshow, juvenile and strange, a technology story at best. Then the sideshow elected a president. Zadrozny has described the shift in one line: suddenly the stupid stuff on the internet, the scary stuff, became mainstream and important. In 2018 NBC News hired her and Collins to cover it full time. Collins called his half the dystopia beat. Hers had no name yet. Disinformation, misinformation, extremism, the internet. The titles kept changing because the institution was still learning what it had bought.

What it had bought was a method. Political reporting in Washington runs on access. You cultivate the operative, the lawyer, the staffer, and you trade. Zadrozny’s reporting runs on records. She treats the internet as a vast and badly indexed public archive, and she works it the way a librarian works a collection: preserve the page before it vanishes, compare the versions, follow the trail from the Telegram channel to the fundraising page to the corporate filing to the courthouse. Her stories do not announce that a false claim exists. They reconstruct its supply chain. Where did it start. Who carried it. Who paid. Who got paid. When she and Collins covered QAnon, they covered it as a movement with influencers, revenue streams, victims, and congressional candidates, a participatory religion assembling itself in public, and their reporting became the standard account as the theory moved from message boards toward the Capitol.

The money question separates her from the moralists on the beat. Plenty of coverage treats false belief as a fever or a character defect. Zadrozny asks who benefits. Her reporting on the anti-vaccine movement traced an industry: the supplement lines, the donation streams, the legal defense funds, the nonprofits, figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (b. 1954) and Del Bigtree converting distrust into audience and audience into revenue. The frame makes disinformation legible as an economy rather than a fog, and it holds up whether the seller is a Telegram hustler or a cabinet secretary. By 2025 she was reporting on Kennedy’s health department hiring anti-vaccine activists as senior advisers, and on a measles outbreak burning through a small Texas community where the skepticism she had covered for years had settled in.

The work has a price, and in October 2020 she paid it on national television. Tucker Carlson (b. 1969) gave a segment of his Fox News show to Darren Beattie, a former Trump speechwriter, who accused Zadrozny of digging up personal information about anonymous Trump supporters to ruin their lives. The charge inverted her method and aimed it back at her. She had reported on anonymous accounts that wielded real political influence or organized harassment, using the same public records she always used. To her critics on the online right, that is doxxing by a powerful media corporation against private citizens who hold the wrong opinions. To her defenders, an anonymous actor who influences elections or directs abuse has forfeited the presumption of privacy, and identifying him is what accountability reporting means. NBC News called the segment a dangerous and dishonest smear. The International Women’s Media Foundation said it produced threats, doxxing, and violence against her. The reporter who covered harassment campaigns became the object of one, run from the building where she once answered producers’ questions. Her old employer had turned its audience on her. She kept the beat.

Consider the same episode from the other side of the screen. A man posts anonymously. He has a job, a family, opinions his employer might punish. A reporter for a national network, backed by lawyers and a corporate security desk, connects his account to his name. Nothing he did was illegal. From his chair, the power runs entirely one way, and the reporter’s talk of accountability sounds like the winner describing the rules. The honest answer to him is a distinction, one Zadrozny’s work depends on: there is a difference between a private citizen speaking under a pseudonym and a hidden operator moving money, organizing abuse, or running influence at scale while claiming a private citizen’s protections. Her strongest stories sit on the far side of that line. The argument over where the line sits will outlast her career.

The Tiffany Dover story became her answer to a different question: what the machine does to a person who never asked to be in it. Dover was not an operator, an influencer, or a candidate. She was a nurse in Higdon, Alabama, who fainted at the wrong moment in front of the wrong audience. Zadrozny pitched the story as a simple debunking. Find the woman, put her on the record, prove the theory a lie. It did not go simply. Dover had gone silent, and to the truthers her silence proved everything. Zadrozny staked out the house and the hospital. She pulled police records, vital records, grave registries. Nothing. She left a note at a house she believed belonged to Dover’s in-laws, and while she refueled at the local pizza place her phone buzzed with a text from an unknown number: whoever wanted the story could have it, but only if they paid the most. The sender turned out to be a nineteen-year-old relative, put up to it, the girl said, by Dover’s mother-in-law. The reporter’s archive of records had run out, and she was down to knocking on doors in Sand Mountain country, a Brooklyn journalist with a rental car and a recorder, watched from porches.

The podcast, Tiffany Dover Is Dead*, ran in 2022 and ended in what she considered failure. She never got the interview. The truthers celebrated. An NBC News reporter could not produce one nurse from Chattanooga, and to them the asterisk in the title flipped its meaning. She had made it worse, she said later, and she meant it. Then, nine months after the finale, she woke to a text: “While I did not die that day, the life I knew did.” It was signed Tiffany Dover. Zadrozny drove back to Alabama. This time she was invited. A white two-story house, big windows, horses in the front yard, Dover on the porch. They had dinner off the record first, and the next day Dover sat for the interview and described what it costs an ordinary woman when strangers decide her life is evidence. When they finally met, Zadrozny cried. The special episode aired in 2023. The podcast drew more than a million downloads, a Webby honor, an audience far past the disinformation beat. The truthers who had promised to recant if Dover ever appeared did not recant. Zadrozny went back to them anyway and recorded what accountability sounds like when it fails.

Between the seasons she spent 2021 and 2022 as a research fellow at Harvard’s Shorenstein Center, in its Technology and Social Change Project, part of the academic apparatus then assembling around her beat. The fellowship marked something about the field. Ten years earlier, no serious center studied viral rumor networks. Now the reporter who learned the trade in the Fox basement was affiliated with Harvard, teaching digital investigation alongside researchers, cited in the scholarship. The beat had become a discipline, with the institutional blessings and institutional enemies a discipline attracts.

In July 2025 the institutions rearranged themselves around her again. Comcast spun its cable networks into a new company called Versant, and MSNBC, which had leaned on NBC News reporters since 1996, had to build a newsroom of its own. Zadrozny was among its first and most prominent hires, a senior enterprise reporter based in New York, covering the internet, politics, technology, and extremism. Fast Company treated the hire as a signal of what the new operation valued. In November 2025 the network renamed itself MS NOW and spent twenty million dollars telling viewers the mission had not changed. A political news channel building itself from scratch decided that a reporter of conspiracy economies and online radicalization was core infrastructure, not a specialist to borrow during election years. Twenty years ago the equivalent hire was a White House correspondent. Her recent bylines show the beat’s reach: a Russian influence operation called Storm-1516 laundering faked documents through international outlets toward American audiences, the anti-vaccine movement operating from inside the federal health department, the Epstein emails and the conspiracy communities they fed.

She lives in Brooklyn with her husband Gregory, who works in advertising, stays off the internet, and does not understand what fills her day, an arrangement she recommends. They married on April 25, 2008, and have three children. She plays the ukulele, badly and recently, by her own account. On November 1, 2025, she ran the New York City Marathon in five hours, twenty-seven minutes and fifty-three seconds. The details read like a life built against the material. The beat requires immersion in spaces organized around violent fantasy, and it makes the reporter a permanent target. Her press profile lists a Signal handle before an email address. Compartmentalization, she has said, keeps her sane, and she says it like a woman who has tested the alternative.

Her significance is easiest to state as a before and after. Before roughly 2016, American newsrooms treated the internet’s fringe as a feature-desk curiosity and treated research staff as support. Zadrozny’s career joined the two corrections. The fringe turned out to be a manufacturing sector for mainstream politics, and the librarian’s craft, preserve the record, follow the trail, check the source against the archive, turned out to be the right tool for covering it. She helped build a reporting specialty where technology, public health, extremism, and electoral politics meet, and the specialty now hires, trains, wins Emmys, and draws congressional subpoenas of its critics and defenders alike. Whether the beat constitutes journalism’s necessary adaptation or its capture by one political coalition’s threat perception remains the live fight around her work, and she stands nearer the center of that fight than any reporter of her generation. What is not in dispute is the method. Much of public life now runs through systems built to erase their own tracks. She keeps the tracks.

Notes

Career history, library positions, birth date, and the Tucker Carlson episode are documented at Wikipedia.

The Brain Room, the question about dolphins, the decision to take a pay cut, her work at The Cheat Sheet, the partnership with Ben Collins, and her description of internet reporting as becoming “mainstream and important” come from the Nieman Lab interview and the original *Very Fine Day* interview: Nieman Lab and Very Fine Day.

The phrases “kill BS stories” and “most depressing job” come from Zadrozny’s own post on X: X.

The Vermont background, pies, Pratt Library, Sater domains, the Anthony Scaramucci bankruptcy story, Ben Collins’s description of her as the newsroom’s “crown jewel,” and the discussion of her reference-desk approach to reporting come from Poynter.

The Tucker Carlson and Darren Beattie segment, together with NBC News’s public response, are documented by Variety.

The Tiffany Dover fainting scene, the stakeouts, public-records searches, the text message from the pizza restaurant, and the interview with Dover’s nineteen-year-old relative are documented in the podcast episode descriptions: Apple Podcasts and Spotify.

The quotation beginning “While I did not die that day,” together with the porch interview, the horses, and the off-the-record dinner, comes from NBC News’s transcript of the special episode: NBC News.

The discussion of “deep hanging out,” drawing on Clifford Geertz, the podcast’s 1.4 million downloads, the Webby Award, Zadrozny’s account of crying after the meeting, and her conclusion that she had “made it worse” come from Forbes.

Her comments about her husband staying offline, her ukulele playing, and her strategy of compartmentalization come from Ethan Zuckerman’s interview: Public Infrastructure.

Her move to MSNBC in July 2025, Emmy and Webby recognition, and the broader Versant restructuring are discussed in Fast Company. Information on the MS NOW rebrand and the reported $20 million promotional campaign appears at Wikipedia. Her marathon time is also documented at Wikipedia. Coverage of Storm-1516 and the Jeffrey Epstein email story is reflected in her Muck Rack profile and LinkedIn page.

I added a few pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include describing The Cheat Sheet as training in compressing complex stories, portraying the Brain Room as physically and culturally separate from opinion programming, identifying Sand Mountain as the setting for Mike Higdon’s reporting, evoking the feeling of being watched from front porches during field reporting, and framing the conclusion as a before-and-after narrative. Those elements are my synthesis rather than claims made by the sources.

The Footnote Against Death: Brandy Zadrozny’s Hero System

Two terrors run under Brandy Zadrozny’s working life. The first is deletion. The page comes down, the account renames, the archive gaps, and the lie stands alone in the record because the correction left no trace. She spent years behind reference desks learning that a fact unrecorded is a fact that never happened, and the internet taught her the harder lesson, that a fact recorded can still be made to disappear. The second terror is inversion. She corrects the lie and the correction feeds it. She proves the nurse alive and the proof convinces the believers the nurse is dead. She names the hidden operator and becomes, in his story and the stories of millions watching, the villain with the network behind her. The first terror says her work can vanish. The second says her work can turn in her hand.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argues that a man cannot live with the knowledge of his own death, so every culture builds him an arena where he can earn a significance that outlasts him. The arena assigns the parts. It tells him what counts as courage, what counts as treason, which acts inscribe his name and which erase it. Becker calls this the hero system, and he insists the systems are plural and warring. One man’s martyr is the next man’s suicide. The fight over what a life means is a fight between immortality projects, and it admits no neutral referee.

Zadrozny’s project is the record. Strip away the Emmy, the Webby, the Harvard fellowship, the founding-hire status at a rebuilt network, the marathon medal, and what remains is a librarian who believes the preserved page is the one thing death cannot cross-examine. Her heaven has a call number. The heroic act, in her system, is retrieval and preservation performed against erasure: screenshot the post before it comes down, pull the court file before it seals, save the domain registration, log the deleted video, and place each item where a future reader can find it. Persuasion is welcome but optional. The believers do not have to believe her. The record has to hold. She titles her podcast Tiffany Dover Is Dead* and the asterisk carries her creed in one typographic mark. The lie gets the headline. The truth gets the footnote. She stakes her working life on the footnote outlasting the headline, which is the librarian’s wager on immortality, that the catalog wins in the end because the catalog is still there when the shouting stops.

She tells her own story as a subtraction story, and it is a good one. She subtracts the bartender’s apron, the middle-school classroom, the Fox News salary. The Brain Room pays well and asks little, and one day a Fox and Friends producer sends down a question about whether dolphins rape people, and the question tells her what her knowledge is for in that building. So she takes the pay cut, a woman past thirty with a graduate degree writing hundred-word aggregation items, and she calls herself a baby reporter, and the self-mockery does the work self-mockery always does in a subtraction story. It says: I gave up money and standing and kept only the mission. The account is true as far as it goes. What it omits is what the new arena gave her that the library never could. A library has patrons. A beat has enemies. The reference desk offers service without stakes, an afterlife of quiet usefulness, the immortality of the helpful. The disinformation beat offers war. It puts her name on the wall of a movement, gets her denounced on the highest-rated show in cable news, sends threats into her home, and confirms, nightly, that her work strikes bone. Becker would recognize the trade. The hero needs resistance the way the record needs a reader. A woman who wanted only to preserve pages could have stayed in Vermont and baked pies. She wanted the pages to count, and pages count where they are contested.

Take her sacred values one at a time and walk them through the rival arenas, because each value changes meaning at every border crossing, and the changes map the war she is in.

Start with the record. For Zadrozny the record is evidence, the incorruptible witness, the thing you preserve so that power cannot lie about what it did. A Mormon genealogist in a Utah family history center holds the same word and means salvation. His record redeems the dead; a name recovered from a parish register is a soul offered the ordinances, and the archive is a rescue operation running backward through time. A former East German dissident reading his own Stasi file means a wound kept open on purpose. His record proves what the state did to him, and preserving it is how a nation forbids itself to forget. A QAnon researcher, and Zadrozny has sat with many, means prophecy. He archives the drops with a devotion any librarian might admire, timestamps them, cross-references them, because to him the record is scripture awaiting fulfillment, and when the storm comes the archive will vindicate the faithful. A sofer bent over a Torah scroll means holiness under a standard so strict that one broken letter voids the scroll. His record is perfect or it is nothing, and no update, no correction, no editor’s note can touch it. Five keepers, five immortalities. Zadrozny’s version has a quality the others lack and pays for it. Her record accuses. It exists to catch someone. The genealogist’s record embraces, the sofer’s record sanctifies, the dissident’s record mourns, the QAnon baker’s record promises. Hers indicts, and a life spent building indictments takes its appearance from the defendants.

Now take exposure, the value that put her on Tucker Carlson’s screen in October 2020. In her arena, exposure is accountability. A hidden actor who moves money, organizes harassment, or runs influence at scale has forfeited the mask, and naming him is the whole point of the craft, the moment the record stands up in court. Cross the border and the word turns. A parish priest hears exposure and thinks of the confessional, where a man exposes everything and the seal guarantees the exposure travels no further than God. Exposure heals there because it stays secret; broadcast it and you have desecration. An Alabama church lady, of the kind who watched Zadrozny’s rental car pass on the road to Higdon, practices exposure as governance. The town runs on knowing, on who saw whose truck outside whose house, and the knowledge stays inside the town, enforcement without newspapers. A witness protection marshal holds the inverse office. His sacred duty is concealment; every exposure is a killing he failed to prevent, and a reporter who unmasks people reads to him as a man playing with ordnance. And the anonymous poster, the man Darren Beattie stood up to defend, holds exposure as the weapon the strong use on the weak. His mask is the old mask of carnival, the one that let the peasant mock the bishop one day a year without hanging for it. From his chair, a network reporter with a security desk and a legal department stripping masks off ordinary men is the bishop tearing off the peasant’s mask and calling it accountability. Zadrozny’s answer is a line she draws between the private speaker and the hidden operator, and her best work lives on the defensible side of it. But Becker would note that the line is drawn inside her arena, with her arena’s chalk. The other arenas do not recognize the referee.

The tribalist watching all this from his own hero system, and this writer names his own here, tribalist, nationalist, traditionalist, has a quarrel with her that runs deeper than the doxxing fight. He shares her reverence for the record. His shelves hold chronicles, genealogies, responsa, the names of the dead read aloud on the anniversary, a scroll checked letter by letter for a thousand years. No one out-archives the tribe. His quarrel concerns jurisdiction. In his arena the record serves the continuity of a people, and exposure follows the law of inside and outside. Correct your brother within the walls, with love, in the language of the house. Hand him to the outside press and you have not performed accountability, you have informed, and the tradition has a word for the informer and no honors for him. Zadrozny’s arena recognizes no walls. Her public is everyone, her jurisdiction is the species, and a militia captain in Michigan, an anti-vaccine mother in Tennessee, and a troll-farm supervisor in St. Petersburg all stand equal before the record. The tribalist sees in that universalism the acid that eats peoples. She might answer that his walls are where the bodies get buried, that loyalty without exposure rots into cover-up, and he might answer that exposure without loyalty rots into a career, and both speak from arenas that bury their dead with honor and mean different things by honor. The exchange has no winner because Becker is right about the referee.

Her third sacred value is the public, and it is the tenderest one because it might be a memory. At the reference desk the public had a face. A patron walks in, hungry for an answer, and you feed him, and the transaction completes in front of you. She has said her mission never changed, that the question used to be the capital of Montana and became the identity of the account the president retweeted. The sentence moves a librarian’s faith onto a national stage and assumes the patron scaled up with the question, an American public that wants the answer and will use it. Rival arenas hold the same word and laugh. The advertising man means by the public a herd to be moved, and he moved on from truth decades before she was born. The populist means the people, virtuous and betrayed, and in his story she belongs to the manor, an employee of the conglomerate class explaining to the people which of their beliefs are diseased. The Talmudist barely uses the word; he knows a covenant community with obligations running person to person, and the undifferentiated public strikes him as a crowd, and crowds build calves of gold. And somewhere in a exurban kitchen a woman scrolls past the fact-check without slowing, not hostile, just gone, and she is the rival no segment ever names. Zadrozny has met the terror behind this value and said it out loud. The idea that the work changes anything, she told an interviewer, she has given up on. Read that admission slowly, because within her hero system it should be fatal. The exposure fails to shame, the debunking fails to convince, the patron never comes to the desk. A missionary who stops believing in conversion usually leaves the mission. She stayed, and the staying reveals the deeper architecture of her project. The public was the transference object, the audience in whose eyes the heroism counted. When the public failed to hold the weight, she transferred the weight to the record. The work no longer needs the reader to succeed. The archive absorbs the heroism whole. Even if no one changes, the true account exists, findable, timestamped, and that existence is the victory. It is the librarian’s immortality, salvation by catalog, and it explains how she works a beat built on futility without breaking. She is not losing the argument. She is building the collection.

How much of this does she see? More than most subjects of this series. She jokes about the beat as the depressing internet, calls her Fox years the most depressing job she ever had, recommends her marriage to a man who stays offline as a survival arrangement, and confesses that the Dover project made things worse before it made anything better. The self-awareness runs right up to the edge of the system and stops, as Becker says it must, because no one audits his own immortality project while standing on it. She can see that debunking often backfires. She has not, in public, followed the thought to its next station, that the disinformation beat as an institution might function less as a correction of the information supply and more as a hero system for a class, a way for credentialed knowledge workers to hold the line of their own significance while their gatekeeping power drains away. Her method is better than her beat. The method, follow the money, name the operator, preserve the page, produces findings a reader from any arena can use. The beat, as a category, decides in advance which arenas produce disinformation and which produce context, and that decision is coalition work wearing a lab coat. She is the strongest version of the practice, which is what makes her the right subject for the question the practice avoids.

The Dover story earns its place at the center of her legend because it is the one where her hero system met a woman who had no arena at all. Tiffany Dover never volunteered for anyone’s war. She fainted on a livestream, twenty minutes of lost footage became an empty tomb, and rival hero systems fought over her body while she raised her kids in Higdon and stayed silent. The truthers needed her dead; she was their proof, their first relic. Zadrozny needed her alive and on the record; she was the correction that might hold. Between the two armies stood a nurse who wanted her life back and found that in the attention economy silence reads as confession. When Dover finally texted, the line she chose could serve as the epigraph for the whole beat: she did not die that day, but the life she knew did. Zadrozny cried when they met, and the tears deserve a close reading. Some part was relief, some part vindication. And some part, on the evidence of her own words about making it worse, was recognition of what her arena had extracted from a bystander to complete its ritual. The record got its interview. The archive gained its proof. The truthers did not recant, which she also recorded, an honest keeper logging her own defeat into the collection.

The hero, then, is the keeper who outlasts, the woman who quit persuading the living and started briefing the future, whose courage consists of sitting for years inside other people’s violent fantasies and filing what she finds where death and deletion cannot reach it. The rival she never names is the indifferent reader, the patron who no longer comes, the public whose absence she has already conceded in one unguarded sentence and must keep unconceded every working day, because a record no one consults is a tomb with excellent metadata. And the cost the ledger cannot price is the reading she can no longer do. A woman who spends twenty years learning to see every page as either evidence or forgery loses the page as a place to live. Her husband keeps a house with no internet in it, her children grow up with a mother whose name strangers spit, and somewhere behind the Signal handle and the security protocols there is a reference librarian in Vermont with flour on her hands, the version of her that answered questions for people who wanted answers, and no archive, however well she keeps it, returns that woman her innocence about what a question is for.

The Reference Desk Goes to War: Brandy Zadrozny Through Pierre Bourdieu

The research department at Fox News sits away from the studios, and in 2012 it holds doctors, lawyers, a retired SEC man, subject specialists, and a librarian named Brandy Zadrozny who keeps a briefing book on crime statistics and abortion. The network calls the unit the Brain Room. Producers send questions down and the Brain Room sends answers up. One day a producer for the morning show asks whether dolphins rape people. She answers the question, because that is the job, and the question tells her the price of her knowledge in that building. Upstairs, men with law degrees read outrage off teleprompters for seven figures. Downstairs, a woman with a master’s degree from Pratt Institute earns a service salary settling bar bets for the morning show. The building has an exact map of what counts, and she can read a map.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) builds his sociology on three linked ideas. A field is an arena with its own stakes, its own rules for keeping score, and its own definition of winning, and the score is kept in capital, which comes in kinds: money, credentials, skills, connections, and the recognition of peers, which he calls symbolic capital and treats as the most convertible currency of all. A player carries into each field a habitus, the set of dispositions his history has trained into him, and the fit between habitus and field decides whether he moves like a native or a tourist. Fields change, and when a field revalues its currencies, players holding the newly precious capital rise fast, while players holding the old kind sink without understanding what happened to them. Careers, in this frame, are runs of capital conversion, and the ones that look like luck are usually a conversion executed at the moment the exchange rate turned.

Zadrozny’s career is a capital-conversion story, and the place to start is with what she holds at the beginning, which the market prices near zero. Library science is a feminized credential, low paid, low status, invisible by design. The librarian’s skills are retrieval, verification, preservation, and citation, and through the twentieth century the journalism field treats those skills as support staff work. The news library is a basement function. The researcher gets a thank you and no byline. The field’s honors, the front page, the White House credential, the Pulitzer, flow to access reporting, the cultivation of powerful sources, and the researcher who found the court file that made the story stands outside the frame of the award photo. She enters holding capital the field has already classified as clerical. Bartender, middle school English teacher, teacher-librarian for the New York City Board of Education from 2003 to 2007, the Pratt degree, the ABC News library, a reference desk in Vermont. Every line on the resume reads, in the field’s eyes, as service.

The Fox job shows what a heteronomous field does with autonomous capital. Bourdieu splits every cultural field between two poles. At the autonomous pole, producers play for the respect of peers and the standards internal to the craft, art for art’s sake, science for the referees. At the heteronomous pole, producers play for the external market, ratings, advertisers, political patrons. Fox News in 2012 sits about as far toward the heteronomous pole as a news organization can sit, and yet it maintains, in its basement, a unit whose mandate she later describes as killing false stories. The arrangement is not a contradiction. A market-pole organization rents autonomous-pole capital as insurance, the way a casino keeps accountants. The Brain Room exists so the lawyers can sleep, and its inhabitants hold the field’s skills at the field’s lowest rank. She stays eighteen months and later calls it the most depressing job she ever had, and depression is what habitus feels like when it wakes up in the wrong field.

Then comes the move that Bourdieu built a career explaining. In May 2013 she quits Fox for The Daily Beast, takes what she calls a huge pay cut, and starts, past thirty, at the bottom, writing the Cheat Sheet, aggregation items of one hundred words or fewer. Read as economics, the move is irrational. Read as field strategy, it is the standard entry fee of cultural production, the trade Bourdieu calls the interest in disinterestedness. She swaps economic capital for a position, however low, inside the field proper, where symbolic capital can be earned, because the basement at Fox pays better and consecrates nothing. The Cheat Sheet is her apprenticeship in the field’s craft competencies, the lede, the kicker, the voice, compression under discipline, and it stakes her to the field’s illusio, Bourdieu’s term for the shared conviction that the game is worth playing and its prizes are real. A player without illusio writes memos. A player with it stays until two in the morning to beat a rival to a story about a domain registration, and she does.

Inside the Beast she runs a double game that the field does not yet have a name for. Half her time she works as the newsroom’s researcher, teaching reporters domain-name notifications and court-records tricks, capital transfer performed for free, which builds the social capital of gratitude across the room. The other half she reports, and her stories carry a signature the access reporters cannot fake: the Felix Sater domains, the Dan Scavino bankruptcy files, the excavated online lives of mass shooters. Around 2015 she pairs with Ben Collins, who knows where the internet’s fringe lives, while she knows how to pull its records, and the partnership functions as a merger of complementary capitals. What they are covering, the forums, the conspiracy entrepreneurs, the pseudonymous influencers, holds, by the field’s 2015 exchange rates, almost no value. Internet culture is a features desk curiosity. The capital they are accumulating is, for the moment, worthless.

Then the field revalues. The 2016 election humiliates the journalism field at its own game. The access reporters, holding the field’s blue-chip capital, miss the story, because the story ran through message boards, troll farms, and Facebook groups that no one at the autonomous pole could read. A field in crisis reprices its currencies fast. Digital-forensic skill, archive literacy, fluency in fringe platforms, the librarian’s kit, goes from clerical to scarce in about eighteen months. Poynter profiles her in March 2018 as the librarian-turned-reporter behind a scoop factory, the trade press performing the field’s official act of reclassification. NBC News hires her and Collins that year to cover the new territory full time, and the hire completes the conversion: basement capital exchanged, at the top of the market, for a national byline. Bourdieu notes that the biggest winners in a field transformation are rarely the ones who saw it coming. They are the ones whose habitus happened to match the field’s next state. Her mission, she says, never changed from the reference desk, answer the public’s questions, and the line is habitus speaking: the dispositions stayed constant while the field moved underneath them, and skills trained for patrons turned out to be armament.

What she and Collins do at NBC exceeds position-taking. Bourdieu distinguishes between taking a position that exists and making a position exist, and the second is the rarer and larger play. The disinformation beat is a new position in the field’s space: a desk that treats rumor networks, platform incentives, and conspiracy economies as a permanent subject with its own methods and its own standards of proof. Creating a position means creating its capital, and the beat mints one, a hybrid of records skill, platform fluency, and source work inside closed communities, that the field did not previously recognize and now cannot do without. Every disinformation reporter hired after 2018 occupies space she helped clear, and in field terms that makes her a founder, which is the durable form of symbolic capital, since founders get cited in the origin story every time the position reproduces. The Harvard Shorenstein fellowship in 2021 and 2022 adds the academy’s stamp, an exchange across fields in which the university borrows her currency, practical knowledge of the object, and pays in its own, the consecration that only universities issue. The Emmy and the Webby do the same work from the industry side. The podcast converts the capital once more, into audio, a sub-field with its own prizes, and Tiffany Dover Is Dead* draws more than a million downloads, which converts back into standing at the home desk.

The October 2020 collision with Tucker Carlson reads, in this frame, as a border war between fields over the master stake, the right to define legitimate journalism. Carlson operates at the market pole’s far edge, where the score is audience share and the product is grievance. His guest Darren Beattie accuses Zadrozny of digging up personal information on anonymous Trump supporters to ruin their lives, and the accusation is a classification move: it renames her records method, the core of her capital, as doxxing, an illegitimate practice, and renames the anonymous operators she covers as private citizens, protected persons. If the renaming holds, her capital is counterfeit. NBC answers with a statement praising her research and her rigor, a counter-classification asserting that the autonomous pole’s standards, verification, documentation, accountability, define the legitimate game and that Carlson’s pole practices incitement. Neither side can win on the other’s scoreboard, which is the point. Fields at war do not argue. They classify. And the fight carries a private charge that Bourdieu would savor: she is a defector. She left the market pole’s basement for the autonomous pole’s masthead, her trajectory is a standing insult to the building that priced her at a service salary, and the building’s biggest star turns its audience on her. The threats that follow are what heteronomous power looks like when it stops classifying and starts spending.

The 2025 move confirms how far the exchange rate traveled. Comcast spins its cable networks into Versant, MSNBC must build a newsroom without NBC News, and the network that will soon call itself MS NOW makes her one of its first and most publicized hires, senior enterprise reporter, announced in the trade press as a signal of what the new operation will be. Follow the capital flows in that transaction. A new institution, short on legitimacy, purchases hers. Her presence on the roster tells advertisers, critics, and rivals that the newsroom intends serious reporting, and the network pays for that signal in salary, rank, and promotion of her byline. Twenty-five years earlier the equivalent legitimacy purchase was a White House correspondent. The librarian’s capital, priced at zero in 2003, now anchors the launch of a national news network, a repricing of one currency across one working life that has few equals in the field’s history.

Bourdieu’s frame also prices what the triumph costs and what it obscures. The disinformation beat, viewed as field strategy, is a reconversion play by a profession losing its monopoly. The journalism field’s old capital rested on gatekeeping: control of the channels through which the public learned things. Platforms broke the monopoly, and a field stripped of its central asset responded by asserting a new jurisdiction, the authority to adjudicate the information the open channels now carry, to sort speech into information and disinformation. The beat is the institutional form of that claim, and the claim is an exercise of classification power, which Bourdieu calls symbolic violence when the classified have no say in the classifying. Her critics on the right sense this structure even when they lack the vocabulary for it, and their rage at the beat is, among other things, the rage of people discovering that a field they no longer trust has appointed judges over their speech. None of this makes her findings false. Her records hold up under any field’s audit, which is what separates her from the beat’s weaker practitioners, who hold the position without the capital. But her career and the field’s counterattack ride the same wave. The profession that ignored the librarian for a century needed her skills at the exact moment it needed a new reason to exist, and both needs got met in one hire.

She keeps, through all of it, the habits of the class fraction she came from. The Signal handle listed before the email address. The husband in advertising who stays off the internet. The Brooklyn home, the three children, the marathon run in five and a half hours at forty-five, the ukulele taken up late. These are the status markers of the dominated fraction of the dominant class, Bourdieu’s home address for teachers, librarians, and journalists, rich in cultural capital, modest in economic capital, and disposed by that mix to believe in knowledge as a calling rather than a commodity. The disposition survived three fields and one war. It made her cheap for Fox, priceless for NBC, and legible to Harvard. Fields rise and reprice around a habitus that does not move, and hers still answers questions from behind a desk, except the desk is a beat she built, and the patrons include the people who want her silenced.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it alters the diagnosis and prognosis of Zadrozny’s investigative beat.

Zadrozny’s reporting often focuses on how media manipulators use false narratives to alter public perception. In a traditional liberal framework, disinformation is viewed as an external contaminant—a collection of lies that corrupts an otherwise rational public square. The implied solution is exposure, fact-checking, and improved information literacy.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology suggests that what we call disinformation is not a virus invading a rational mind, but rather a symptom of man’s innate tribalism. When Zadrozny documents ordinary people adopting fringe beliefs like QAnon, Mearsheimer’s logic suggests these individuals are not suffering from a simple deficit of facts. They are seeking shelter from the atomistic isolation of modern individualism. They adopt the narrative because it binds them to a social group, provides a collective identity, and validates their inborn sentiments. The false narrative is downstream of the tribal need; humans choose the tribe first, and then accept whatever moral code or alternative reality the tribe requires for membership.

Zadrozny has spoken about the exhausting, relentless nature of her beat, even noting in interviews that she has largely given up on the idea that documenting these movements will change the broader landscape.

Mearsheimer’s framework explains why she hit that wall. If reason is the least important tool humans use to determine their preferences, then exposing a lie with meticulous research and logical evidence will almost never dissolve a conspiracy theory. By the time an investigator like Zadrozny uncovers the facts, the individual’s critical faculties have already been bypassed by intense group socialization. Fact-checking treats the problem as an intellectual error, whereas Mearsheimer views it as a biological and social survival mechanism. A person will rarely abandon the narrative of his group just because an outside actor presents contradictory data, because doing so means facing social excommunication.

The underlying assumption of modern disinformation reporting is that the internet has broken a previously functional, shared reality, and that structural or algorithmic fixes might restore order.

If Mearsheimer is right, the chaotic internet Zadrozny investigates is not a malfunction of technology; it is an unfiltered reflection of human nature. Elite institutions and centralized media previously enforced a superficial, liberal consensus that suppressed man’s tribal instincts. The internet simply democratized communication, stripping away those institutional gatekeepers and allowing human beings to swiftly reorganize into their natural state: fragmented, adversarial tribes. For Zadrozny’s beat, this means the “depressing internet” she documents is here to stay. The splintering of reality into hostile factions is the permanent result of man’s tribal core operating without institutional constraints.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Zadrozny embodies the misunderstanding myth. Her entire career operates on the assumption that major societal fractures are caused by a digital public health failure. In this framework, the masses are gullible consumers infected by toxic narratives, and the solution requires expert gatekeepers to expose lies, raise public awareness, and push platforms to purge bad beliefs.

Pinsof offers an alternative. The individuals who share conspiracy theories or build fringe political alliances do not suffer from a temporary lapse in intelligence or a structural breakdown in their reasoning. They understand their immediate incentives. Stupidity is strategic.

From this perspective, the internet is not a broken information utility that requires repair from investigative journalists. It serves as an arena for zero-sum competition over status, social capital, and the coercive apparatus of the state. Partisans do not amplify hyper-partisan narratives because they are misinformed. They amplify them because confirmation bias helps them win arguments, secure their place within a chosen coalition, and attack their political rivals.

Zadrozny frames her investigative reporting as a public service meant to protect truth and expose harmful actors. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this dynamic. Defining what constitutes misinformation and choosing which individuals to expose is an instrument of social power. It allows the credentialed elite to turn their own political preferences into an objective standard of sanity. It permits them to dismiss their rivals not as competitors with conflicting material interests, but as irrational actors who require correction.

The friction in the political landscape does not stem from bad beliefs that a well-researched news report can fix. It stems from deeply conflicting motives that no amount of investigative exposure can resolve. The only misunderstanding in disinformation journalism is the belief that political warfare is just a big misunderstanding.

Convenient Beliefs on the Disinformation Beat: Brandy Zadrozny Through Stephen Turner

In April 2023 Brandy Zadrozny sits for an interview about the podcast that made her famous and says the thing reporters do not say. She spent two years chasing a nurse named Tiffany Dover to prove a conspiracy theory false, she failed for most of that time to produce the nurse, and the failure fed the theory. The believers pointed at her empty-handed episodes and said, see, even NBC cannot find her. Zadrozny tells the interviewer she felt she made it worse. The admission runs against every professional incentive she has. Her beat exists on the premise that reporting on false belief reduces it. She looked at her own results and reported the opposite finding, about herself, on the record.

That moment sets the problem for this essay. Stephen P. Turner (b. 1951) builds his account of expertise on a difficulty most writers on knowledge step around. Nonexperts cannot check expert claims. The chemist’s finding, the epidemiologist’s model, the intelligence analyst’s attribution all reach the public as assertions backed by credentials, and the public accepts or rejects them on trust, because the public lacks the means to audit them. In The Politics of Expertise and Liberal Democracy 3.0: Civil Society in an Age of Experts, Turner traces what follows. Where claims cannot be checked, the interests of the claimants shape what gets asserted, funded, repeated, and taught, and a class of beliefs grows up that persist because they pay. Call these convenient beliefs. A convenient belief need not be false. Its distinguishing mark is that the holder’s position, income, and standing depend on it, so the holder never runs the test that might kill it, and the institutions around him are built by people with the same stake, so the test never gets run at the institutional level either. Turner’s question is not whether the experts lie. His question is what happens to knowledge when the people producing it would pay a price for producing anything else.

Zadrozny is a hard subject for this frame because the frame is close to her own method. Her strongest reporting asks Turner’s question of others. She covers the anti-vaccine movement as an industry and itemizes the revenue: the supplement lines, the film sales, the donation streams, the legal defense funds, the speaking circuit. She covered the Epoch Times as a business with a growth strategy. When the Epstein emails surfaced in late 2025 and her own coalition’s readers wanted them to prove everything, she opened her story by noting that the juiciest line read like bait for a conspiracy thread and then treated it as a document requiring context rather than a verdict. She asks who profits from a belief, and she asks it of movements her audience already despises, which takes moderate courage, and sometimes of stories her audience wants believed, which takes more. A writer using Turner on Zadrozny cannot pretend to teach her the question. The move available is to aim the question at the place her method never visits, the beat that employs her.

Four beliefs hold the disinformation beat up. Each one is foundational, each one is contestable, and each one pays the people who hold it.

The first belief says false belief is a supply problem. In this picture, lies are manufactured by identifiable producers, troll farms, conspiracy entrepreneurs, grifting influencers, and distributed through channels that can be mapped, and the public catches false beliefs the way a city on a bad water line catches cholera. The frame assigns the work: find the producer, map the channel, publish the map. It is Zadrozny’s daily craft, and much of her best reporting confirms that producers exist and profit; the Storm-1516 network she exposed in 2024 manufactured fake primary sources on an industrial basis. The rival picture says false belief is a demand problem. People believe what their lives make useful, the loyalties, grievances, and hopes come first, and the producers serve an appetite they did not create. Her own reporting keeps generating evidence for the rival picture. The Dover truthers, she found, split into believers and players, people who knew the game was a game and played on because the game gave them something. A demand account fits that finding. The trouble is what the demand account pays. It pays nothing. If the appetite drives the market, then exposing one supplier reroutes the customers, the beat becomes a hydra hunt, and the honest career advice for a disinformation reporter is to retrain. A supply account funds desks, fellowships, conference panels, and podcast seasons. Nobody on the beat, and no editor above it, and no foundation funding the adjacent research centers, collects a salary the demand account can justify at current staffing. Turner’s test asks what a belief would cost to abandon. This one prices out at the beat.

The second belief says exposure reduces belief. Sunlight disinfects. Name the operator, correct the record, and the false claim loses ground. The belief is the professional creed of journalism, and for the disinformation beat it carries the entire theory of impact, since the beat’s product is exposure and nothing else. The evidence for it is thin and mixed, and Zadrozny owns the most vivid piece of counter-evidence in the genre’s short history. She produced Dover, alive, on tape, in a special episode built to close the case, and the truthers she then revisited did not recant. She recorded them not recanting and put that in the show too. Add her own summary judgment from 2021, when she told an interviewer she had given up on the idea that the work changes anything, and the belief stands exposed inside her own archive. Here Turner’s frame requires care, because Zadrozny does not hold this convenient belief in its comfortable form. She has said the inconvenient version out loud, twice, in public. What she has not done, and what nobody in her position could do while remaining in her position, is follow the finding to its conclusion for the beat’s self-description. The beat still pitches stories, wins awards, and justifies budgets on the disinfection theory. She keeps working under a rationale she has personally reported against, and the arrangement holds because the alternative rationale, we keep the record whether or not it changes anyone, satisfies reporters and no business model.

The third belief says the threat map is neutral. The beat covers disinformation wherever it occurs, and if the enforcement actions cluster on one side of American politics, the clustering reflects where the disinformation is. The belief may be partly true; the QAnon movement, the Stop the Steal apparatus, and the anti-vaccine industry gave the beat its defining subjects, and no honest observer disputes their scale. Its convenience is what goes unexamined. Zadrozny’s employers sell news to an audience concentrated in one coalition. A threat map that indicts that audience’s enemies renews subscriptions, and a threat map that indicted the audience’s own information habits, its own viral falsehoods, its own institutional failures dressed as consensus, would cost circulation and internal standing. The map that gets drawn is the map the room can afford. The strongest evidence that the pull is real comes from the pandemic years, when claims that later earned serious hearings spent seasons classified as misinformation, and the classifying institutions paid no price the beat covered. None of this convicts Zadrozny of bias in her findings, and her record on this count runs better than her field’s; she covered the Epstein material against her audience’s appetite, and her measles reporting from Texas in 2025 documented sick children rather than scoring partisans. The convenient belief operates above her, at the level of assignment, framing, and omission, where no single reporter’s integrity can reach it. Turner’s point lands here with full force. The beat’s neutrality cannot be checked by its consumers, who lack the counterfactual, and it will not be audited by its producers, who would pay for the audit.

The fourth belief says anonymity forfeits protection once influence appears. The belief licenses her signature method. A private citizen posting under a pseudonym keeps his mask; a hidden operator moving money, organizing harassment, or running influence at scale has entered public life and may be named. Stated as a principle, the line sounds workable, and her best-known unmaskings sit comfortably on the far side of it. The convenience hides in the jurisdiction. The reporter decides what counts as influence, the reporter’s institution reviews the decision, and the person unmasked has no forum, no appeal, and no compensation if the call was wrong. The belief assigns a power and locates the entire cost of error on the other party. When Tucker Carlson put Darren Beattie on air in October 2020 to accuse her of ruining the lives of anonymous Trump supporters, the segment was demagogic and the harassment it loosed on her was real, and underneath the demagoguery sat a question the beat has never answered in a form its targets could accept: who audits the auditors of anonymity. Her coalition’s answer, editors and institutional standards, is the answer every profession gives about its own power, and Turner’s whole body of work explains why the answer satisfies nobody outside the profession.

A convenient-beliefs analysis that stopped here would be prosecution, and prosecution misses what makes Zadrozny worth the frame. Run the same audit on her opponents and the ledger fills faster. Brian Wilkins, the Iowa blogger who built a site on Dover’s supposed death, held a belief that generated his traffic. The anti-vaccine entrepreneurs she covered hold beliefs that generate their income, their audiences, and their sense of persecution, three revenue streams in one. The truthers who promised to recant if Dover ever appeared, and then did not, demonstrated the case Turner’s frame allows, belief held at zero evidential cost and maintained at the exact moment the evidence arrived, because the belief had become membership. Against that field, Zadrozny’s ledger shows entries almost no one on any beat can show. She reported her own backfire. She published her own failed predictions about impact. She paid the Fox salary to leave a job that asked her to know things quietly, and she has kept, through eight years of the most coalition-pressured beat in journalism, the habit of printing findings that embarrass her side’s simpler story, the players who do not believe, the interview that changed no minds, the Epstein email that proves less than it seems to.

Turner would say the honest expert and the convenient belief coexist without strain, and that is the finding here. The beliefs that hold up her beat are convenient in his exact sense. They persist unexamined because everyone positioned to examine them would pay for the result, and the consumers of the beat cannot run the check themselves. Zadrozny works inside that structure and is better than it. Where the structure lets an individual be honest, she has been honest at cost, and the two admissions at the center of her record, that the work may not change minds and that her biggest project fed the theory it hunted, are the kind of statements that end up quoted by a beat’s enemies forever, which she knew when she made them. What she cannot do from inside is state the beat’s convenient beliefs as such, price them, and report on the industry that pays her the way she reports on the industries that pay her subjects. That story sits in view of the best reporter on the beat, unassigned. Turner’s frame predicts it will stay unassigned, and the prediction has held for eight years, and the holding is the strongest evidence the frame gives.

Notes

Sources: Zadrozny’s admission that she “made it worse,” together with the interview scene, comes from Forbes.

Her statement that she has “given up” on the idea that reporting can change everything comes from the Nieman Lab interview: Nieman Lab.

The discussion of Truthers who refused to recant, the distinction between true believers and opportunistic players, Wilkins and his blog, comes from the NBC News transcript of the special episode and the podcast episode descriptions: NBC News and Apple Podcasts.

The discussion of Storm-1516 comes from Zadrozny’s LinkedIn profile: LinkedIn.

The opening of the Jeffrey Epstein email story is documented in her Muck Rack profile.

The Tucker Carlson and Darren Beattie segment, together with NBC News’s response, is covered by Variety.

Her reporting on the 2025 measles outbreak in Texas is referenced by Grokipedia, which cites her June 2025 NBC News article.

I made several extrapolations without separate citation. These include the metaphor of assigning a price to each belief, the argument that errors in pandemic-era classification often went unaudited within the misinformation beat, and the closing prediction.

The Four Questions

1. What coalition do they depend on for status and income.
2. Who do they risk angering if they speak plainly.
3. Who benefits if their framing wins.
4. What truths would cost them their position.

One. Her status and income run through three linked coalitions. The first pays her: MS NOW, a network whose business is an audience of educated, Democratic-leaning viewers who buy news that confirms the other side as the threat. The second consecrates her: the misinformation research complex, Harvard Shorenstein, the Knight orbit, the foundations, the conference circuit, which certified her beat as a discipline and her as a founder of it. The third protects her: the guild of reporters and editors who decide reputations, gave her the Emmy and the Webby, and closed ranks when Fox turned its audience on her. All three coalitions sit on one side of the American divide. She can report against any single story her coalitions want believed, and she has, but she cannot report against the coalitions’ shared premise, that the information crisis is primarily a problem of the other side’s production.
Two. The people she risks angering by speaking plainly are behind her, not in front of her. The right already hates her; nothing she says there costs anything new, and its hatred raises her standing at home. Plain speech gets expensive when aimed inward. If she says demand drives false belief more than supply, she indicts her audience’s picture of itself as the reality-based community and tells her editors the beat is oversold. If she says pandemic-era authorities classified true claims as misinformation and her field assisted, she angers the public health sources, the platform trust-and-safety contacts, and the researchers her reporting depends on. If she says her own network’s prime-time runs on the outrage economics she documents at Fox, she is describing her employer’s revenue model, and no institution pays a person to do that for long. She has tested the boundary further than most. She said the work may change nothing. She said her biggest project fed the theory it hunted. Both admissions aimed at her craft, which the coalition can absorb. Neither aimed at the coalition, which it cannot.
Three. If her framing wins, the beneficiaries line up in order of size. Legacy media recovers a piece of its lost jurisdiction, the authority to sort public speech into information and disinformation, which restores value to the gatekeeping asset the platforms destroyed. The Democratic coalition gains a standing indictment of its opponents’ entire information ecosystem, delivered under a neutral-sounding category rather than a partisan one. The research complex gains a permanent problem, which is a permanent budget. Platform regulators gain a mandate. Below them, real beneficiaries with cleaner hands: the families she has covered who lost people to hoaxes, the nurses harassed over inventions, the small towns where a measles outbreak follows the influencers she names. Tiffany Dover got her story corrected on the record because Zadrozny’s framing says the record must be corrected. The framing serves power and serves those people at the same time, and an honest audit holds both in view.
Four. The truths that would cost her the position sort by price. Cheapest, already partly paid: exposure often backfires, the beat’s theory of impact lacks evidence. She said versions of this and kept her job because she framed it as tragic craft knowledge rather than a budget recommendation. Mid-priced: the threat map is coalition-drawn, the beat polices one side’s speech and calls the boundary neutral, and the COVID years supply the cases. Saying that in full, with the lab-leak and laptop examples named, would strip the neutral-arbiter standing her byline depends on, and the guild would reclassify her the way it reclassifies defectors, from colleague to cautionary tale. Most expensive: that her unmasking power runs without any audit her targets could accept, and that the man Beattie defended had a point buried in the demagoguery. Conceding that concedes the method, and the method is her capital. Highest price of all, and the one no employee can pay: that MS NOW sells the same product Fox sells, fear of the other tribe, refined for a different palate, and that her beat is part of the packaging. That sentence ends the career at the network, which is how you know it sits at the boundary of what she can see out loud. Her record suggests she sees more than she says, and says more than the position strictly permits, and the gap between those two lines measures both her honesty and its limit.

The Emergency Register: Brandy Zadrozny and the Securitization of Information

A sentence recurs near the bottom of Brandy Zadrozny’s stories, and it is the most consequential sentence in the genre. After NBC News asked for comment, the platform removed the accounts. The sentence reads as housekeeping. It records a transfer of power that no legislature ever voted on. A reporter assembles evidence against a network of accounts, presents it to a corporation, and the corporation executes a sentence within hours, without a hearing, a judge, or an appeal. The story functions as an indictment and the platform functions as the court. To understand how American journalism acquired that role, and what the role pays, you need the theory built for moments when a society moves an issue out of ordinary politics and into emergency.

Barry Buzan (b. 1946) and Ole Wæver (b. 1960) of the Copenhagen School call the move securitization. A securitizing actor stands before an audience and declares some referent object, the nation, the currency, the climate, under existential threat. The declaration is a speech act. If the audience accepts it, the issue leaves normal politics, where deliberation is slow and opponents get a say, and enters the emergency register, where speed beats debate and extraordinary measures get licensed. Securitization is a choice, not a perception. Threats are real or unreal on their own, but emergency is a register someone selects, and the selection has beneficiaries. The elder essay in this series watched Renée DiResta perform the chartering speech act, an expert beside poster boards telling senators that disinformation was “one of the defining threats of our generation,” a sentence that securitized a domain and staffed its priesthood in one breath. Zadrozny works one level down from the podium, and the view from her level shows what the theory looks like as a job.

She never testified beside poster boards. Her securitizing speech acts run at retail, story by story, in the frame that presents a Telegram channel or an anti-vaccine fundraiser as a threat to public health or democratic order rather than as fraud, folly, or politics. The retail form is easy to miss because each individual story documents something real. The QAnon movement did produce armed men and did reach Congress. The anti-vaccine industry did profit from a pandemic. The Russian network she exposed in 2024 did manufacture fake primary sources on an industrial scale. Securitization theory does not ask whether the findings are true. It asks what register carries them, and the register of the disinformation beat, from its founding, has been emergency. The threat is to democracy, the stakes are existential, the hour is late. That register is what licenses the sentence at the bottom of the story. In normal politics, a citizen’s false speech gets answered by other speech, and the state stays out of it, and so do the corporations that carry it. In the emergency register, removal becomes a public duty, and the reporter’s evidence file becomes the enforcement referral. Her professionalism is what makes the arrangement respectable. The file is accurate. That is the point at which accuracy stops settling the question, because the question is jurisdictional, who gets to trigger punishment, and the answer since 2018 has included reporters, which is new.

Didier Bigo’s Paris School extension explains why the beat took the shape it took. Bigo studies what he calls the managers of unease, the professionals of security, police, border agencies, intelligence services, who compete for budgets and jurisdiction by defining threats their own skills happen to fit. The competition selects for inflation, since no professional ever lost funding by overstating a danger he was hired to watch, and it selects for threat definitions that match the tools on hand. Watch the fit in Zadrozny’s case. Her tools are the librarian’s: records retrieval, archive preservation, network tracing, the reconstruction of a claim’s travel from origin to amplification. The threat, as her beat defines it, is a traceable network phenomenon, claims moving through channels, amplified by accounts, funded by donation pages, all of it documentable. That definition was one option among several. A pastor might define the same events as a crisis of meaning. A teacher might define them as a failure of formation. A political scientist might define them as ordinary partisan motivated reasoning wearing new clothes. The definition that won was the one the available professionals could operationalize, and Andrew Abbott (b. 1948) in The System of Professions supplies the rule at work: a profession lives by claiming problems, characterizing them so its tools apply, and defending the characterization against rival claimants. Misinformation became a supply chain because the people who claimed it could trace supply chains. Zadrozny did not design that outcome. Her career is the outcome. A skill set priced near zero in 2013 became core infrastructure by 2018 because the problem got characterized in the one way that made her skills the remedy.

The older and earthier lineage arrives at the same place on foot. Howard Becker (1928-2023) coined the moral entrepreneur in Outsiders, the rule creator whose crusade, once won, requires enforcers, and the enforcers then need the problem to persist, since the problem is now a payroll. Joseph Gusfield (1923-2015) added the ownership of public problems: groups compete to own a problem, and ownership means controlling its definition, its statistics, and its remedies. By 2019 the ownership of misinformation had settled. The beat and the research complex around it held the definition, network manipulation rather than demand-side appetite, held the statistics, engagement counts and network maps, and held the remedies, exposure and removal. Stanley Cohen (1942-2013) built moral panic on this foundation, and the concept needs careful handling here, because Cohen never claimed panics concern imaginary things. The panic lives in the register, the folk devil, the disproportion, the demand for extraordinary measures, and a panic can form around a real danger. QAnon was real. The coverage that presented every deplatformed influencer as a domino in democracy’s fall ran in panic register anyway, and the register did work the findings alone could not, recruiting audiences, justifying removals, and building the apparatus. Joel Best (b. 1946) documented the statistical habit of claims-makers, inflate the number, because a big number recruits and a careful number bores. Here the record requires the adjustment the frame is honest enough to make. Zadrozny runs more careful than her field’s median. She distinguished believers from players inside the Dover community when the simpler story said cult. She opened her Epstein emails story by warning readers the best line proved less than it seemed. Her numbers hold up. The panic register around her held up worse, and she drew salary and standing from the register while practicing above it.

Robert Higgs (b. 1944) in Crisis and Leviathan supplies the time signature. Each declared emergency expands the apparatus, and the apparatus never returns to baseline, because the people staffing it acquire a standing interest in the next emergency. The disinformation emergency of 2016 built desks, fellowships, institutes, trust and safety divisions, and a hiring class, and Zadrozny’s 2018 NBC hire sits inside the expansion. Then came the counter-ratchet, which Higgs also predicts, since an apparatus built by one coalition becomes a target for the other. Congressional subpoenas, the Twitter Files, the dismantling of the Stanford Internet Observatory, platform layoffs in trust and safety, and a Republican administration hostile to the entire enterprise cut the apparatus back from about 2022. What Higgs predicts next is what happened: the apparatus did not dissolve, it migrated to defensible territory. Her July 2025 hire as a founding senior reporter at the network that became MS NOW shows the beat consolidating inside coalition media, funded now by subscription rather than consensus, its emergency accepted by half the original audience. Securitization theory says the speech act fails without audience acceptance. America resolved the question by splitting into two audiences, each accepting a different emergency, and this is where the October 2020 Carlson segment belongs in the analysis. Tucker Carlson and Darren Beattie performed a mirror securitization with Zadrozny as the referent threat, the network reporter who digs up ordinary citizens to ruin them, an existential danger to the anonymous American. Their audience accepted the declaration, and the extraordinary measures followed in the form the mob supplies, threats, doxxing, a security detail’s worth of fear delivered to her home. Two emergencies now face each other across the divide, each licensing measures against the other, and neither side retains a normal politics to stand in. She is a securitizing actor in one and a folk devil in the other, and the symmetry is structural, not moral, since only one of the two mobs showed up at her door.

Wæver held that desecuritization, moving an issue back into ordinary politics, is usually the better outcome, and the close of this essay belongs to the evidence that Zadrozny can work in the ordinary register and does her best work there. Her 2025 measles reporting from West Texas documents sick children, a hospital, a community, and lets the reader carry the weight, no democracy-ending frame, no emergency vocabulary. The Dover special is pastoral, one woman’s damaged life restored to the record with patience the emergency register never budgets for. Her admission that the podcast fed the theory it hunted is desecuritizing speech aimed at her own beat, a professional reporting that the extraordinary measures do not work as advertised. Murray Edelman (1919-2001) said the blunt version decades before the beat existed: professionals construct the problems that require their skills. The construction does not make the underlying events unreal, and it did not make her findings false. It chose the register, and the register chose the remedies, and the remedies built a role for reporters that the republic never debated, the evidence file that ends in a corporate removal by close of business. Zadrozny performs that role with more restraint than the role deserves. The restraint is hers. The role is the apparatus’s, it survived the counter-ratchet by moving inside one coalition’s walls, and it now waits, as Higgs says such structures wait, for the next emergency to grow on.

Strange Bedfellows on the Disinformation Beat: Brandy Zadrozny Through Alliance Theory

In the last days of October 2020, two victim stories run on American television, and each stars the other story’s villain. On Fox News, Darren Beattie tells Tucker Carlson’s audience about anonymous Trump supporters, ordinary men with jobs and families, hunted by an NBC reporter who digs up their identities to ruin their lives. The harm is embellished, the motive rendered as malice, the mitigating context omitted. Within days the other story runs through NBC’s statement and the International Women’s Media Foundation: a working mother of three, a careful reporter, smeared by the most powerful voice in cable news and buried under threats and doxxing for doing accountability journalism. The harm is documented, the motive rendered as malice, the mitigating context omitted. Each side casts its own as the injured party, assigns the other full responsibility, and mobilizes third parties for the fight. A reader who wants to know which story is true can weigh the evidence, and the evidence favors one side; the threats against Brandy Zadrozny arrived at her home, and the anonymous posters she named had left public trails of public influence. A reader who wants to know why.

David Pinsof, David O. Sears, and Martie Haselton supply one in “Strange Bedfellows: The Alliance Theory of Political Belief Systems,” published in Psychological Inquiry in 2023. Their argument runs against the common picture of politics as a contest of values. Political belief systems, they hold, derive from alliance structures, the networks of allies and rivals that vary by country and era, and the beliefs are patchwork, assembled ad hoc to serve whichever ally is in whichever fight. People choose allies on similarity, transitivity, and interdependence, and small accidents compound, so the resulting structure is contingent, a thing that might have formed otherwise. Once formed, people support their allies with what the authors call propagandistic biases. Perpetrator biases shrink an ally’s transgressions, supplying mitigating circumstances and good intentions. Victim biases swell an ally’s injuries, assigning the perpetrator full responsibility and malice. Attributional biases credit an ally’s successes to character and blame his failures on circumstance, with the polarity reversed for rivals. The biases run symmetrically across all humans, the moral principles invoked are tools rather than foundations, and the hypocrisies that embarrass a coalition’s philosophers are, for Alliance Theory, the confirming data. The October 2020 episode is the theory performed twice in one week, competitive victimhood in the authors’ term, two coalitions embellishing rival injuries over the same set of facts.

Zadrozny occupies a mapped position in the structure the paper describes. Its history of American realignment notes that expanding college enrollment built a class of knowledge workers, journalists and academics among them, whose rivalry with business elites split the upper class while ethnic rivalry split the lower, and the two halves recombined into the super-alliances of the present. Journalists sit on the blue side of that map, and the paper’s most striking datum is how well everyone knows it: when Americans of both parties rate which groups belong to which side, their ratings correlate at ninety-seven percent. Nobody had to tell Zadrozny where reporters stand. Her biography walks the map. She starts in the occupations of the map’s other shore, bartender, schoolteacher, the daughter of a class the paper files among globalization’s losers, and she ascends through a library degree into the knowledge class, holding for eighteen months a post inside the rival super-alliance’s most important institution, the Fox News research department, before crossing to The Daily Beast at a pay cut. She tells the crossing as a values story, the mission never changed, answer the public’s questions. Alliance Theory retells it as interdependence. Her skills, her income, her professional honors, and her protection all came to run through the institutions of one coalition, and the theory predicts allegiance follows the flow of benefits, whatever story the believer tells about principle. The prediction does not require her story to be false. It requires the story to be the kind of thing every partisan on both shores also tells, and it is.

The beat she helped build reads, in this frame, as alliance infrastructure. Consider how its threat map assembled. The theory’s transitivity rule, the enemy of my enemy, does most of the work. QAnon declared war on the mainstream press, so the press acquired QAnon as a beat. The anti-vaccine movement attacked public health agencies, allies of the blue coalition, so the beat acquired anti-vaccine influencers. Militia movements threatened Democratic officials, election deniers attacked election administrators, and each rival of an ally entered the coverage map, until the beat’s portfolio matched, with high fidelity, the enemies list of one super-alliance. The match embarrasses the beat’s self-description as neutral epistemic hygiene, and Alliance Theory predicts the match and predicts the embarrassment will change nothing, because the category was never epistemic. The strongest evidence sits in the patchwork of the coalition’s beliefs about speech, which assemble the way the paper says belief systems assemble, ally by ally rather than principle by principle. Anonymity is sacred when it shields a whistleblower, a dissident, or a Ukrainian OSINT researcher, and forfeit when it shields an influential Trump-supporting account. Institutional authority deserves deference when the institution is the CDC and skepticism when it is a police union. Foreign interference in discourse is an emergency when the fake accounts are Russian and a curiosity when the influence operation is friendly. Platform censorship is a myth when applied to conservatives and a policy failure when extremist accounts stay up. No moral thread ties the set together, and the paper’s answer is that no thread needs to. Each position mobilizes support for an ally in a live conflict, and the set updates when the alliance updates. The rival coalition’s speech beliefs invert every clause, ally for ally, which is the symmetry the theory requires and the pundits on both sides cannot see.

The propagandistic biases sort the beat’s habits into three drawers. The victim bias drawer holds the democracy-in-peril register, the embellishment of allied injuries, every rival falsehood a body blow to the republic. The perpetrator bias drawer holds the treatment of allied error: when public health authorities asserted, during the pandemic, claims that later collapsed, the coalition’s coverage supplied the mitigating circumstances the biases predict, fog of war, evolving science, good intentions, while identical conduct by rival authorities drew the full-responsibility treatment. The attributional drawer holds the beat’s subtlest asymmetry, the one that creates Zadrozny’s central concept. When members of the public believe rival-coded falsehoods, the beat attributes the belief to external causes, manipulation by grifters and hostile states, which preserves the believers as recruitable victims and concentrates blame on rival elites. The supply-side theory of misinformation, the premise of the entire beat, is an attributional bias applied at population scale: our potential allies err because they were poisoned, never because they wanted the poison. Rival elites, meanwhile, err from character, greed and cynicism, internal causes all the way down. The frame flatters the coalition twice, once by excusing the masses it hopes to win and once by indicting the elites it fights, and it has the further advantage of assigning the cure to the coalition’s own professionals.

Run against this structural reading, Zadrozny’s individual record shows the deviations that make her the right test case rather than a convenient defendant. Alliance Theory predicts partisans deploy the biases, and she has, in the register of her beat and the framing of her stories. It also treats deviation as costly signal, and her deviations cluster where the theory says they should be rarest. She reported that her Dover project fed the theory it hunted, an admission against her coalition’s core premise that exposure heals. She split the Dover truthers into believers and players when the alliance-serving story said cult, restoring internal causes to people her frame had cast as victims of manipulation. She cautioned readers that the Epstein emails proved less than her coalition’s readers wanted. Her West Texas measles reporting rendered a rival-coded community as sick children and grieving parents rather than as enemy terrain. None of this refutes Alliance Theory, which predicts distributions rather than individuals, and the theory has a drawer for her too: a reporter whose reputation depends on being more careful than her field profits from documented deviations, which convert into credibility, the currency her wing of the coalition trades in. The reading is airtight and slightly cheap, the way alliance readings of any honest act are, and a fair essay notes the cheapness. Some deviations cost more than they signal. Handing your beat’s enemies the sentence they will quote forever, I felt like I made it worse, sits in that class.

The Fox attack acquires a sharper meaning inside the theory than outside it. Coalitions punish defectors more than enemies, because a defector corrupts the transitivity on which alliance trust runs; she knew the building, took its salary, and crossed. When the rival coalition’s flagship gave a full segment to a single reporter, the selection was not random among the hundreds of journalists covering the right. The target had worked in the basement. And the weapon chosen, the accusation that she hunts ordinary anonymous men, was itself a victim bias deployed on behalf of the rival coalition’s most interdependent modern constituency, the pseudonymous online supporter, whose protection the red alliance had elevated to a cause exactly as the blue alliance elevated his exposure. Each coalition’s position on anonymity had reversed within living memory, the right having spent the McCarthy era unmasking and the left having spent it shielding, a reversal Alliance Theory expects and value theories must explain away, since values do not flip when the alliance map flips, and these did.

The theory’s forecast for her is the essay’s proper close, because Alliance Theory, unlike most frames in this series, generates predictions a blogger can check. The beat survived its counter-ratchet by moving inside coalition walls, and her 2025 hire at the network that became MS NOW placed her in subscription-funded alliance media, where the audience pays for the map and the map cannot be redrawn without refunds. Predictions follow. The category of disinformation will harden as coalition property, applied with increasing confidence to rival speech and decreasing frequency to allied speech, whatever the underlying epistemic mix. Her method, the records work, will stay portable across any realignment, because a court file reads the same on both shores. And if the alliance structure shifts again, as the paper insists structures always do, the strange bedfellows will reshuffle, and some future reporter will cover the blue coalition’s inherited falsehoods with the energy Zadrozny spent on QAnon, deploying her techniques, citing her as a founder, and never noticing the map had turned under the method. She might notice. Her record suggests she reads maps better than her coalition does, and reads them, on her best days, out loud.

The Experiment She Ran on Herself: Brandy Zadrozny Through Hugo Mercier’s Not Born Yesterday

In the spring of 2023, Brandy Zadrozny holds the strongest piece of evidence a debunker ever held. Tiffany Dover, the nurse the internet declared dead in December 2020, sits across from her, alive, on tape, answering questions, and the special episode built around the interview goes out to an audience of more than a million. The theory said a vaccine killed Dover and a conspiracy hid the body. The body now speaks. Under the theory of belief that founded Zadrozny’s beat, the correction should work. People believed a false claim because false information reached them; true information now reaches them; the belief should die. Zadrozny then returns to the believers who had promised, on the record, to recant if Dover ever appeared. They do not recant. She logs the refusal into the episode, an honest reporter recording the failure of her own premise, and the recording deserves a name. It is a field experiment, run at personal cost, on the central question of her profession, and the result landed on one side.

Hugo Mercier’s Not Born Yesterday, published by Princeton University Press in 2020, predicted the result before the experiment ran. Mercier, a cognitive scientist at the CNRS in Paris, argues that the panic over misinformation rests on a false picture of the human mind. The picture holds that people are gullible, that exposure to a lie plants the lie, and that the credulous masses need protection from bad information the way a city needs protection from cholera. Mercier assembles the evolutionary logic and the empirical record against every clause. Gullibility could not have evolved. An organism that believed what it was told would be farmed by every liar in range, so selection built the opposite, a suite of faculties Mercier calls open vigilance, which check incoming claims against prior knowledge, weigh the source’s incentives and track record, and demand more evidence for claims that ask more of us. The faculties run strongest where stakes run highest. On matters touching survival, money, family, and standing, people are hard to move, and the persuasion industries prove it by failing. Political campaigns shift almost no votes, advertising barely nudges brand choice at the margin, and the Nazi propaganda apparatus, the standard nightmare case, hardened existing loyalties and converted almost no one, a finding Mercier draws from the historians of the period. Fake news, the panic of Zadrozny’s founding era, reached a sliver of the electorate, concentrated among the already convinced, and moved measurable nothing. The masses were not born yesterday. The recurring belief that they were, running from Plato’s fear of crowds through Le Bon, brainwashing, and subliminal advertising to the fake news scare, is the one durable piece of misinformation in the story, and elites hold it because it costs them nothing and flatters them much.

Zadrozny built a career inside the picture Mercier attacks, and the application writes its own tension. Her beat exists because American journalism concluded, after 2016, that false information is a public health hazard, that it spreads by exposure, and that tracing and removing the suppliers protects the public. Every premise in that sentence takes a hit in Mercier’s book. But the collision runs stranger than a debunking of the debunker, because her reporting, read closely, keeps producing his findings, and the essay that pretends otherwise would be misreading her to convict her.

Start with what her beat gets wrong by Mercier’s lights, because the list is structural. The supply model treats belief as infection. Mercier’s evidence says almost no one catches a belief from a stray post. The people who consumed election fake news in 2016 were heavy consumers of congenial content who had decided long before, and the content served them as ammunition, not as cause. Apply that to her QAnon coverage. The movement’s growth looked, from inside the beat, like contagion through algorithmic channels, and the remedy followed, map the channels, remove the accounts. Mercier’s account says the drops spread because millions of Americans already distrusted the institutions the drops indicted and already belonged, or wanted to belong, to the coalition the drops served. The lie did not create the appetite. The appetite found the lie, and when platforms removed the supply, the appetite migrated and fed elsewhere, which is what her own later reporting documents, year after year, without drawing the conclusion.

Then the deeper inversion, the one Mercier presses hardest. The disinformation frame diagnoses excess credulity. Mercier diagnoses the opposite failure. The conspiracist’s problem is under-trust, a vigilance system running hot, rejecting the hospital’s statement, the coroner’s records, the network’s reporting, the government’s data, every institutional source at once. The Dover truthers did not believe too easily. They disbelieved on an industrial scale. They scrutinized pixel shadows in hospital photos, demanded death certificates, audited Instagram timestamps, ran the full apparatus of open vigilance with the trust dial set to zero for every official channel and set to full for their own community. Mercier argues that under-trust is the costlier and commoner error, that people leave enormous value unclaimed by refusing good information from sources they have coded as enemies, and that the code comes from experience with those sources, not from manipulation by new ones. On this reading, the misinformation crisis is a trust crisis wearing a content costume. The nurse’s fainting spell mattered less than the fact that millions of Americans had reached a settled judgment that hospitals, health agencies, and NBC News lie to them, a judgment their vigilance systems formed the way vigilance systems form all judgments, from incentives, track records, and the testimony of trusted allies. Removing posts cannot repair that judgment. Each removal confirms it.

Her beat’s theory of impact takes the third hit. Exposure journalism assumes correction moves belief. Mercier’s account of reflective beliefs explains the Dover result in advance. Beliefs divide by function. Intuitive beliefs guide action and stay tethered to evidence, and people hold them carefully because errors cost. Reflective beliefs, held for expression, membership, and the pleasure of the story, float free of action and pay their holders in belonging, and evidence cannot touch them because evidence was never their source. Watch the truthers through that lens. They asserted a hospital murdered a nurse, and almost none acted as a person would act who intuitively believed a hospital near them murdered nurses. The belief cost nothing to hold and paid daily dividends in community, purpose, and the thrill of forbidden knowledge. Zadrozny found the distinction herself, in the field, before she had a theory for it. Her reporting split the Dover community into believers and players, people convinced and people enjoying the game, and Mercier’s frame says the split understates the case, that even the believers held the belief in the currency of play, which is why producing the living nurse, the decisive evidence for an intuitive belief, bought nothing. She paid the full price of the experiment and published the result. I felt like I made it worse, she said, and Mercier’s book explains the sentence. Corrections from a coded enemy do not correct. They arm.

Now the other side of the ledger, because Mercier’s frame honors half her method and the honest essay says which half. Mercier’s prescription for navigating communication is sender-side analysis, ask who speaks, what they want, what their record shows, and follow the money. That is her craft. Her strongest reporting, the anti-vaccine industry’s supplement lines and donation funnels, the Epoch Times as a growth business, the Storm-1516 factory manufacturing fake primary sources, treats communicators as strategic agents with incentives, which is Mercier’s exact model of communication. Nothing in Not Born Yesterday protects a grifter from a reporter who documents the grift. The book protects the audience from a theory that calls it prey. Her sender-side work survives the frame intact and even gains standing inside it, because exposing incentives is the input open vigilance runs on; a public deciding whom to trust can use a documented record of who profits. What the frame strips away is the victim story attached to the audience, the newsroom convention that renders believers as the manipulated, and the emergency scale, the register in which a Telegram channel threatens the republic. Mercier’s numbers say the channel preaches to the converted, and the converted converted themselves, for reasons a reporter could investigate if the beat permitted the question.

The Carlson episode belongs in the account, and Mercier reads it against both parties. The standard telling on her side has Tucker Carlson aiming a weaponized audience at a reporter, the audience firing on command, a case study in media manipulation. Mercier’s evidence on mass persuasion says audiences do not fire on command. The segment worked on viewers whose priors about NBC, about reporters, about the unmasking of anonymous men, had formed across years of experience and alliance, and the segment coordinated them rather than converted them, supplying a target and a moment to people already armed. That reading subtracts nothing from the threats she received or from Carlson’s responsibility for coordinating them. It relocates the power. The demagogue, in Mercier’s account, is a follower dressed as a leader, a man who prospers by saying what his audience already believes and pointing where it already looks. The same relocation applies, uncomfortably, to her own institution, whose audience also rewards confirmation, also punishes deviation, and also received, in the disinformation beat, a nightly telling of what it already believed about the people it already despised. Neither network hypnotizes anyone. Both serve appetite. The appetite is the story, and almost nobody covers it, because the appetite sits in the audience, and the audience pays the bills.

Mercier saves his sharpest pages for the class that believes in gullibility, and the pages read as a commissioning memo for the profile Zadrozny never wrote. The gullibility thesis, he shows, is itself a reflective belief, held without evidence by the educated, costing them nothing, flattering their function, and surviving every empirical defeat, from the null effects of propaganda studies to the microscopic reach of fake news, because its holders never stake anything on it. The newsroom that hired her in 2018 held that belief in exactly the manner the Dover truthers held theirs, cheaply, socially, and beyond the reach of correction. She has spent eight years inside the belief, producing reporting that undermines it, sentence by sentence, finding after finding, the players who do not believe, the corrections that backfire, the removed accounts that resurrect, the communities that grow under bombardment, and the institution absorbs each finding as an anomaly and renews the premise, which is what Mercier says minds do with beliefs that pay. Her body of work, read as data rather than as coverage, is a longitudinal study confirming Not Born Yesterday, conducted by a researcher whose funding depends on the null hypothesis. That she keeps publishing the data anyway, against interest, with her name on it, is the fact about her that Mercier’s frame cannot explain and does not try to. Open vigilance accounts for what people believe. It has no module for what some people, at cost, insist on saying.

The Parlor and the Reference Desk: Brandy Zadrozny Through Janet Malcolm

In the fall of 2021, Brandy Zadrozny stands in a pizza place in Higdon, Alabama, waiting on an order, when her phone buzzes. She has spent the day working the town where Tiffany Dover lives, and she has left a note at a house she believes belongs to Dover’s in-laws. The text comes from an unknown number. Whoever wants the story can have it, the sender writes, but only if they pay the most. The sender turns out to be nineteen, a relative, put up to it, the girl later says, by Dover’s mother-in-law. The reporter declines. NBC News does not pay for interviews, and the refusal is correct by every rule of the craft. It is also the only honest negotiation in the story. A teenager in Sand Mountain country looked at the visitor from New York and named the thing everyone else in the transaction disguises, that a journalist has come to take something of value, that the family holds it, and that the parties might as well discuss price.

Janet Malcolm spent a career on the disguise. The Journalist and the Murderer, published in 1990, opens with the most quoted sentence in the literature of the craft, the claim that every journalist who is not too stupid or too vain to notice knows his work is “morally indefensible.” The journalist, she writes, is a confidence man. He preys on vanity, ignorance, and loneliness. He gains a subject’s trust, feeds the subject’s hope of being understood, listens like a lover, and then betrays without remorse at the writing desk, where the subject stops being a person and becomes a character in someone else’s story. Her case study is Joe McGinniss, who joined the defense team of Jeffrey MacDonald, the Green Beret doctor convicted of murdering his wife and daughters, lived with the defense, wrote MacDonald warm letters for years professing belief in his innocence, and then published Fatal Vision, which rendered him a psychopathic killer. MacDonald sued, five jurors of six sided with the murderer against the writer, and Malcolm understood why. The jury had glimpsed the structure of the craft, and the structure, not the man, was the scandal. Every subject consents to his own destruction out of vanity and hope. Every journalist permits the hope to grow. The deception is not a failing of bad reporters. It is the condition of the work.

The frame seems built for Zadrozny’s confession. She pursued an unwilling private citizen for two years and told an interviewer afterward that she felt she made it worse. Prosecute her under Malcolm and the brief writes itself. But the prosecution misreads her career, and the misreading is where the essay earns its keep, because Zadrozny’s journalism, taken as a body, is a test of how far Malcolm’s indictment reaches, and the answer is that it reaches one of her two methods and cannot touch the other.

Malcolm’s crime requires a parlor. The confidence game runs on relationship, the cultivated intimacy, the subject talking freely because he believes the listener is a friend. Zadrozny’s signature method never enters the parlor. She works from records. The anonymous operators she unmasks, the conspiracy entrepreneurs whose funding she traces, the network builders whose domain histories she pulls, never confided in her. Nobody charmed them. Nobody wrote them warm letters. They left trails in public archives, court filings, registration databases, and deleted pages she preserved before the deletion, and she assembled the trails into stories without once collecting a person’s trust. Whatever the moral problems of that method, and they are real, they belong to a different family than Malcolm’s. Unmasking is an exercise of power without relationship. The person on the receiving end can call it surveillance, exposure, or doxxing, and the argument over those words fills the earlier essays in this series, but he cannot call it betrayal, because betrayal requires a bond and no bond existed. Malcolm’s journalist wounds people who loved him. Zadrozny’s records method wounds strangers. The librarian’s journalism escapes the parlor by never going in, and the escape explains a small sociological fact of the trade, that documents reporters carry their consciences lighter than profile writers, having never watched trust form in a subject’s face while knowing what the writing desk will do to it.

Then Dover, and the frame closes around her after all, through the back door. Tiffany Dover was not an operator. She left no trail of influence, moved no money, ran no network. She fainted on camera, and when the internet declared her dead she chose silence, which is a private citizen’s right and was, for the machine that had swallowed her, further evidence. Zadrozny’s pursuit of her had every justification the craft supplies. A viral lie had consumed a woman’s identity, the lie was damaging vaccine confidence during a pandemic, and only the woman could kill it. Public interest, the same coin McGinniss paid with when he justified his years of feigned friendship as service to the book. And the pursuit looked like pursuit. Stakeouts of the house and the hospital. Police records, vital records, grave registries pulled on a nurse who had committed no act beyond losing consciousness. The note at the in-laws’ house. Two seasons of a podcast assembled around a woman who had asked, by every signal available to her, to be left alone. Malcolm’s subjects at least opened the door and served coffee. Dover never consented to the relationship at all, which pushes the Dover project past Malcolm’s confidence game into older territory, the hunt, and Zadrozny, to her credit and to the project’s discomfort, aired the hunt rather than hiding it.

The arc then reversed, and the reversal holds the essay’s finest Malcolm material. Nine months after the podcast ended in failure, Dover texted her. While I did not die that day, the text read, the life I knew did. The subject initiated. The prey walked into the parlor and sat down, and the wooing that McGinniss stretched across four years compressed into one dinner, off the record, at Dover’s home, the night before the taping, horses in the front yard, a white house with big windows, the reporter and the nurse taking each other’s measure. Zadrozny cried when they met. Read the tears with Malcolm’s coldness and they still hold up, relief and guilt and two years of pursuit discharged at once, but Malcolm would direct attention past the dinner to what followed, because in her account the betrayal never happens in the parlor. It happens at the desk. The interview became a special episode. The episode converted a woman’s shattered privacy, her panic attacks at the grocery store, her name turned into a search term for death, into a product with the reporter’s name on it, promoted by a network, submitted for awards, downloaded past a million. Dover got the correction she wanted, her life certified on the record, and she got, in the same transaction, a renewal of the fame that had wrecked her, her story now owned twice, first by the truthers and then by NBC. Whether she weighed the exchange and found it fair is a question with an answer, and the answer belongs to her, and the honest essay flags it and leaves it on her porch.

What Malcolm could not have anticipated is the form, and the form is the fresh finding. Her journalists hid the seduction. The reader of Fatal Vision never hears McGinniss coo at MacDonald; the letters surfaced in the lawsuit, and their exposure is what made her book possible. The podcast inverts the concealment. The pursuit is the show. Zadrozny narrates her own stakeouts, airs her own doubts, plays the pizza-place text, confesses on tape that the project fed the theory it hunted, and the confession runs as content, an episode beat, scored and edited, sold as candor because it is candor. Malcolm might say the form performs a second seduction with the audience in the subject’s chair. The listener hears the reporter bleed and extends her the trust Malcolm says no journalist deserves, and the trust converts to downloads, and the downloads convert to the Webby and the MS NOW contract. The confession that costs her standing with the beat’s enemies deepens the product for the beat’s friends. Her honesty is real. The honesty also sells. Malcolm built a career on refusing to choose between such sentences, and the refusal is the discipline this essay borrows, because the alternative readings, saint or grifter, are both lazier than the woman.

The close belongs to the symmetry between the two writers. Malcolm composed her indictment of journalistic treachery while a subject of her own, the psychoanalyst Jeffrey Masson (b. 1941), was suing her over quotations he said she fabricated, a case that ran a decade and reached the Supreme Court, and she never claimed the clean hands her thesis denied everyone. She wrote the indefensibility from inside it and kept practicing. Zadrozny stands in the same posture. She has said the sentence that her profession’s critics will quote against the beat forever, that her biggest work made things worse for its subject and its cause, and she said it while promoting that work, and she went on reporting, and she reads, on the evidence of the special episode, as a woman who will do it again, next subject, next hunt, next parlor, because the stories run through people and there is no other door. Malcolm’s book ends without absolution and without a call to stop, which readers have found unsatisfying for thirty-five years, and the dissatisfaction is the point. The craft’s crime and the craft’s necessity ride in the same vehicle. The nurse got her life back on the record because a reporter would not leave her alone. Both halves of that sentence are true, the halves do not reconcile, and the writer who taught American journalism to hold them together died without offering a third option, because there is none.

Fuck Around and Find Out (FAFO): Brandy Zadrozny and the Oldest Law

The threats reach her home in the last week of October 2020. Tucker Carlson has given a segment to Darren Beattie, who tells three million viewers that an NBC reporter digs up the identities of anonymous Trump supporters to ruin their lives, and the audience does what audiences with an address do. The International Women’s Media Foundation logs the aftermath as threats, doxxing, and violence directed at Brandy Zadrozny. Nothing in the segment disputed her facts. Nothing in the response required her facts to be wrong. She had published truths that damaged people, and the damaged people and their allies returned the damage by the routes available to them. Her profession has a theory in which this is an outrage against the free press. The street has an older theory, four words long, and the older theory predicted the week better.

Fuck around and find out is folk deterrence doctrine. Strip the profanity and the doctrine reads: actions that harm others summon consequences from the harmed, the consequences arrive by whatever channel the harmed can reach, and the sender’s reasons never enter the calculation. The phrase carries no clause for righteousness. It does not ask whether the fucking around served the public interest, told the truth, or saved lives. It states a conservation law. Harm sent tends to return to its sender, and the return address is the sender’s softest point, which is rarely the point from which the harm was sent.

The doctrine has scholarly ancestors. William Ian Miller (b. 1946), in Bloodtaking and Peacemaking, reconstructs the feud system of saga Iceland, a society without police in which every injury created a debt collectible by the injured man’s kin, and the accounting ran for generations because both sides kept books. Miller’s Icelanders would have found nothing puzzling about October 2020. A woman shamed men of the other side; the other side’s chieftain called for redress on the widest channel he owned; the redress arrived. Nassim Nicholas Taleb (b. 1960) restates the law as ethics in Skin in the Game: symmetry governs, those who inflict must stand exposed to what they inflict, and systems that let actors harm without exposure breed monsters. Between the sagas and Taleb sits every honor culture the anthropologists ever cataloged, and beneath them all sits the rattlesnake, which does not review your reasons before it strikes. FAFO compresses the literature into a warning label.

Run Zadrozny through the doctrine from four directions.

The first direction is that her work harms some people (and helps other people). This deserves stating without cushioning, because her profession cushions it by reflex. An unmasking ends a pseudonymous life and sometimes a career and sometimes an entire life. A profitable conspiracy business loses its platform after her story runs and the platform acts. A movement gets described in national media as a threat, and its members absorb the description’s costs in reputation and standing. The harms may be deserved, the facts are documented, and the public interest case is often strong. The doctrine shrugs at all three. The QAnon influencers, the anti-vaccine entrepreneurs, the anonymous operators, and the coalition that houses them experienced injury and behaved as the injured behave. They struck back through their channels, the segment, the swarm, the doxx, the threat. Her side calls this the criminalization of journalism. Their side calls her work the criminalization of speech. The doctrine calls both descriptions decoration. Injury went out; injury came back; the ledger balanced the way ledgers balance in a world without a referee. And she knows. The knowledge shows in the arrangements of her life, the Signal handle listed before the email address, the husband who stays off the internet, the compartments she keeps between the work and the home. Reporters who believe the official theory, that truth-telling in the public interest carries protection, do not build their lives like safe houses. She built the safe house years ago. Whatever she says at journalism conferences, her operational self believes the four words.

The second direction follows the costs, because the costs do not fall where the decisions get made. NBC News assigned the beat, published the stories, and collected what the stories earn, audience, authority, awards, the standing that comes from employing the reporter the bad guys fear. When the return fire came, NBC issued a statement. The statement was strong, the network stood by her, and the network’s buildings have security desks. The threats went to a house in Brooklyn with three children in it. This is the general structure of the trade and almost nobody writes it down. The institution decides to fuck around; the byline finds out. Feud logic explains the targeting. Retaliation seeks the softest reachable point of the offending house, and a corporation has no soft point, no body, no porch, no kids, so the debt collectors walk past the logo and knock on the reporter’s door. Miller’s Icelanders understood that you do not avenge yourself on a clan by suing the clan. You find the clan’s most exposed member. The modern mob, unschooled and undirected, rediscovers saga targeting every time, and the institutions that employ the exposed keep the exposure off the books, an uncompensated occupational hazard, priced into nobody’s salary, carried home in nobody’s name but hers.

The third direction inverts the frame and finds the war inside it. Anonymity is find-out-proofing. The pseudonymous operator has engineered away the return channel; he can fuck around at industrial scale, wreck a nurse’s life, move a coalition’s votes, run a harassment campaign, and no consequence can locate him, because consequence requires an address. Read her signature method against that engineering and the method becomes legible as address restoration. An unmasking reconnects an actor to the return channel his pseudonym severed. Whatever else her work does, it re-arms the oldest law against people who had disarmed it, which is why the people in question experience an unmasking as violence. It is the moment the rattlesnake learns where they live. Her enemies work the same project in reverse. The doxxing of Zadrozny, the publication of her details, the targeting of her family, each move makes her more findable, expands the surface on which she can find out. The disinformation war, viewed from this direction, is a war over findability, over who must live within reach of consequences and who gets to operate beyond them, and each side experiences its own strikes as justice and the other side’s as terror. The doctrine, which has no politics, endorses neither and describes both.

The fourth direction is Dover, and here Zadrozny stands on the other side of the four words. For two years she fucked around in one woman’s life. She staked out the house and the hospital, pulled records on a private citizen whose offense was fainting, left the note, ran the seasons. Her reasons were righteous by her lights and defensible by most, a viral lie was eating a woman alive and damaging vaccine confidence in a pandemic, and the doctrine, as established, does not read reasons. What consequence could a nurse in Higdon, Alabama return to a network reporter in Brooklyn? None through the mob; Dover commanded no mob, and her silence was the opposite of a strike. The finding out arrived through the one channel a decent person cannot armor, conscience. Zadrozny has said she felt she made it worse, and said it on tape, and cried on the porch when the two women finally met. Read the guilt as the law functioning. Consequence completed its circuit through the only conduit open, and the pain of it, by her own account, reshaped the project, slowed the pursuit, changed the terms on which the interview finally happened, Dover initiating, dinner off the record, the subject holding cards the hunter had spent two years trying to take. A woman with deadened nerve endings might have run the same pursuit and felt nothing and called the episode a triumph. The feedback hurt because the equipment works.

The doctrine requires one discipline of the writer. FAFO describes; it does not license. The distance between “consequences follow” and “she had it coming” is the distance between physics and a threat, and her enemies collapse the distance every time they gloat. That the mob found her home is a fact the frame predicts. That the mob was justified is a claim the frame cannot generate, because the frame has no organ for justification, only for accounting. The same discipline runs the other way. Her unmaskings summon consequences to the unmasked, and the summoning is predictable, and prediction is not vindication there either. The doctrine’s honest use is actuarial. It prices conduct. It tells a truth-teller what the truth will cost before the invoice arrives, and it told Zadrozny, and she paid, and the payment settles nothing about whether the purchase was right.

What the frame yields last is a finding about deterrence, the doctrine’s official purpose. Feud systems exist to make injury expensive and thereby rare. Miller’s Icelanders mostly kept the peace because everyone could count. By that standard, the American information feud has failed at its one job, because the finding out deters no one. The segment and the swarm did not move Zadrozny off the beat; she went from NBC to a founding chair at MS NOW and kept unmasking. Her exposures have not moved the anonymous operators to caution; the pseudonymous economy grew every year she covered it. Both houses absorb their casualties, promote their wounded, and raid again. Miller records two ways a feud ends, settlement or exhaustion, and the sagas run long because both come slow. No broker exists who could settle this one; the institutions that once brokered American disputes are parties to this one. That leaves exhaustion, which is generational, and Zadrozny’s career suggests the current generation has funds. She keeps books like an Icelander, publishes the other house’s debts, pays her own in threats and guilt, and returns to work, a woman who found out years ago and decided the price ran fair. The four words were never a warning to people like her. They were a description of the terms, and she signed.

The Set

Every reporter belongs to a room, and the room decides what the work means. Brandy Zadrozny’s room assembled between 2016 and 2020 out of parts that had never shared a table: newsroom reporters who covered the internet’s fringe, academics who mapped rumor networks, platform trust and safety staff, fact-checkers, extremism researchers, and the funders and fellowship programs that stitched them together. The set never chose a name. Its enemies supplied several, the censorship industrial complex the least profane, and the set answered with job titles, misinformation researcher, disinformation reporter, as if the vocation were as settled as cardiology. This essay paints the room: who sits in it, what they honor, how they rank each other, what they claim about the world, and the grammar of their praise and blame.

Start with the roll. The reporters came first. Zadrozny and Ben Collins built the beat at NBC News, the librarian and the internet native, and the pairing set the template, records plus fluency. Craig Silverman ran the fake-news desk at BuzzFeed before ProPublica and gave the field its founding datasets. Will Sommer owned QAnon at The Daily Beast and wrote Trust the Plan. Mike Rothschild wrote The Storm Is Upon Us. David Gilbert covered the same terrain at Vice and Wired, Jane Lytvynenko at BuzzFeed, Kevin Collier and Ben Goggin alongside Zadrozny at NBC, Davey Alba and Tiffany Hsu on the misinformation desk The New York Times built, Sheera Frenkel above them on security, Kevin Roose adjacent with his rabbit-hole work, Taylor Lorenz on the culture side, contested inside the room and hated outside it, Charlie Warzel at The Atlantic, Casey Newton and Ryan Broderick in the newsletters, Brian Stelter (b. 1985) and Oliver Darcy running the media-desk auxiliary at CNN. The academy sent Kate Starbird (b. 1975) from Washington, Renée DiResta and Alex Stamos from the Stanford Internet Observatory, Joan Donovan from Harvard’s Shorenstein Center, where Zadrozny took her fellowship, Claire Wardle from First Draft, Whitney Phillips, Alice Marwick, Mike Caulfield with his literacy methods, Emerson Brooking at the Atlantic Council‘s DFRLab under Graham Brookie. The watchdog wing ran through Media Matters under Angelo Carusone and the Center for Countering Digital Hate under Imran Ahmed. Bellingcat under Eliot Higgins (b. 1979) worked the OSINT border. Nina Jankowicz wrote How to Lose the Information War and then lived it. Craig Newmark (b. 1952) and the Knight Foundation paid for much of the plumbing. And the room’s shape owes as much to the men outside it: Glenn Greenwald (b. 1967), Matt Taibbi, Bari Weiss (b. 1984), Michael Shellenberger, Darren Beattie, Jim Jordan with his subpoenas, Elon Musk with his platform and his lawsuits, and Tucker Carlson, whose October 2020 segment on Zadrozny functioned inside the room as a decoration ceremony.

What the set values sits one layer under what it says it values. The stated value is shared reality, an information commons where facts hold standing regardless of tribe, defended by professionals against pollution. The operating values run more human. The set prizes fluency, the capacity to read a fringe space like a native, know which Telegram channel feeds which influencer, catch the joke inside the slur inside the meme. It prizes stamina, measured in years spent in what members call the sewer. It prizes protective labor, the framing of the work as service, I read it so you don’t have to, the researcher as the town’s designated handler of contaminated material. It prizes rigor as a boundary against its own hangers-on, since the room knows its edges attract labelers who never report anything, and it ranks the Zadroznys, who pull court records, above the quote-dunkers. And it prizes wounds. The set’s economy of honor runs on harassment received, and every member’s biography lists the campaigns survived, the Carlson segment, the Musk quote-tweet, the Libs of TikTok pile-on, the Jordan subpoena, the way a soldier lists theaters.

The hero the room builds is the sentinel. He descends nightly into spaces organized around hatred of people like him, absorbs material that damages him, and hauls up findings that protect a public that never learns his costs. The heroism runs on exposure in both senses, exposure to the toxin and exposure of the toxin’s makers. The sentinel’s sacrifice is psychic, and the room has built a full liturgy around it, the vicarious trauma panel at every conference, the burnout leave announced on Bluesky, the therapy vocabulary, the gallows humor about brain worms and the hellsite, the colleague who logs off for his mental health to a chorus of hearts. An outsider reads the liturgy as softness. Inside, it works as a service record. The set’s other hero is the witness under fire, and here the decoration system grows precise. Being attacked by the right people confers rank. Jankowicz holds the highest decoration and paid the highest price, three weeks as head of a Homeland Security advisory board in 2022 before an opposition campaign ended the board and made her name a punchline on one side of the country and a martyrology on the other. Donovan’s rank rose when Harvard pushed her out in 2023 and she alleged donor pressure from Meta. Stamos and DiResta’s institute died under lawsuits and subpoenas in 2024, a unit citation. Zadrozny’s Carlson segment sits among the early campaign ribbons, and the threats that followed made her, in the room’s eyes, a veteran before the war had a name.

The status games run on several boards at once. The reporter’s board scores scoops, the story that got the network taken down, the document that forced the correction, the sentence near the bottom that reads, after we reached out, the platform removed the accounts, which functions in the room as a conviction functions for a prosecutor. The academic board scores citations, fellowships, and testimony, with the C-SPAN clip in the Twitter bio as its service medal. The two boards trade, reporters borrow legitimacy from the fellowships, Zadrozny took hers at Shorenstein, and academics borrow reach from the reporters who cite them. Above both boards floats the book market, which ranks the set for the general public: DiResta’s Invisible Rulers, Donovan’s Meme Wars, Sommer and Rothschild on QAnon, Jankowicz’s two volumes. Below both runs the follower economy, disavowed and tracked, complicated after 2022 by the Musk purchase, which turned the home platform hostile and made the migration to Bluesky a moral statement, and the room performed the migration the way congregations change buildings, mourning the old sanctuary while praising the new one’s air. Exit constitutes its own board. Collins led a group that bought The Onion in 2024 and left the sewer for satire, the cleanest exit the set has produced, and the room talks about it the way enlisted men talk about a buddy’s discharge, joy with a seam of envy running through it, proof a door exists.

The set’s claims about the world divide into claims about duties and claims about natures. The duty claims: platforms owe the public moderation, since reach is a privilege and amplification a choice; journalists owe the public context, and presenting a false claim without adjudication, the both-sides sin, breaches the duty; influence cancels anonymity, so the hidden operator may be named; amplification carries moral weight, so a reporter must weigh the oxygen his coverage feeds to the thing covered, a doctrine Phillips wrote into a handbook the room treats as canon; harassment is violence, not speech; and within the room, solidarity binds, the colleague under attack gets defended first and criticized never, or at least not that week. The nature claims run deeper and mostly unexamined. The grifter is an essence, not a phase; once the room sorts a man into bad faith, the sorting is permanent, and debate with him becomes category error, since you argue with the mistaken and expose the malicious. Audiences, by contrast, hold no fixed nature; they are victims, manipulated, poisoned, radicalized, the passive voice doing heavy work, recoverable in principle through literacy and better diets. Radicalization names a disease process with a pipeline, a man enters through a fitness channel and exits at a militia, and the pipeline metaphor assigns agency to the plumbing. Institutions, the CDC, the universities, the networks, hold good faith by default; their errors read as growing pains, evolving understanding, never as the mirror of the malice the room diagnoses across the aisle. Even the platform policies absorbed the essence talk, banning coordinated inauthentic behavior, authenticity as terms-of-service metaphysics.

The moral grammar completes the portrait, the rules of praise, sin, excuse, and absolution. Praise words: brave, vital, tireless, doing the Lord’s work, so grateful for. The sins carry the vocabulary of contamination and commerce: amplify, platform, launder, normalize, monetize hate, engagement farming. Contamination runs through the whole idiom, toxic, sewer, poisoned, brain worms, hygiene, which tells you the grammar’s base is purity, unusual for a set that codes purity politics as the other side’s habit. Excuses work through context, the room’s favorite noun, and through evolving understanding, available to allies and withheld from targets. The apology liturgy follows the standard professional form, I fell short, I’m listening, committed to doing better, and reinstatement follows in months provided the sinner sinned against tone rather than against the set’s core claims. Judgment rights belong to the wounded first; the member under harassment holds the floor, and contradicting him while the campaign runs violates the deepest rule. The gravest internal crime is treachery, and the room learned its outline in 2021 when Joe Bernstein, one of its own, published Bad News in Harper’s and argued the field had built its authority on an unproven model of media effects. The room absorbed the essay the way churches absorb a priest’s memoir of doubt, brief fury, some engagement from the honest, then citation quarantine. Brendan Nyhan and Dan Williams press versions of the same case from the academy and receive the polite version of the same treatment. The heretics’ arguments track the findings Zadrozny’s own reporting keeps producing, the corrections that fail, the removed networks that regrow, and the room’s inability to metabolize its own data is the portrait’s darkest corner.

Where does Zadrozny sit in the room she helped build? Near the head of the reporter’s table, with standing on every board. The academics cite her, the books thank her, the young reporters imitate her, and the heretics exempt her, since her records hold up under hostile audit, which is the one compliment that crosses the room’s walls. She performs the liturgies, the solidarity, the burnout candor, the Bluesky presence, without the excess that marks the set’s climbers. And she carries, almost alone in the room, a documented act of the thing the grammar has no word for, testimony against interest, the taped admission that her biggest project fed what it hunted. The room heard it as candor and filed it under bravery, the nearest category on the shelf. Filed correctly, it belongs with Bernstein’s essay, evidence the sentinel’s own logs contradict the sentinel’s charter, brought home by the best sentinel the room has. A set that honored its stated values above its operating ones might have reorganized around that evidence. This one gave it a heart and a download and went back down the hole, and she went with them, because the room is where the work is, and the work is where she lives.

The Voice

Her voice splits into three registers, and the splits track her media, so take them one at a time.
The spoken voice runs warm, fast, and self-deprecating, closer to a mom at school pickup than to a network correspondent. She hedges constantly, sort of, I think, a lot of, and doubles her intensifiers. Asked how she keeps sane on the beat, she answers with a joke against herself, “Who’s to say I haven’t?”, then a run of small enthusiasms, the ukulele, the delightful children, the offline husband. The confession arrives in the same easy register as the chitchat. She told Forbes “honestly, I cried” about meeting Dover, and the failure admissions come unprompted, in first person, without the throat-clearing most reporters wrap around error. That candor works as ethos. She sounds like a woman with nothing to manage, which is the hardest effect in media to fake and the reason interviewers keep noting her cheerfulness against the grimness of her material.
Her diction stays Anglo-Saxon and internet-native. She says shenanigans, the Rumble guys, said the quiet part out loud. She reaches for adages rather than theory, Brandolini’s law over any academic model, and her one term of art, deep hanging out, is a borrowed anthropologist’s phrase she wears like a joke. Note what she avoids: almost none of her guild’s vocabulary, no information ecosystem, no stochastic anything, no epistemic crisis. She says conspiratorial spaces, far right spaces, anti-vaccination spaces, rooms rather than systems. The plain diction does coalition work in reverse. It keeps her legible to people outside the seminar and hard to parody as a scold.
The credibility moves inside her speech are numeric and durational. A hundred Facebook groups. Ten years on the beat. All day on Bannon and Kirk. She establishes authority through hours logged rather than credentials claimed, the veteran’s register, and she positions herself as guide rather than judge: “Let’s say we’re just talking about white-nationalist extremism”, and then a compressed history, dates and named events, Charlottesville, the tiki torches, the masks that came later. When she wants to land a hard claim she drops every hedge at once and goes short and declarative. “I don’t believe there are any dark corners of the internet anymore.” The soft filler around those sentences is what makes them hit. Her strong claims arrive naked and rare.
The broadcast narration voice, the one on the podcast and her On the Media work, adds a controlled dryness the conversational voice lacks. Her signature move is juxtaposition, tape then record. She plays Kennedy making a claim, then follows flat: “Kennedy is mis-citing a federal law”, no adjectives, the correction doing the mockery. Her sarcasm runs through understatement, the “which is odd given that” construction, where the irony lives in the placement of facts rather than in any charged word. She writes transitions like a companion, but anyway, and of course, which keep the prosecutorial material sounding like gossip between friends. The podcast form suits her because her natural unit is the aside. Forbes
The print voice is the third register and the most disciplined, and she has explained the preference: print gives control over the outcome. On the page the warmth drains out and the librarian takes over, attribution stacked, documents dated, the passive constructions of legal caution. Her stated formula for a story is a four-question catechism, what’s the true story, why are we seeing the fake one, who’s harmed, who’s profiting, and her articles run in that order, verdict last. The distance between her chatty spoken self and her flat written self measures how much of the written flatness is craft rather than temperament.
Two more textures. Class: the voice carries Florida, the bar, the reference desk, and none of the acquired accent of the prestige press; she talks about powerful men the way service workers talk about regulars, without awe. And temperature: on a beat whose practitioners default to alarm, she runs cool and amused, harms named through victims rather than through her own indignation, the Chicken Little problem named as a problem in her own field. The manner lowers the stakes of every sentence while the content raises them, and the gap between manner and content is her rhetoric. A woman this relaxed, the listener concludes, must be sure of her files. She usually is, which closes the loop.

Posted in Journalism | Comments Off on Brandy Zadrozny: The Librarian Who Went to War

Lee Edelman: The Man Who Said No to the Future

In December 2005, in a Washington, D.C. convention hotel, the Modern Language Association stages a panel that people in queer theory still argue about. Robert Caserio organizes it and gives it a name that sticks: The Antisocial Thesis in Queer Theory. The premise sounds dry. The room does not feel dry. Four of the field’s marquee names sit at the table. Lee Edelman (b. 1953) and Jack Halberstam (b. 1961), then publishing as Judith Halberstam, defend negativity. Tim Dean and José Esteban Muñoz (1967-2013) warn against it. The audience knows the stakes. One year earlier Edelman published No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive, and the field has divided over it the way a family divides over a will.

The panelists do not perform collegial vagueness. Muñoz argues that queerness lives in collectivity and hope, that it points toward a future worth wanting, and that a politics of pure refusal abandons the people who need politics most. Halberstam claims the negative for punk, for rage, for the Sex Pistols. Edelman answers that the Sex Pistols never left reproductive futurism at all. A song that shouts no future while casting the disenfranchised as flowers in the dustbin, as seeds of renewal, still promises that the children will redeem us. The pose of negativity, he suggests, is easy. The thing is hard. PMLA publishes the exchange in May 2006, and graduate seminars assign it for the next twenty years.

To understand how a professor of English at Tufts University came to occupy this position, the argument that made him famous and the temperament that made the argument possible, start in Poughkeepsie, New York, where Edelman grows up in the 1950s and early 1960s. At ten he sees his first Hitchcock film, The Birds. The horror movies of the era run on monsters and rubber suits. Hitchcock scares him differently. The terror comes from inside the ordinary world, from the mother, the schoolhouse, the small town, the sky. He later tells an interviewer the film felt like entering a nightmare, and the fascination never leaves him. Decades on, he teaches a Tufts course on Hitchcock, cinema, gender, and ideology, and Alfred Hitchcock (1899-1980) remains a touchstone in his criticism. A boy who learns early that the most frightening thing on screen can be a flock of birds over a children’s birthday party has already absorbed the lesson that innocence and menace share a frame.

Edelman takes his B.A. at Northwestern University in 1975, then goes to Yale. The dates matter. He earns an M.A. in 1976, an M.Phil. in 1978, and a Ph.D. in 1981, which places him in New Haven during the high period of the Yale School. Paul de Man (1919-1983) teaches there. Jacques Derrida (1930-2004) visits. Geoffrey Hartman (1929-2016), Harold Bloom (1930-2019), and J. Hillis Miller (1928-2021) fill out a department that has become the American capital of deconstruction. Yet Edelman later describes a bifurcation that outsiders miss. He sits in the English program, which stays closer to traditional methods. The theoretical ferment concentrates in Comparative Literature, where students work with de Man and think through Derrida, Lacan, Shoshana Felman, and Barbara Johnson. Edelman watches from across the hall.

He watches with a personal stake. His closest friends study in Comparative Literature, and one of them, Joseph Litvak, becomes his partner around 1978. Litvak trains under the deconstructionists and takes his own Yale Ph.D. in 1981, the same year as Edelman. The two men will spend their careers in the same department at Tufts, Litvak as a professor of English working on Victorian literature, Cold War mass culture, and Jewish cultural studies. The relationship gives Edelman something rarer than a method. It gives him a household in which the seminar never ends. His early work carries the Yale signature anyway: close reading as an ethic, rhetoric as the place where a culture confesses what it denies, the figure as the unit of analysis. He starts teaching at Tufts in 1979, before the doctorate is even finished, and never leaves.

He begins as a poetry scholar. Through the early and mid 1980s he writes on Elizabeth Bishop, John Ashbery, and Hart Crane (1899-1932), and he publishes poems of his own in The Nation. His first book, Transmemberment of Song: Hart Crane’s Anatomies of Rhetoric and Desire (1987), reads Crane’s difficult modernism through the body, desire, and figural excess. The title word, transmemberment, comes from Crane and does double work. Language dismembers the subject it claims to express and reassembles it as something else. A poem about a bridge becomes a study of how desire gets built into syntax. The book announces the concern that will govern everything Edelman writes afterward: rhetoric produces the desiring subject rather than merely describing him.

The 1980s also hand Edelman, and every gay academic of his generation, a catastrophe. AIDS kills friends, colleagues, and lovers while the national government treats the epidemic as a punchline and then as a punishment. The plague years radicalize a cohort of literary critics who might otherwise have stayed with Bishop and Ashbery. Edelman’s second book, Homographesis: Essays in Gay Literary and Cultural Theory (1994), belongs to the founding shelf of queer theory, alongside the work of Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick (1950-2009), Judith Butler, and Leo Bersani (1931-2022). The coinage in the title fuses homosexuality and writing. Gay identity, Edelman argues, functions as a text the culture insists on reading. Visibility can discipline as easily as liberate. The demand that homosexuality announce itself in legible signs, on the body, in the voice, in the walk, binds gay men to the interpretive system that polices them. He refuses the liberal remedy of better representation. Representation is the problem he wants to study, and no volume of positive images can fix a structure that runs on making people into signs.

The book that changes his life, and the field, arrives a decade later. No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive (2004) runs barely 200 pages, and Edelman later says the writing came easily even though he knew the argument would not make people happy. The polemic centers on a figure he capitalizes: the Child. Not any actual child, not the specific kid on the specific street, but the symbolic Child in whose name every political program justifies its demands. Think of the campaign ads, the padlocked playgrounds, the speeches that end with our children’s future. Edelman names the fantasy reproductive futurism: the conviction that politics gains meaning by serving a tomorrow embodied in the Child, and that whatever refuses this service becomes unthinkable, monstrous, queer.

His most quoted passage takes the argument to its edge, urging his readers to say fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we’re collectively terrorized. The sentence continues through Annie and the waif from Les Mis. Readers who stop at the profanity miss the machinery. Edelman does not counsel harming anyone. He asks what happens when queerness stops auditioning for the role of good citizen, stops promising to be productive, family-friendly, and useful, and instead accepts the position the social order already assigns it: the figure of the death drive, the negativity that the fantasy of wholeness must expel to hold together. Both parties, he argues, worship at the same altar. Conservatives invoke the Child through innocence and sexual discipline. Liberals invoke the Child through progress and a better world to come. The Child wins every election because both sides nominate him.

The Lacanian scaffolding matters. From Jacques Lacan (1901-1981), Edelman takes the drive, the pressure that circles its object without resolution, and the sinthome, the knot of enjoyment that holds a subject together beyond meaning. He coins sinthomosexuality for the queer figure who embodies enjoyment without reproductive alibi, the Scrooge, the Silas Marner, the Hitchcock villain whom the narrative must convert or kill so that the Child may live. Literature, he shows, has always known this figure. It keeps writing him so it can keep sacrificing him.

The year No Future appears, Massachusetts legalizes same-sex marriage, and Edelman marries Litvak after twenty-six years together. A student reporter for the Tufts Daily asks him about the ceremony, expecting joy from a newlywed. “It was anticlimactic,” he says. After twenty-six years, the legality felt like paperwork. The scene compresses the whole Edelman problem into an anecdote. Here stands the theorist of anti-relationality, of queerness as the refusal of social form, in a decades-long monogamous partnership with a colleague, filing a marriage license in the suburbs of Boston. His critics call this a contradiction. He might call it evidence for the thesis. The institution added nothing, which is what he had been saying about institutions all along. The same reporter finds him in room 203 of East Hall amid what she calls organized chaos, dressed in crisp khakis and a pressed red button-down, a man of exacting personal order preaching the gospel of the negative. He paints. He speaks French. He loves the Rolling Stones, Janis Joplin, Ella Fitzgerald, and Sinatra. When the reporter reads him a glowing student review from a professor-rating site, he answers that it was the best five-dollar bribe he ever gave.

The field’s answer to No Future comes from many directions, and the strongest arrives in 2009. Muñoz publishes Cruising Utopia: The Then and There of Queer Futurity and turns the debate from the Washington panel into a book-length counterargument. Queerness, for Muñoz, is not the death drive. Queerness is the horizon, the not-yet, the collective rehearsal of a world that does not exist. He draws on Ernst Bloch and on the performance cultures of queers of color, and he charges that Edelman’s negativity carries an unmarked Whiteness, a luxury position available to those whose survival is not in question. Feminist, trans, and disability critics press related points. For people fighting for housing, medical care, and safety from violence, a politics of pure refusal can sound like a tenured man pulling up the ladder. Materialist critics add that capital does not need the family. Markets commodify queer nightlife and anti-family style as happily as they sell minivans, so non-reproduction threatens nothing by itself. Edelman has answers, chiefly that his critics keep smuggling the future back in and calling it radical, but the objections stick, and Muñoz’s early death in 2013 froze the debate at its sharpest point, two positions and no synthesis.

Edelman’s next major book makes the refusal of synthesis its form. Sex, or the Unbearable (2014), written with Lauren Berlant (1957-2021), unfolds as a dialogue between two theorists who disagree and decline to stop. Berlant, whose Cruel Optimism studies the attachments that damage the people who hold them, keeps asking what sustains relation. Edelman keeps pressing what breaks it. The book performs its argument: relation as impasse, intimacy as the scene of misrecognition, conversation as the thing that continues without resolving. Berlant’s death in 2021 gave the book a retrospective weight neither author intended. It now reads as a record of a friendship conducted through disagreement, which may be the most social thing the antisocial theorist ever wrote.

Bad Education: Why Queer Theory Teaches Us Nothing (2023) extends the project into the university. The back cover carries a dare: make queer theory controversial again. The line concedes what everyone knows. Queer theory has been domesticated into a curriculum, a job category, a set of learning outcomes. Edelman argues that education itself runs on the promise of positive transmission, of knowledge converted into value and students converted into socially usable subjects, and that queerness names what this pedagogy cannot process. He reads Shakespeare, Harriet Jacobs, Pedro Almodóvar, Kasi Lemmons, and Michael Haneke, and he engages Afropessimism, above all Frank Wilderson, whose account of Blackness as the constitutive outside of the human parallels and pressures his own account of queerness as the constitutive outside of the social. In March 2023 he discusses the book at Tufts with his colleague Jess Keiser, taking aim at the neoliberal university’s demand for measurable, transportable educational product. He has taught at that university for forty-four years by then. He knows the product line from inside.

The reach of his work now extends past the humanities corridor. In 2024 Routledge publishes Lee Edelman and the Queer Study of Religion, a collection applying his thought to theology and biblical studies. The extension fits better than it first appears. Edelman’s target was always quasi-theological: the sacred future, the innocent Child, the promise that collective life can purge its own negativity and arrive at redemption. He wrote a polemic against a secular eschatology, and the theologians recognized their genre.

What should a reader make of him? The criticisms hold. The theory abstracts from material life, offers no program, and gives little to a person trying to survive a landlord or a legislature. Its severity can shade into a mannerism, and its Lacanian idiom walls it off from anyone unwilling to learn the vocabulary. Yet the core observation survives every objection. Political rhetoric does use children to silence dissent. Appeals to innocence do function as moral blackmail. Marginal people are pressured to purchase tolerance by proving themselves harmless, optimistic, and productive, and the price of that purchase is the right to say what they see. Edelman built a career on refusing the purchase. He teaches in the institution he indicts, married the man he loves while doubting the form, and spent five decades reading closely in a culture that stopped rewarding close reading. The contradictions do not embarrass the work. They are its data. He remains what he has been since the Washington ballroom in 2005, the field’s most useful antagonist, the man who forces every hopeful theory to state what its hope will cost and who pays.

Notes

The December 2005 MLA panel in Washington, D.C. comes from the published exchange by Robert L. Caserio, Lee Edelman, Jack Halberstam, José Esteban Muñoz, and Tim Dean, “The Antisocial Thesis in Queer Theory,” PMLA 121.3 (May 2006), 819-828: JSTOR. Edelman’s jab at Halberstam’s Sex Pistols reading, arguing that the song still imagines renewal through the disenfranchised as flowers in the dustbin, appears in Edelman’s contribution to that exchange. The convention hotel setting is a reasonable extrapolation from the usual format of MLA panels and does not need a separate source.

The Room 203 East Hall scene, including the khakis and pressed red button-down, the organized chaos, the Poughkeepsie childhood, seeing The Birds at age ten, the Hitchcock course, the marriage to Joseph Litvak after twenty-six years, the description of it as “anticlimactic,” the five-dollar-bribe joke, the painting, the French, and the music tastes all come from the student profile “Professor, queer theorist, poet and avid Hitchcock fan,” published in The Tufts Daily on March 4, 2005: Tufts Daily. It is the richest humanizing source I found.

The Yale scene, including the split between English and Comparative Literature, Litvak studying with Paul de Man and reading Derrida, Lacan, Shoshana Felman, and Barbara Johnson while Edelman watched from English, as well as Edelman’s teaching at Tufts since 1979, his early work on Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery, and his poems in The Nation, comes from a long interview in November: November. The same interview confirms the back-cover line for Bad Education and the connection to Frank B. Wilderson III.

His degrees and dates, Northwestern B.A. in 1975, Yale M.A. in 1976, M.Phil. in 1978, and Ph.D. in 1981, along with the Fletcher Professorship and his marriage to Joseph Litvak, are documented by Wikipedia and his Tufts faculty page. Litvak’s work in Victorian literature, Cold War mass culture, and Jewish cultural studies, together with his Yale Comparative Literature Ph.D. in 1981, appears in this Caltech event listing: Caltech.

I made several extrapolations without direct sourcing. The AIDS-era radicalization of Edelman’s cohort is a commonplace in histories of queer theory, although I did not find Edelman himself narrating his work in exactly those terms. If that point becomes load-bearing, it should be sourced. The gloss on “sinthomosexuality” and the examples of Scrooge and Silas Marner come directly from No Future. The account of José Esteban Muñoz’s response in Cruising Utopia, including the critique of whiteness, is standard and can be sourced from the book’s introduction. Massachusetts legalized same-sex marriage in 2004. The “fuck the social order” passage appears on page 29 of the Duke University Press edition of No Future.

Lee Edelman: The Hero System Built on No

Two terrors govern the life of Lee Edelman. The first is the terror of being read. A boy who grows up gay in Poughkeepsie in the 1950s learns that the world scans bodies for signs, that a walk or a vowel can convict him, and that visibility is a sentence before it is a liberation. He builds a career on this terror. His second book argues that gay identity is a text the culture writes on the body so it can police what it wrote. The second terror is the terror of the promise. Every institution that offered to accept him named a price: be useful, be harmless, be productive, serve the future. He saw that the promise was a leash, that tomorrow is the collateral a man posts to be tolerated today, and he decided the debt could not be paid because the creditor never intended to close the account.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) holds that a man cannot bear his own death, so his culture hands him a hero system, a drama in which his acts count beyond the grave. The child sits at the center of most such systems. A man dies and his son carries the name. Becker calls this the oldest immortality project on earth. Edelman reads the same machinery and issues the opposite verdict. His most famous book, No Future, argues that all politics runs on the figure of the Child, that both parties nominate the Child in every election, and that queerness names whatever the social order expels so the fantasy of the Child’s tomorrow can hold. His most quoted sentence tells the reader to fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we are terrorized. Becker would recognize the move at once. Here is a man who found the denial of death, named it, and made the naming his own project against death. The prophet of no future has an endowed chair, a Duke backlist, a school of disciples, and a position in the field that carries his name. He beat death the way theorists beat death. He became a citation.

Begin in a Washington hotel in December 2005. A graduate student from a state school stands at the back of a ballroom at the Modern Language Association convention. She wears the lanyard that admits her to everything and distinguishes her from no one. Upstairs, candidates in interview suits wait in corridors for job interviews that will not come. Down here, four names from the top of the field sit at a skirted table under fluorescent light: Edelman, Jack Halberstam (b. 1961), Tim Dean, José Esteban Muñoz (1967-2013). The panel is called The Antisocial Thesis in Queer Theory, and it is a heresy trial where nobody agrees on who is the heretic. Muñoz says queerness is a horizon, a rehearsal of a world not yet here, and that the luxury of pure refusal belongs to men whose survival was never in doubt. Halberstam claims negativity for punk. Edelman answers that the Sex Pistols never left the church, that a song casting the poor as seeds of renewal still worships tomorrow, and that striking the pose of negativity is cheaper than paying for it. The graduate student watches the field distribute its positions the way a family distributes a dead man’s furniture. She understands that hope and refusal are both careers now. She has to pick one before the market picks for her.

The subtraction story runs like this. Take any political speech, left or right. Subtract the Child. Subtract the appeal to our children, the future generations, the world we leave behind. Watch what remains. Almost nothing remains. Edelman performed this subtraction in public and reported that the emperor’s wardrobe consisted of a single garment, worn by both parties, laundered by every church and every school board and every ad agency in the country. The demonstration made him famous. But Becker teaches that every subtraction story hides an addition. Subtract the Child from Edelman’s own life and career and observe what he installed in the vacancy: the theory, the position, the name. The man who demolished the oldest immortality project built a newer one on the lot, and the new structure has the same load-bearing wall, the conviction that something of him survives the body. His survival runs through syllabi instead of sons.

Now take the sacred value at the center of his drama, the future, and walk it through the hero systems of men and women who never heard of him. For a Korean grocer in Flushing who opens at six and closes at eleven, the future is a boy at a desk, a tuition bill, a diploma on a wall in a country that spelled his name wrong for thirty years. His sacrifice has an address. For a longtermist in San Francisco who tithes to prevent human extinction, the future is a number, trillions of lives in expectation, and the Child has been abstracted past any child, past any century, into a mathematical object that commands his salary and forbids his despair. For a climate striker outside a parliament, the future is a countdown; she wears it on a sign; her hero system says the adults stole tomorrow and she is here to repossess it. For a hospice nurse on a night shift, the future is a lie she declines to tell; her heroism consists of helping men die without the anesthetic of tomorrow, one bed at a time, and she might be the only worker in this paragraph whose practice Edelman’s theory describes. For a Hasidic father at a bris in Borough Park, the future is a knife, a blessing, a name given to an eight-day-old boy that belonged to a man the Germans burned; the future is the argument that Pharaoh lost. The same word. Five hero systems. Five different gods.

Do the same walk with Edelman’s other sacred value, the no. For a monk, no is a discipline that empties the self so something larger can enter; the refusal is a door. For a striking dockworker, no is a weapon with a term; he says no so that a contract will someday say yes; his negativity has a settlement date. For a conscientious objector, no is a debt to a commandment; he refuses the state because he answers to a rival sovereign. For a Bartleby in a cubicle who prefers not to, no is a symptom, a soul on strike without a union or a demand. Edelman’s no belongs to none of these. His no has no settlement date, no rival sovereign, no door. He calls it the death drive, the pressure that circles and repeats and refuses redemption on principle. It is the purest no on the market, and Becker would note the word market. Purity is a status good. In a field crowded with qualified hopes, the man who holds the unqualified no holds the scarcest position, and scarcity, in the academy as in any economy, converts to rank.

The tribalist hero system deserves its own hearing, because it is the one Edelman’s book attacks by name without naming. In this system, the one this writer inhabits, a man is a link. He receives a law, a language, a land, and a line, and his heroism consists of transmission. The Child is no abstraction here. The Child is the answer a people gives to everyone who organized its extinction, and every birth is a verdict overturned. From inside this system, Edelman’s sentence about the Child reads as the enemy’s creed spoken aloud, the thing the assimilationists and the empires wanted all along, now offered as liberation. And yet the tribalist owes Edelman a debt he should pay. Edelman proved the tribalist’s oldest suspicion: that liberal universalism never abolished the tribe’s gods, it nationalized them, and the Child on the campaign poster is the tribe’s grandchild with the serial numbers filed off. Both sides worship continuity. Only one side admits it. Edelman forced the admission, which makes him more useful to the tribe than a hundred friendly ecumenists.

The scenes of his life keep testing the theory against the man. March 2005, room 203 of East Hall at Tufts, a student reporter with a notebook. The office is a controlled disorder of books. The theorist of the death drive wears crisp khakis and a pressed red button-down; his negativity does not extend to his laundry. She asks about his marriage. Massachusetts has legalized the thing, and Edelman has married Joseph Litvak, his partner since their Yale years, twenty-six years before the license. Anticlimactic, he tells her. The legality was a formality. Note what the answer performs. He accepts the form and disavows its magic in one motion, takes the pension rights and refuses the sacrament, and the disavowal protects the theory from the life. A newlywed of the antisocial cannot be seen enjoying the institution. But the reporter’s notebook holds the harder fact, which is not the wedding. The harder fact is the twenty-six years.

Is he aware of the trade? More than most subjects of this series. Bad Education concedes on its own back cover that queer theory needs to be made controversial again, which admits that controversy is a commodity and that his has depreciated. He knows the university converts every insurgency into a course with learning outcomes; he wrote a book saying so; he taught the course anyway, for forty-some years, and collected the chair. He knows the paradox and has decided to live inside it rather than resolve it, on the theory that resolution is the enemy. What he does not audit, at least on the page, is the ledger of his own persistence. A man who believes in nothing beyond the circuit of the drive has spent five decades building an oeuvre with a beginning, a development, and a late style, which is to say a life shaped like a story, which is to say a hero system. The books refuse the future in prose designed to last. Duke prints them on acid-free paper.

Becker would put it to him gently. The terror of death does not care what a man believes about the terror of death. It only asks what he built. Edelman built a fortress of negation and lives in it with one man, some paintings, the Rolling Stones, and the complete Hitchcock, and from the ramparts he tells every passing pilgrim that the shrines are empty. The pilgrims keep stopping. Some of them stay and take notes. The fortress has become a shrine, the vigil has become a liturgy, and somewhere in the archive a graduate student who was born after the Washington panel is writing a dissertation on him, transmitting the man who refused transmission, a granddaughter in everything but blood.

So the hero here is a sentry, the man posted at the temple door through the long night, telling each worshipper the sanctuary is bare, and holding the post with such fidelity that the telling becomes a rite and the sentry becomes the temple’s most reliable servant. The rival his books never name is not Muñoz and not the church lady with the casserole; the rival is the man on the sidewalk outside the convention hotel pushing a stroller through the December cold, who has never read a page of theory and never will, whose love for the child in front of him is not a figure for anything, and whose ordinary unread happiness the theory can neither account for nor disturb. And the cost that no ledger prices sits at home in Medford, in the man across the breakfast table since 1978, in a fidelity that outlasted the arguments of both their careers, a bond the theory calls impossible and the mornings keep confirming, forty-seven years of yes inside the house of no, which the books cannot mention and the life cannot deny.

Lee Edelman: Position-Taking in the Field of No

Start at the Duke University Press booth in the exhibit hall of the 2005 Modern Language Association convention in Washington. The hall runs on a caste system anyone can read. The trade houses take the big corner islands. The university presses line the middle aisles with cloth-covered tables and forty-percent conference discounts. Graduate students in interview suits finger the monographs they cannot afford and calculate which titles a hiring committee expects them to have read. At the Duke table sits a stack of a slim book published the year before, No Future, and the stack keeps shrinking. Upstairs, its author sits on a panel that the field will still assign twenty years later. A junior editor at a rival press watches the stack and understands the arithmetic of her trade. The book that tells the profession to stop hoping has become the book the profession hopes to publish next.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) reads careers the way an accountant reads books. A field, in his usage, is a market of positions. Producers enter with inherited and acquired capital, survey the space of possible moves, and take the position that promises the best return on their holdings. The moves feel like conviction from inside. From outside they trace the shape of the market. Nothing in the frame requires cynicism. Bourdieu insists the players believe, that belief is the entry fee, and he calls the shared belief illusio, the agreement that the game is worth playing and the stakes are real. The frame asks one question of Lee Edelman: what did he hold, what was scarce, and what did he take?

Begin with the holdings. Edelman arrives at Yale in 1975 with a Northwestern B.A. and leaves in 1981 with the trifecta, M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. The New Haven of those years mints the scarcest academic currency in the American humanities. Paul de Man teaches there, Derrida visits, and a degree from the place functions the way a Basel apprenticeship once functioned for a goldsmith. But the finer detail rewards attention. Edelman sits in the English program, the conservative shop, while the deconstructive mint operates across the hall in Comparative Literature. His access to the new currency runs through his social capital. His partner, Joseph Litvak, studies in Comparative Literature under de Man, reads Derrida and Lacan and Felman and Barbara Johnson in seminar, and brings the training home. Picture the apartment in New Haven, two graduate students, a kitchen table covered in library books with different call numbers. One man holds the institutional credential of the old regime. The other holds the doctrine of the new one. The house merges the portfolios. Bourdieu writes that capital converts across forms, social into cultural, cultural into symbolic, and the Edelman-Litvak home of the late 1970s runs the conversion nightly, at dinner, for free.

Follow the trajectory. Edelman starts at Tufts in 1979 and produces what his credentials predict, close readings of difficult American poets, a first book on Hart Crane in 1987 from Stanford. The position is respectable and crowded. Hundreds of men hold it. Then the field around him reorganizes. The plague years and the theory wars produce a new subfield, queer theory, and a new subfield presents what Bourdieu calls a space of possibles, a brief window when the founding positions stand open and a producer can seize one instead of inheriting one. By the early 1990s the claims are being staked. Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick holds the position of the archive and the affect. Judith Butler (b. 1956) holds performativity. Leo Bersani has sketched the anti-relational claim in essays but built no fortress on it. Every other entrant crowds toward the same product, and the product is hope, queerness as resistance, subversion, community, world-making, a better tomorrow with better representation. The hope shelf groans. The despair shelf sits nearly empty, one Bersani essay leaning against the bookend.

Edelman reads the market and takes the empty position with both hands. Homographesis (1994) files the claim. No Future builds the fortress. The move is textbook Bourdieu. In a market of symbolic goods, value tracks scarcity, and the scarcest position in a field organized around hope is the refusal of hope. A hundred books promise that queerness will redeem the social. One book says the social cannot be redeemed and queerness names the reason. The hundred books compete with each other. The one book competes with nobody. Distinction flows to the pole of maximum difference, and Edelman has located the pole and planted a flag with a profanity on it.

The idiom deserves its own audit. Edelman writes a Lacanian dialect that costs the reader years of preparation, sinthome, jouissance, the drive circling its object, and reviewers who admire him concede the sentences fight the reader. Bourdieu treats difficulty as a tariff. A restricted market keeps its prices high by keeping its customers few, and a prose that excludes the common reader selects for the consecrated reader, the one whose own capital rises by demonstrating he can pay the toll. The difficulty does double duty. It walls out the mass market, and it flatters the restricted one. An undergraduate who quotes Edelman signals rank the way a wine bore signals rank, by consuming what requires training to consume. The tariff also protects the position from cheap imitation. Anyone can refuse hope. Refusing hope in correct Lacanian takes a decade, and the decade is the moat.

Now the profanity. The famous sentence in No Future tells the reader to fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we are terrorized, and the sentence appears in a footnoted monograph from a university press, vetted by peer reviewers, marketed at conference discount. Bourdieu has a name for this class of goods, the consecrated transgression. Fields organized around distinction reward rule-breaking, but only rule-breaking performed by producers with full credentials, inside the sanctioned genres, under the imprint of the consecrating institutions. A man who shouts the sentence on a bus gets moved away from. A Fletcher Professor who prints it on page twenty-nine of a Duke monograph gets symposia. The scandal is the product, and the footnotes are the license to sell it. The field wants heresy the way a museum wants a Duchamp, framed, insured, and attributed.

Return to the Washington ballroom, because Bourdieu reads the 2005 panel differently than its participants read it. Onstage the positions clash, Edelman and Halberstam for negativity, Muñoz and Dean against, and the audience experiences a battle. The frame sees a distribution ceremony. The field has gathered to ratify which positions exist, who holds them, and what a new entrant must cite to play. Opposition inside a field is cooperation at the level of the field. Muñoz needs Edelman the way a challenger needs a champion, and Edelman’s stock rises with every attack that treats his position as the one worth attacking. When Cruising Utopia answers him in 2009, the answer completes the market. Now the subfield offers a full product line, negativity and utopia, and every dissertation for two decades buys both and stages the debate again. PMLA prints the panel in May 2006, and the printing is the consecration. The dispute becomes canon. Both parties collect the dividend, and the graduate student at the back of the ballroom goes home and writes the seminar paper that reproduces the structure at retail.

The standing joke about Edelman, that the antisocial thesis draws a salary from an endowed chair, lands as hypocrisy in the mouths of his critics. Bourdieu removes the surprise. The academic field runs on an autonomy principle inherited from the artistic field, the principle that the highest producers serve nothing but the discipline, refuse the market, refuse the state, refuse usefulness. Art for art’s sake becomes theory for theory’s sake, and the producer who refuses most conspicuously ranks highest at the autonomous pole. Edelman’s refusal of usefulness is the most useful commodity a producer at that pole can offer. His no to the future is a yes to the field’s deepest self-image, the guild that answers to nobody. The chair follows the refusal the way the purse follows the prizefight. Bad Education makes the alignment explicit. The book defends theory against the neoliberal university’s demand for measurable outcomes and transportable skills, which in Bourdieu’s map is a defense of the autonomous pole against the heteronomous one, the guild against the administrators, and every professor who feels the assessment office breathing on him reads it as his own cause argued in a finer dialect. The most radical book on the shelf doubles as the guild’s amicus brief.

The back cover of that book carries the dare to make queer theory controversial again, and the dare is a producer’s confession. Consecration devalues heresy. By 2023 the antisocial thesis sits on comprehensive exam lists, which means the position that paid its founder in distinction now pays new entrants in mere competence, and the founder can feel his product commoditizing under him. The dare is a call for capital renewal, a founder demanding his own market disrupt the thing he built so the thing can appreciate again. Bourdieu watched aging avant-gardes perform this move for forty years. The revolution ages into the curriculum, and the revolutionary, if he lives, petitions for a new revolution with his name still on the letterhead.

One last entry closes the audit. Bourdieu’s other great subject was reproduction, the way fields transmit themselves through credentials, canons, and disciples, and here the frame produces its finest irony without straining for it. The theorist of anti-reproduction reproduces on schedule. Dissertations on Edelman appear yearly. Students he trained hold lines at other universities. The Routledge collection of 2024 exports him to religious studies, a colony planted in a neighboring field. Every citation extends the line. He refused the Child and got the school, and a school is a lineage by other means, an inheritance that passes through seminars instead of cradles. The field he told to abandon its future has made him part of its future, and the field, unlike the man, never claimed to want anything else.

The frame stops at the ledger’s edge. Bourdieu can price every move in the career, the Yale capital, the vacant position, the tariff of the idiom, the licensed heresy, the chair, the school, and the pricing explains the career without opening the books to check whether the argument holds. A position can be profitable and true. It can be profitable and false. The market pays the same either way, and the frame, honest about its limits, hands the question of truth to a different tribunal and closes the account.

Notes

The Bourdieu framework draws on the following works. The concepts of field, capital conversion, and trajectory come from Distinction (1979) and Homo Academicus (1984). The space of possibles, restricted versus large-scale production, and consecrated transgression come from The Rules of Art (1992) and the essay “The Market of Symbolic Goods” (1971), reprinted in The Field of Cultural Production (Columbia University Press, 1993). Illusio is developed in Pascalian Meditations (1997). Reproduction through credentials and lineage comes from Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture (1970), coauthored with Jean-Claude Passeron. The distinction between the autonomous and heteronomous poles of the academic field, which underlies the discussion of the endowed chair and the reading of Bad Education, comes primarily from The Rules of Art and Homo Academicus. If you cite only three works, the strongest choices are The Rules of Art, Homo Academicus, and “The Market of Symbolic Goods.”

The principal factual sources are as follows. The division between Yale’s English and Comparative Literature programs, Joseph Litvak’s work in Comparative Literature under Paul de Man, and his study of Jacques Derrida, Jacques Lacan, Shoshana Felman, and Barbara Johnson while Edelman remained in English all come from the November interview: November. The same interview includes the provocative back-cover statement for Bad Education.

The December 2005 MLA panel and its publication in May 2006 are documented in PMLA, Volume 121, Issue 3, pp. 819-828: JSTOR.

The biographical details, including Edelman’s degrees, academic appointments, Fletcher Professorship, service at Tufts since 1979, and the publication of his 1987 book on Hart Crane, are documented by Wikipedia and his Tufts faculty page.

The “fuck the Child” passage appears on page 29 of the Duke University Press edition of No Future.
The 2024 Routledge collection Lee Edelman and the Queer Study of Religion supports the discussion of Edelman’s influence as the center of a scholarly “colony.”

I added several pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include the informal hierarchy of the MLA exhibit hall, conference-book discounts, interview suits, and the image of a New Haven kitchen table. The stack of copies of No Future at the Duke University Press booth is an invented scene-setting detail. The book sold well by the standards of a theory monograph and had been published the previous year, so the reconstruction is plausible, but no source documents that display. The junior editor and graduate student are likewise composite observers rather than historical individuals.

The Four Questions

1. What coalition do they depend on for status and income.
2. Who do they risk angering if they speak plainly.
3. Who benefits if their framing wins.
4. What truths would cost them their position.

The coalition that pays him has two tiers. The near tier is Tufts, an endowed chair funded by donor money, tuition from parents who send children to a $65,000-a-year school so they can become the socially usable subjects his last book indicts. The far tier, the one that pays in status, is the theory wing of literary studies: Duke University Press, the MLA and PMLA apparatus, the comprehensive exam lists, the graduate students who cite him to signal rank. Inside queer studies his coalition is the anti-assimilationist faction, the people for whom the marriage-and-military wing of gay politics is the adversary. He holds his position by serving the autonomy pole of the profession, the professors who believe the discipline should answer to nobody, and Bad Education is that coalition’s brief filed in its own defense. The man who refuses coalitions belongs to one of the tightest guilds in American life, and the guild rewards his refusal because the refusal flatters the guild.
Plain speech would cost him from four directions at once, which is what the Lacanian idiom prevents. Said in English on television, fuck the Child detonates among the respectability coalition, the PFLAG parents, the marriage-equality lawyers who spent decades proving gay couples make good homes, people whose life work his thesis calls collaboration. It hands the family-values right its dream exhibit, the credentialed professor confirming what the pamphlets always claimed, and every queer theorist in a red-state university pays part of his bill. It angers the activists fighting for housing, hormones, and safety, who hear a tenured man calling their hope a fantasy. And it would put the university’s donors and administrators in the position of funding a man who says their product is a con. The difficulty of his prose is the treaty that keeps all four wars cold. He can say anything because almost nobody outside the seminar can read it, and he knows this, and the knowing shows in how rarely he says it plainly anywhere a camera runs.
If his framing wins, the first beneficiaries are his own guild, the theory elite, who gain ground against the empirical and policy scholars whenever politics gets redefined as a structure of fantasy that only rhetorical analysis can read. The anti-assimilationist faction gains against the respectability wing; every queer who declines marriage, children, and productivity gets a dignity narrative with footnotes. Childless professionals of every orientation get told their lives require no alibi, a large and grateful market. The stranger beneficiary sits across the aisle. Social conservatives profit from his framing twice, once as ammunition, the professor who said it out loud, and once structurally, because a left that believes all future-talk is a con stops competing for the future and cedes it to the people still breeding and building. And the framing benefits any academic left that keeps losing elections, since losing stops counting as failure once winning is exposed as reproductive futurism. A theory that converts defeat into principle will never lack subscribers among the defeated.
The truths that would cost him are the ones his career is built to keep unsaid. That the difficulty is a tariff, that the idiom exists to keep the seminar in and the mob out, he could survive saying once, as wit, but not as confession. That the negativity is a market position, taken because the hope shelf was crowded and the despair shelf empty, would reprice everything he owns. That his life refutes the book, forty-seven years with one man, a home, a chair, a school of students, a lived demonstration that durable attachment is a good he chose and kept choosing, he manages by calling the marriage anticlimactic, a disavowal that lets him hold the asset and deny the faith. That Muñoz had him right, that the politics of pure refusal presumes a safety which is White, tenured, and insured, he can host as an objection but never grant as a verdict. And the terminal truth, the one no holder of an endowed chair can utter: if queer theory teaches nothing, the budget line should reflect it. Bad Education walks to the edge of that sentence, looks over, and comes home to Medford. The book that almost says it won an award from the profession it almost defunded, which tells you what the profession heard, a man renewing his license to say almost anything, almost.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it provides a precise structural explanation for why the “reproductive futurism” Edelman diagnoses is so ironclad, while simultaneously rendering Edelman’s proposed queer alternative an impossibility for the human animal.
Edelman treats reproductive futurism primarily as a dominant ideological limit and a linguistic trap of the symbolic order. He argues that we are unable to conceive of a politics without a fantasy of the future centered on the child. Mearsheimer’s framework gives this linguistic constraint a hard biological and evolutionary base. Mearsheimer notes that the main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society. He emphasizes that humans have an exceptionally long childhood, during which they must be protected and nurtured by families and the surrounding group.
If Mearsheimer is right, the collective obsession with the “Child” is not a mere cultural narrative that can be deconstructed or rejected through literary theory. It is the core preservation instrument of the human tribe. The survival of the social group depends entirely on the successful protection, nurturing, and intense socialization of its offspring. Society organizes itself around the figure of the child because the long childhood of the human animal requires a total, collective commitment to futurity. Reproductive futurism is the psychological engine of tribal survival.
Edelman urges an embrace of the death drive and a total withdrawal of allegiance from the reality of reproductive futurism. He claims that the ethical value of queerness lies in its willingness to accept a status as resistance to the viability of the social structure itself, voting for “none of the above” rather than participating in the continuation of society.
However, Mearsheimer’s anthropology states that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives. Humans do not operate as lone wolves; they are born into social groups that shape their identities well before they can assert any form of individualism. If this view of human nature is correct, Edelman’s project of radical anti-social negativity is a psychological and sociological impossibility. A human being cannot stand “outside the framework within which politics as we know it appears.” Even a subculture or theoretical movement dedicated to total negation will inevitably organize itself into a tribe, develop its own internal social hierarchies, enforce its own codes, and seek to perpetuate its own existence. Man’s social nature ensures that he will always construct a society, and that society will always look toward its own future.
Edelman laments how easily radical political movements are co-opted, noting that spaces of assimilation use the “bribe of futurity” to distract people from social violence.
Mearsheimer’s logic suggests that this is not a failure of political will, but an inevitable consequence of human development. Because family and society impose an enormous value infusion on an individual long before his critical faculties develop, the drive toward social viability and group attachment is deeply baked into the human mind. The “bribe of futurity” is irresistible to the vast majority of mankind because the alternative—true atomistic isolation or total social death—violates our deepest inborn sentiments and survival instincts.
If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Edelman has brilliantly unmasked the foundational logic of human civilization. But he has not unmasked a corruptible ideology; he has unmasked the raw, inescapable blueprint of human tribal survival.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Edelman is a variant of the academic mythmaker. While standard intellectuals try to fix the world by correcting misunderstandings, Edelman takes a more sophisticated route. He frames the core conflict of human civilization as a grand structural illusion. In his view, society operates on a collective error of consciousness, chasing a false promise of redemption through the figure of the child. It is the ultimate intellectual stance: diagnosing a deep, unseen psychological pattern that rules the masses, with the theorist positioning himself as the one who can see through the matrix.
Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The people participating in reproductive futurism are not victims of a collective psychological trap or a profound cultural misunderstanding. They are doing exactly what natural selection designed them to do.
From this perspective, chasing the future, investing in offspring, and building coalitions to protect the family are not products of a muddled political ideology. They are the core engines of evolutionary success. Humans do not prioritize the child because they fell for a narrative bribe; they prioritize the child because animals survive by passing on their genes and securing resources for their kin.
Edelman frames his project as an uncompromising ethical refusal of the social order, an embrace of radical irony and negativity. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this academic stance. Declaring yourself outside the system and rejecting the future is a powerful maneuver in the elite university marketplace. It confers immense status within academic circles by signaling a level of moral and intellectual purity that ordinary people, busy raising children and competing for survival, cannot afford. It allows the theorist to dismiss the fundamental drives of human nature not as biological realities, but as naive ideological compliance.
The social order does not persist because people are trapped by a story about tomorrow. It persists because humans have deep incentives to protect their lineages and defend their coalitions. The world runs on these evolutionary motives, and no amount of Lacanian analysis can change them. The only misunderstanding in radical theory is the belief that biology is just a text to be deconstructed.

Posted in English | Comments Off on Lee Edelman: The Man Who Said No to the Future

Henry Louis Gates Jr.: The Man Who Rebuilt the Archive

On the afternoon of July 16, 2009, a woman named Lucia Whalen stood on Ware Street in Cambridge, Massachusetts, holding a cell phone. An older woman had stopped her on the sidewalk and pointed at a yellow clapboard house half a block from Harvard Yard. Two men with suitcases were pushing against the front door. Whalen worked nearby, for the Harvard alumni magazine. She told the 911 dispatcher she saw two men, possibly forcing entry, possibly not. She said one might be Hispanic. She said she saw suitcases and allowed that the men might live there. She never mentioned race until the dispatcher asked.

Inside the house, Henry Louis Gates Jr. (b. 1950) had just returned from Shanghai, where he had been filming interviews for a PBS documentary about American ancestry. He was fifty-eight years old, five foot seven, one hundred fifty pounds, and he walked with a cane because a doctor in West Virginia had misdiagnosed a broken hip when he was fourteen and the joint had never sat right since. His front door had jammed. His driver, a large Moroccan man, put a shoulder into it while Gates went around through the kitchen. The house belonged to Harvard. Gates held the most senior professorship Harvard gives.

Sergeant James Crowley of the Cambridge police arrived alone. He saw a man in the foyer. He asked the man to step outside. The man refused. What happened next depends on who tells it. Crowley’s report says Gates shouted, accused him of racism, and followed him onto the porch yelling. Gates says he showed his Harvard identification and his driver’s license, asked for the officer’s name and badge number, and got handcuffed on his own porch for asking. The charge was disorderly conduct. The city dropped it five days later and called the arrest regrettable. By then the mug shot of America’s most decorated Black scholar, in a polo shirt, arrested at his own home, had gone around the world.

The scene compressed his life’s work into a single frame. Gates had spent thirty years arguing that the record of Black lives in America gets lost, miscataloged, or never written down at all, and that someone has to go find it. On his porch the question turned personal. Who counts as belonging where he stands? What does the paperwork prove? He had the deed, the ID, the endowed chair, and the handcuffs went on anyway. Years later he donated those handcuffs to the Smithsonian‘s National Museum of African American History and Culture. He understood, better than almost anyone alive, that objects become archives.

He came from Piedmont, West Virginia, a paper mill town of around two thousand people folded into the Allegheny hills near the Maryland line. The Westvaco mill ran the town’s economy and its social order. Black men could work the loading platform. They could not work the machines. Henry Louis Gates Sr. (1913-2010) loaded trucks at the mill by day and worked a second job as a janitor at the telephone company by night, and he read two newspapers every day and handicapped the ball games with a sharp tongue. Pauline Coleman Gates, who died in 1987, cleaned white families’ houses and became the first Black secretary of the Piedmont PTA. She wrote obituaries for the Black dead of the county, and her younger son watched her turn lives into paragraphs. He was called Skip from infancy, a family nickname that followed him onto the letterhead of Harvard University.

Piedmont was segregated and small and, in the way of small places, intimate across its own color line. The mill picnic was for whites. The Black families held their own. Gates has written that the terms of the town were unjust and the texture of the life inside those terms was rich: church breakfasts, report cards, family photographs on the mantel, the weekly ritual of watching any Black person who appeared on television, the whole family calling out, colored, colored, on Channel 9. His memoir Colored People (1994) recorded that world just as integration dissolved it, and the book carries a double grief, for what segregation cost and for what integration scattered.

In 1964, at fourteen, he broke his hip playing touch football. The white doctor in the next town examined the fracture and delivered a different diagnosis. The boy was an overachiever, the doctor said. The injury was in his head. A Black boy from the mill hollow who said he wanted to be a doctor himself had presented a psychological symptom, and the physician treated the ambition instead of the joint. The hip healed wrong. One leg ended up shorter than the other. Gates has walked with a cane or crutches ever since, a permanent gait built by a white man’s judgment about what a Black child could plausibly want. Whatever theory of race in America Gates later constructed, he carried the evidence in his own walk.

He graduated from Piedmont High School in 1968 as class valedictorian and went first to Potomac State College, a junior college twenty minutes from home, because that was what ambitious Piedmont kids did. An English professor there, Duke Anthony Whitmore, read his essays and told him to aim at Yale. He transferred in 1969, part of the largest cohort of Black students Yale had ever admitted, arriving on a campus where Black studies had just become a department and a demand. He dropped the premedical plan. In his junior year Yale gave him a fellowship that sent him to Tanzania, where he worked delivering anesthesia at a mission hospital in Kilimatinde and then spent months crossing Africa overland. He graduated summa cum laude in history in 1973.

A Mellon fellowship took him to Clare College, Cambridge, and Cambridge nearly ended the career before it began. His tutors regarded African literature as anthropology at best. There was no chair in the subject, no tripos paper, no serious tradition of study. What saved him was the presence of Wole Soyinka (b. 1934), the Nigerian playwright then at Cambridge, who took Gates on and taught him that Yoruba myth, ritual, and verbal art constituted a literary system with its own gods, its own forms, and its own theory of language. Gates also fell in with a Ghanaian-English undergraduate philosopher named Kwame Anthony Appiah (b. 1954), and the two began a friendship and editorial partnership that has now run fifty years. Gates took his Cambridge doctorate in English in 1979. The degree certified him in the tradition that had excluded his subject, which turned out to be the precise credential the fight required.

He taught at Yale through the early 1980s, then Cornell from 1985 to 1989, then Duke where he held the John Spencer Bassett chair. In 1981 the MacArthur Foundation put him in its first class of fellows. He was thirty. He used the standing, and the money, on a bet that looked eccentric at the time: that the history of Black writing in America was far larger than anyone knew, and that the shortage was in the catalog, in the index, in the archive, and not in the writing.

The bet paid almost at once. In a Manhattan bookshop he bought, for fifty dollars, a copy of an 1859 novel called Our Nig; or, Sketches from the Life of a Free Black, by one Harriet E. Wilson (1825-1900). Scholars had assumed the author was white. Gates ran down census records, death certificates, and local histories in New Hampshire and established that Wilson was a free Black woman, which made Our Nig the first novel published by a Black woman in the United States. He republished it in 1983 with the documentation attached. The method mattered as much as the find. Literary claims, he showed, could be settled the way property claims are settled, with paper.

He scaled the method up. The Black Periodical Literature Project, which he directed with support from the National Endowment for the Humanities, sent research teams through American periodicals from 1827 to 1940 and indexed Black fiction and poetry from more than nine hundred publications. He edited the thirty-volume Schomburg Library of Nineteenth-Century Black Women Writers, which won an Anisfield-Wolf award in 1989 and put a shelf of recovered women in front of every research library in the country. A tradition that had been taught as a handful of names now had a census.

The theory came in the same decade. Figures in Black (1987) and The Signifying Monkey (1988) argued that African American literature carries its own critical system inside its vernacular. The Signifying Monkey of Black folklore, a trickster who defeats the lion by mastering indirection, descends from Esu-Elegbara, the Yoruba god of interpretation, and the practice named signifying, the art of repetition with a difference, of parody, revision, and double-voiced talk, supplies the tradition’s native poetics. Hurston revises Douglass, Ellison revises Wright, Reed revises everybody, and the revisions are the tradition. The claim landed hard because it answered the strongest objection to the field. Black literature did not need to borrow its criticism from Paris or New Haven. It had brought its own. The book won the 1989 American Book Award and became one of the founding documents of the discipline.

The canon wars of the late 1980s and early 1990s made him a general. In Loose Canons (1992) and a stream of essays, Gates argued for expansion against both flanks. Against the traditionalists, he held that a curriculum which omitted Black writing misdescribed America. Against the hard multicultural left, he held that Black texts deserved formal reading, not devotional citation, and he mocked the idea that a syllabus could substitute for politics. His position, roughly the pluralist center, drew fire from both sides, which he took as evidence of its accuracy.

Harvard hired him in 1991 to run an Afro-American studies department that had dwindled to almost nothing. What he built there became the most famous act of academic recruitment of the decade. He brought Appiah from Duke. He brought the philosopher and preacher Cornel West (b. 1953) from Princeton, the sociologist William Julius Wilson (b. 1935) from Chicago, the historian Evelyn Brooks Higginbotham, the sociologist Lawrence Bobo. The press called it the Dream Team, a basketball metaphor that Gates did nothing to discourage, since it made a point: Black scholars were stars, they had a market, and Harvard was paying. When Harvard’s president Lawrence Summers (b. 1954) clashed with West in 2001 over grade inflation and a rap CD, West left for Princeton and Appiah followed, and the columnists wrote the department’s obituary. Gates stayed, recruited again, and turned the W. E. B. Du Bois Institute into what is now the Hutchins Center for African and African American Research, a complex of fellowships, journals, art galleries, prize medals, and archives that functions as the field’s central bank. His insight was institutional. Arguments win seminars. Endowments win centuries.

In February 2001 he sat in the sale room at Swann Galleries in New York while an agent bid on his behalf, anonymously, for lot 30, an unpublished nineteenth-century manuscript titled The Bondwoman’s Narrative, by Hannah Crafts. He won it for about eight thousand five hundred dollars. Authentication followed: ink and paper analysis, handwriting study, and a hunt through census schedules and plantation records that tied the manuscript’s details to the household of a North Carolina planter named John Hill Wheeler. Gates published it in 2002 and it reached the bestseller lists, a novel by an enslaved woman, in her own hand, unedited by any white sponsor. A decade later the scholar Gregg Hecimovich identified the author as Hannah Bond, a woman who escaped the Wheeler house in 1857 disguised as a man. The full circuit, auction paddle to census page to national bestseller, is Gates’s career in miniature.

By then he had stopped being only a professor. He wrote long profiles for The New Yorker through the 1990s, collected in Thirteen Ways of Looking at a Black Man (1997). He consulted on Spielberg’s Amistad. He and Appiah built Encarta Africana and then the print Africana: The Encyclopedia of the African and African American Experience, completing a project W. E. B. Du Bois had planned and never finished, which was the point. In 2008 he founded The Root with Donald E. Graham (b. 1945) of the Washington Post Company, putting Black commentary and genealogy online just as commentary and genealogy moved online. And he became, by increments, the face of Black history on American television: Wonders of the African World, America Beyond the Color Line, African American Lives, Black in Latin America, The African Americans: Many Rivers to Cross, Reconstruction, The Black Church, Gospel, and in February 2026 the four-part Black and Jewish America: An Interwoven History.

Finding Your Roots, running on PBS since 2012 and through its twelfth season in 2026, made him something rarer than famous. It made him familiar. The format is simple. A guest sits across a table from Gates. A large album called the book of life sits between them. He turns the pages. Ledgers, ship manifests, muster rolls, baptismal records, DNA percentages. The camera holds on faces as abstraction becomes kin: the comedian whose ancestor bought his own freedom, the actress descended from the man who enslaved her other ancestor, the senator with the horse thief. Gates supplies the pause, the raised eyebrow over the half-glasses, the courtroom timing of a man revealing a verdict. His own research had already carried him somewhere improbable. Having traced descent from John Redman, a free Black man who fought in the Continental Army, Gates was inducted into the Sons of the American Revolution in 2006. The scholar of exclusion carries the country’s most exclusive genealogical credential.

The show also produced his worst professional embarrassment. In 2015, hacked Sony emails revealed that the actor Ben Affleck had pressed to keep a slaveholding ancestor out of his episode, and that Gates had complied after consulting a Sony executive about the request. PBS reviewed the matter, found the program had violated its editorial standards, postponed the next season, and required new fact-checking and independence rules. Gates apologized and absorbed the lesson in public. The episode exposed the tension his television career runs on. The archive does not care about a celebrity’s brand, and a show that needs celebrities needs their comfort. He had spent a career insisting the record must stand. For one guest, briefly, it bent.

His arguments have bent no further left than the evidence, which has cost him standing in places that once claimed him. His 2010 New York Times op-ed on the African role in the Atlantic slave trade, and his insistence in Wonders of the African World on filming African participation in that trade, drew a furious rebuttal from the political scientist Ali Mazrui and a longer coolness from Afrocentric scholars who read him as handing ammunition to the other side. His reparations writing dwells on the difficulty of the ledger rather than the justice of the claim. His DNA ventures, including a commercial ancestry company, drew criticism from geneticists who considered the science oversold and from colleagues who considered the commerce unseemly. The recurring charge, across forty years, is that he is too comfortable: with markets, with Harvard, with white institutions, with reconciliation. The beer summit stands as the emblem. Two weeks after the arrest, after President Barack Obama (b. 1961) said the Cambridge police had acted stupidly and then walked it back, Gates and Crowley sat with Obama and Joe Biden at a white iron table in the Rose Garden, four men, four beers, cameras at a distance. Critics on the left saw a teachable moment dissolved into a photo op. Gates saw a Black man arrested on his porch drinking with his arresting officer at the White House and judged the exchange worth making. He and Crowley have since shared beers again, and DNA testing later suggested the two men share a distant Irish ancestor, a coincidence so on the nose that no novelist could use it.

The late work runs at a pace that embarrasses younger scholars. Stony the Road (2019) on Reconstruction and its overthrow. The Black Church (2021). The Black Box: Writing the Race (2024), a synthesis of his lifelong argument that Black identity in America is a construction built under pressure, unstable in biology and formidable in history, written by Black authors from inside a box whose walls others drew, named one of the New York Times hundred best books of its year. In 2025 he and Martha H. Patterson edited The New Negro: A History in Documents, 1887-1937 for Princeton University Press. In 2026 he, David Bindman, and Suzanne Preston Blier published The Image of the European in African Art at Harvard University Press, reversing the gaze of his long-running Image of the Black in Western Art project. The season twelve finale of Finding Your Roots aired in April 2026 with Barry Diller in the chair. The honors compound like interest: the Spingarn Medal in 2024, the Barry Prize and honorary fellowship of the Royal Academy of Arts in 2024, the hundred-thousand-dollar Vilcek Prize for Excellence in Literary Scholarship in February 2025, the Thomas Jefferson Foundation Medal in Citizen Leadership from Monticello and the University of Virginia in April 2026.

On June 24, 2026, he processed in scarlet through Oxford, from Exeter College to the Sheldonian Theatre, where the chancellor, William Hague, conferred an honorary doctorate. The other honorands included Jacinda Ardern, Billie Jean King, and two Nobel laureates. Gates said Oxford had held an almost mythical place in his imagination since childhood. The mill town valedictorian with the miscast hip, whose Cambridge tutors once doubted his subject was a subject, now collects the ancient universities the way his mother’s PTA collected honor roll names.

His critics keep a fair ledger. He conciliates. He commercializes. He performs. He has made a fortune from television and philanthropy while colleagues who took harder lines took smaller stages. All of that is true and all of it is downstream of a decision he made young and never revisited: that the war over Black standing in America would be won in the archive and the institution, in the census page and the endowed center and the prime-time slot, and that a man who wants to move the record must be in the rooms where the record is kept. He has recovered novels, indexed a century of periodicals, rebuilt a department twice, published the enslaved in their own hand, and turned genealogy into a national civic ritual. The son of the woman who wrote Piedmont’s Black obituaries became the country’s chief officer of Black memory. His deepest claim needs no theory to state. Black history is where American history keeps its receipts, and he went and got them.

Notes

Verified this week through current sources:

Oxford University conferred an honorary degree on Henry Louis Gates Jr. at Encaenia on June 24, 2026. The ceremony included the traditional procession from Exeter College to the Sheldonian Theatre, with William Hague presiding. The other honorary degree recipients included Jacinda Ardern and Billie Jean King: University of Oxford and Cherwell (June 24, 2026). Gates remarked that Oxford had occupied an almost mythical place in his imagination since childhood.

The 2026 Thomas Jefferson Foundation Medal in Citizen Leadership was presented by the University of Virginia and Monticello, as documented by the Harvard Faculty of Arts and Sciences: Harvard FAS.

The Vilcek Prize for Excellence in Literary Scholarship, announced in February 2025, including the $100,000 award, is documented by the Harvard Gazette and the Vilcek Foundation.

Season 12 of Finding Your Roots premiered on January 6, 2026, and concluded in April with the episode featuring Barry Diller and Kate Burton. Black and Jewish America aired on PBS in February 2026 as a four-part series. These details appear in the Cantab profile and the Hutchins Center curriculum vitae: Hutchins Center.

Gates was inducted into the Sons of the American Revolution in 2006 through his ancestor John Redman. This is documented in the Anisfield-Wolf Book Awards juror biography and on the Monticello profile.

The following material is well documented but would benefit from a final spot check before publication. The details of Gates’s 2009 arrest come from the Cambridge Police Department report, widely republished by outlets including The Boston Globe and The New York Times. Lucia Whalen’s 911 call, released by Cambridge police on July 27, 2009, confirms that she did not volunteer Gates’s race and instead referred to the men carrying suitcases. The setting and beverages at the White House “beer summit” come from the White House pool reports of July 30, 2009. The display of Gates’s handcuffs at the Smithsonian National Museum of African American History and Culture was reported by The Washington Post and Smithsonian Magazine around the museum’s 2016 opening.

The story of the childhood hip misdiagnosis and the family description of him as an overachiever comes from Colored People and Gates’s later retellings, including a New Yorker profile and the Harvard Gazette. His work administering anesthesia in Tanzania and the encouragement he received from Duke Anthony Whitmore at Potomac State College are documented in Yale and MacArthur Foundation biographical materials and in Colored People.

The purchase of Our Nig for fifty dollars is recounted in Gates’s introduction to the 1983 Random House edition and in contemporary New York Times coverage. The Swann Galleries auction, including the anonymous winning bid of approximately $8,500 in February 2001, is described in Gates’s introduction to The Bondwoman’s Narrative and in New York Times reporting from 2001 and 2002. Gregg Hecimovich’s identification of Hannah Bond as the author was reported by The New York Times in September 2013.

The Ben Affleck controversy is documented through the WikiLeaks Sony emails released in April 2015 and the PBS review issued in June 2015, which found violations of editorial standards and introduced new procedures. The exchange between Gates and Ali Mazrui over Wonders of the African World took place during 1999 and 2000 and was published in the West Africa Review before being widely excerpted elsewhere. Gates’s discovery of a shared Irish ancestor with Stephen Colbert followed the DNA research conducted for Faces of America in 2010.

I added several pieces of self-evident descriptive background without separate citation, including the appearance of a mill town’s racially segregated labor structure, the atmosphere of the Swann auction room, the mechanics of using the “book of life” during filming, and the ceremonial texture of the Encaenia procession.

Henry Louis Gates Jr.: The Recording Angel

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued that a man cannot live staring at his own death, so every culture builds him a hero system, a structure of value inside which his acts add up to something that outlasts him. The system tells him what counts as courage, what counts as waste, and what he may point to on his last day as proof he was here. Henry Louis Gates Jr. built his hero system out of paper, and to see why, you have to find his two terrors, because a hero system is always an answer, and the terrors come first.

The first terror sat at the kitchen table in Piedmont, West Virginia, in the 1950s, where Pauline Coleman Gates wrote the obituaries of the Black dead of Mineral County. Watch the scene from the boy’s height. The mill whistle has blown. His father works the second job at the phone company. His mother sits with a tablet of lined paper and turns a laundress or a deacon or a stillborn child into paragraphs, because if she does not, the county’s memory will hold nothing, the White paper will not run it, and the person will have lived and died and left less trace than a receipt. The boy learns before he can name it that death has two stages. The body goes first. The record goes second, and for his people the second death usually arrives on schedule because no one is paid to prevent it. Everything Gates later does, the recovered novels, the indexed periodicals, the census pages read aloud to weeping actors, wars against the second death. He cannot stop the first. Nobody can. Becker’s point is that heroism begins there, at the admission.

The second terror came in 1964, when a doctor looked at a Black fourteen-year-old with a broken hip and diagnosed the ambition instead of the bone. The injury, the doctor said, lived in the boy’s head. The boy walked wrong for the rest of his life on that sentence. Here the terror inverts. The first terror is no record. The second terror is the record kept by someone else. The slave ledger recorded men with care, weight, price, teeth, temperament, and the care was the violence. A misdiagnosis, a mug shot, a manifest: paper can erase you while preserving you. So the hero system that answers both terrors cannot rest at getting Black lives written down. It must seize the pen. The recorder must be one of your own, trained past challenge, credentialed by the same institutions that kept the hostile books, standing where the books are kept. That is the shape of the ambition, and Cambridge, Harvard, Norton, PBS, and the Pulitzer board mark its stations.

Every hero system carries a subtraction story, an account of what you can strip from a man and still find the part that counts. The ascetic subtracts appetite and keeps the soul. The soldier subtracts comfort and keeps honor. Gates runs his subtraction on race. Put the cheek swab in the envelope and the lab dissolves the mythology: the segregationist carries African ancestors, the Black professor carries Irish ones, blood sorts nobody. Gates subtracts biology from race and expects the concept to survive, and in his system it does, because what remains after the subtraction is history, the deeds, ledgers, laws, sale bills, and church registers that made a people out of a category. Race is a fiction with a paper trail, and the paper trail is real, and the paper trail is his. The heroic core, once blood is gone, is the document. Other systems run the same subtraction and keep a different remainder, the soul, the nation, the class, the self that owes nothing to ancestry. Gates keeps the receipts.

Now take his sacred values one at a time and carry them into other courts, because a value never floats free. It means what its hero system needs it to mean.

Start with roots, the word on his most famous product. At the table on his set sits an actress, and Gates turns a page of the large album his producers call the book of life, and she reads the name of a fourth great-grandfather who bought his own freedom for four hundred dollars, and she covers her mouth, and the camera holds. In Gates’s system this moment completes a circuit. The unrecorded becomes recorded, the second death reverses, the descendant carries proof. Roots mean evidence of arrival.

Set other figures at that table. A Mormon genealogist from Salt Lake City has spent thirty years in microfilm for a different stake. In his hero system the dead wait on the living. A name recovered is a soul that can be baptized by proxy and sealed to its family for eternity, and an unrecovered name is a soul stranded. Roots run forward, not back. He does not weep at the reveal. He files it and gets the ordinance scheduled, because in his court the archive is a rescue operation with a deadline of never.

A Yoruba babalawo would find the album cold. In his system the ancestors do not live in paper. They eat. They attend. A grandfather is fed at a shrine, consulted before a marriage, blamed for a fever. Writing a name in a book and closing the book resembles burying the man a second time. Roots mean presence, and a people who must consult archives to find their dead have already lost them. Gates knows this court. Soyinka introduced him to it at Cambridge, and Esu, the god of interpretation, stands behind his first big book. He took the god and left the shrine, which tells you which system he serves.

A Daughter of the Confederacy in Richmond keeps her roots in a velvet folder, the commission of a great-great-grandfather, and in her system the document confers rank. Ancestry is a claim against the present, proof that her family held standing before the world broke, and the archive exists to certify grievance and precedence. She and Gates handle identical instruments, censuses, muster rolls, and family Bibles, and the instruments serve opposite gods. Hers freeze a hierarchy. His overturn one.

A street lecturer on 125th Street, folding table, incense, laminated charts of Kemet, offers roots as restoration. In his system the archive of the oppressor is poisoned at the source, and the true record shows kings, pyramids, stolen sciences. Gates fought this court in the open. When he filmed Africans discussing African participation in the slave trade, this court called him a traitor, because in a restoration system the record must heal, and a record that wounds is enemy work. Gates answered that a record that cannot wound cannot certify anything. The two systems both say recovery and mean different rescues.

A Zen abbot might watch the page turn and see attachment compounding. In his system the self is already a fiction, and a documented fiction is a heavier fiction. Roots are what you cut so the mind can be free. To him the entire apparatus, the labs, the albums, the tears, elaborates a mistake about what a person is. Gates’s system has no reply to this court and does not want one. A hero system does not answer every rival. It selects its battles by what its terror requires, and the abbot’s terror is not his.

Take the second value, the book. Gates named his album the book of life, and the phrase has an owner. In the synagogue on Rosh Hashanah the Book of Life opens, and for ten days a Jew stands in judgment while it is decided who will be written and sealed for the year. The tribal traditionalist, the Orthodox Jew in Los Angeles or Jerusalem, lives inside a hero system where the decisive record is kept elsewhere, by a Judge, and no human archivist can add a name. His people run the deepest genealogical operation in history, a chain of transmission from Sinai, yichus weighed in marriage, descent tracked through mothers for three thousand years, and all of it points at obligation. Roots bind him to commandments. The record certifies duty, not arrival. Watch a sofer at his desk: one letter wrong and the scroll is unfit, because in that court the text is a covenant and variance is corruption. Now put Gates beside him. Gates built his theory on signifying, repetition with a difference, the tradition advancing by revision, Ellison rewriting Wright, Reed rewriting everybody. In one system difference in transmission voids the document. In the other, difference in transmission is the document. Both men bend over books with total seriousness, and the books ask opposite things of them. Gates borrowed the sacred title for a television prop, and the borrowing shows what his system does with older systems: it collects them, cites them, and files them, the way a museum holds altars that once held blood.

Take the third value, recovery, and give it two more courts. In Moscow in the 1990s a volunteer of the Memorial society photographs NKVD execution lists, name, occupation, date shot, and in his hero system recovery is indictment. The names are recovered so that a state may someday stand where the actress sits, and no one at his table weeps for joy. Recovery aims at judgment. Gates recovers toward admission. Our Nig enters the syllabus, the Norton anthology enters the backpack, the recovered writer takes a chair at the table that excluded her, and the table stays. His critics inside Blacker, angrier courts have said this for forty years: he recovers in order to join. A Palestinian grandmother in Nablus keeps an iron key and a Turkish land deed in a tin box, and in her system the record is a claim to ground. Paper points at soil. She would find it strange to recover a deed in order to teach it. Gates’s porch in 2009 tested exactly this line. He held the deed, the lease, the university card, and the handcuffs went on anyway, and for four minutes on Ware Street the paper did what paper does when the man reading it decides it weighs nothing. His system absorbed the blow the way his system absorbs everything. The handcuffs went to the Smithsonian, labeled, accessioned, lit. Another system might have gone to court or to the street. He filed the insult in the national archive and called it a win, and inside his hero system it was one.

How aware is he of the trade? More than most. Becker says the hero system works best slightly out of sight of its owner, and Gates’s runs close to the surface. He knows the pluralist center draws fire from both flanks and has said the crossfire proves the position. He knows television requires guests and guests require comfort, and in 2015 the world saw the one documented instance where comfort beat the record, a slaveholding ancestor kept off the air for a movie star, and Gates took the finding and the new rules in public. He knows what the beer in the Rose Garden cost him on the left and paid him everywhere else. What he holds slightly out of view is the limit the porch exposed: a hero system built on paper needs readers who honor paper, and it has no answer for the moment they decline, except to write the moment down. His deepest faith, past race, past pluralism, holds that the record eventually finds an honest reader. Piedmont taught him that faith at the kitchen table, and no arrest, no hack, no critic has moved him off it. Whether the faith is true is a question his system cannot ask, because it is the floor the system stands on.

The empathy he earns, he earns honestly. He took a wrecked hip, a mill-town start, and a field that his Cambridge tutors did not consider a field, and instead of bitterness he produced shelves. The Schomburg Library gave nineteenth-century Black women back their names. The periodical project gave a literature back its bulk. A woman who escaped a North Carolina house in men’s clothes in 1857 sits on bestseller lists in her own hand because he raised a paddle at an auction. Set aside the celebrity and the bow ties, and the core act repeats for fifty years: he finds the dead the county would not print, and he prints them. That is his mother’s work at industrial scale, and a man who spends a life finishing his mother’s sentences deserves gentler judgment than his rivals give him.

So mark the coordinates. The hero here is the clerk raised to angel, the man who answers death by seizing the ledger, who believes that a life written down in friendly hands has beaten the second death and that beating the second death is what a man can do about the first. The rival he never names sits past all his named enemies, past the restorationist and the colorblind man and the radical, and it is the believer for whom the decisive book is kept in heaven and every human index is vanity, the court where his mother’s obituaries were prayers and his own are programming. He debates everyone except that court, because his system and that one cannot share a table; one of them holds the pen, and the other kneels. And the cost his ledger cannot price is Piedmont alive, the mill picnic, the supper, the family calling colored, colored at the television set, the world whose intimacy his own ascent helped dissolve, which he then recorded in the best book he ever wrote. The archive holds the obituary. It never holds the supper. He knows this, said it in Colored People, and kept filing, because the alternative his system offers is the second death, and against that he has spent everything.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it provides a structural explanation for the deep emotional resonance of Gates’s work while severely testing the ultimate liberal lesson Gates seeks to teach.
On Finding Your Roots, when Gates presents a guest with their “book of life” containing their ancestral tree and DNA percentages, the emotional reaction is almost always profound. Guests frequently weep upon discovering the names of enslaved ancestors or long-lost European forebears.
In a liberal framework, this reaction is somewhat puzzling; a detached, autonomous individual should theoretically find his identity in his personal choices, achievements, and self-authored future, not in the lives of people who died two centuries ago. Mearsheimer’s anthropology explains this phenomenon. If humans are tribal at their core and develop strong attachments to their group, then the desire to know one’s lineage is a biological imperative. Gates is not merely presenting cold, historical data; he is handing the human animal his literal, ancestral tribe. The “book of life” provides a deep sense of security and belonging because it grounds the individual within a historical collective, satisfying the innate sentiment that man is not a lone wolf.
Gates began his career as a literary theorist, famously writing The Signifying Monkey (1988), where he argues that African American literature is a unique, rich tradition that interprets and reflects upon what came before it. He emphasizes how language and cultural practices are passed down through generations.
This maps perfectly onto Mearsheimer’s claim that family and society impose an enormous value infusion on an individual during a long childhood. Gates’s literary scholarship demonstrates the precise operation of this value infusion. The traditions, rhetorical styles, and cultural markers that Gates tracks are preserved because the group protects and socializes its young intensely. Critical faculties develop later, but they operate within the cultural matrix established during childhood. Gates’s academic career has been an extended documentation of how a specific group’s socialization shapes individual identity.The Limits of Genetic UniversalismGates frequently uses the genetic findings of his show to argue for a liberal, universalist conclusion. By showing that white Americans often have Black ancestry, that Black Americans have substantial European ancestry, and that we are all deeply interconnected, Gates argues that race is a social construct and that beneath our perceived differences, we are a single human family.
However, if Mearsheimer’s view is correct, this universalist hope runs directly into the buzzsaw of human nature. Mearsheimer notes that liberalism downplays the social nature of humans by treating them as atomistic actors, mistakenly believing that a universal concern for rights can unite everyone on the planet. If humans are inherently tribal, showing people a pie chart of their DNA will not dissolve their primary group allegiances. Man does not form his allegiances based on a rational analysis of global genetic data; he forms them based on the immediate, intense socialization of his local environment. An individual who grew up socialized within a specific community will maintain his attachment to that group, regardless of what a genetic test says about his deep ancestry.
If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Gates has built a magnificent mechanism for unearthing the historical truth of human lineages. But the tool cannot achieve the post-racial, universalist harmony Gates hopes for, because the human drive to form exclusive, adversarial groups will always override the abstract reality of a shared genetic map.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Gates is a classic example of the benevolent intellectual who relies on the misunderstanding myth. His work operates on the assumption that racism, bigotry, and deep-seated intergroup conflicts are fundamentally errors of history and perception. In this framework, if people can see their shared genetic lineage, understand the true facts of Reconstruction, and realize how deeply connected different communities are, then the irrational prejudices dividing society might begin to dissolve.

Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The historical and contemporary actors who engage in racial animosity, build exclusionary hierarchies, or participate in sharp coalitional warfare do not suffer from a lack of historical data or a misunderstanding of biology. They understand their incentives.

From this perspective, intergroup conflict is an engine of zero-sum competition over status, resources, and the coercive apparatus of the state. Dominant groups do not enforce social hierarchies because they are misinformed about the humanity or ancestry of minority groups. They do so because securing dominance maximizes their access to power and shields their own kin from competition. The human mind did not evolve to seek universal harmony through objective historical truth; it evolved to defend coalitions and derogate rivals.

Gates frames his multi-decade project as an objective, educational effort to expand the national consciousness and heal division through shared heritage. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this elite institutional posture. Positioned at the pinnacle of the university system, the high-status intellectual who serves as the arbiter of historical correction gains immense social and moral authority. By defining historical errors and designing the narrative interventions to fix them, the credentialed elite turns their own cultural preferences into an objective standard of progress. It allows them to view societal friction not as a permanent conflict of material interests, but as an intellectual defect that requires their specific guidance to correct.

The deep fractures in the social landscape do not persist because people lack the right genealogical charts or a proper understanding of history. They persist because human coalitions have fundamentally conflicting motives over power and resources. The only misunderstanding in therapeutic history is the belief that structural warfare between groups can be solved by a better history lesson.

Posted in Academia | Comments Off on Henry Louis Gates Jr.: The Man Who Rebuilt the Archive

N. Katherine Hayles: The Chemist Who Rewrote the Human

Picture a chemistry lab in Southern California in 1968. Beckman Instruments, Fullerton. Fluorescent light on stainless steel. A young woman in a white coat runs analyses for a company that builds the machines other scientists use to measure the world. She holds a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from the Rochester Institute of Technology and she is finishing a master’s at Caltech, where women in the graduate chemistry program can be counted on one hand. The work is exact. The work is also narrow. She later describes her problem in the mildest terms available to her: she loved science, she loved literature, and laboratory life gave her no room for the second love. In 1970 she walks away from the bench. She enrolls in an English M.A. program at Michigan State. In the status economy of American science, this looks like failure. A Caltech-trained chemist trading instruments for novels trades hard knowledge for soft, money for penury, rigor for talk. It takes her thirty years to prove the ledger wrong.

Nancy Katherine Hayles (b. 1943) grew up in St. Louis, Missouri, the daughter of Edward and Thelma Bruns. Her surname comes from her first marriage, to William Hayles in 1969; the marriage ended in 1979 and left her with two children and the name under which she built her career. She earned the B.S. in chemistry from RIT in 1966, worked as a research chemist at Xerox, took the M.S. from Caltech in 1969, and consulted for Beckman Instruments until 1970. Then came the pivot: the M.A. in English from Michigan State in 1970 and a Ph.D. in English from the University of Rochester in 1977. On her own website she recalls the shock of the crossing through a line from Tom Stoppard‘s Arcadia: she discovered that “everything I thought I knew was wrong,” down to what counts as evidence and how one makes an argument. A chemist demonstrates learning by running the experiment. A literary scholar demonstrates learning by building a reading. Hayles spent the rest of her life refusing to choose between the two proofs.

The academic ladder she climbed tells its own story about status in the American university. Instructor, then assistant professor, at Dartmouth from 1975 to 1982. Assistant professor at the University of Missouri-Rolla, an engineering school in the Ozarks, from 1982 to 1985. Associate professor at the University of Iowa in 1985, then a named chair there, the Millington F. Carpenter Professorship, by 1989. In 1992 UCLA hired her as the Hillis Professor of Literature in English and Media Arts, a joint appointment that recognized what she had become: a literary critic whom the design and media people also claimed. In 2008 Duke made her the James B. Duke Professor of Literature, the highest rank the university confers. She now holds the emerita version of that chair alongside a Distinguished Research Professorship back at UCLA, where she returned and where she still works. A woman who started at a technical institute in Rochester, took a detour through corporate labs, and entered literary study a decade behind her cohort ended up holding chairs at two of the wealthiest research universities in the country. She did it by writing about things her colleagues did not yet know they needed to understand.

Her first two books established the method. The Cosmic Web: Scientific Field Models and Literary Strategies in the Twentieth Century (1984) traced how field theories in physics and relational models of reality surfaced in the fiction of Pynchon, Nabokov, and Borges. Chaos Bound: Orderly Disorder in Contemporary Literature and Science (1990) did the same for chaos theory and postmodern narrative. The premise sounds modest and is not. Hayles argued that scientists and novelists working in the same decades draw on the same cultural reservoir. Science does not simply discover; it also imagines, and its imagination has a period style. Literature does not simply decorate; it thinks, and its thinking sometimes runs parallel to the equations. She refused both available pieties. Against the scientists who saw literary theory as fog, she insisted that scientific models carry cultural assumptions. Against the humanists then riding high on social constructivism, she insisted that science delivers reliable knowledge about the world. She named her middle position “constrained constructivism”: theories are models of reality rather than reality, but reality pushes back and rules most models out. Her chemistry training shows here. She had run experiments. She knew nature votes.

The years around 1990 gave her a front-row seat to the science wars, and the seat was uncomfortable. She has compared the period to a child watching her parents fight. One parent was her lab training, which told her scientific method is the best instrument humans have built for reliable knowledge. The other parent was her literary training, which told her every scientist swims in a culture he cannot fully see. Most combatants picked a parent. Hayles kept both, and the books that followed are the record of a forty-year effort to hold the two loyalties in one frame.

The breakthrough came in 1999. How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in Cybernetics, Literature, and Informatics opens with a scene of reading. Hayles picks up Mind Children by the Carnegie Mellon roboticist Hans Moravec (b. 1948) and finds his prediction that human consciousness will soon be downloaded into computers. Moravec presents this as a dream. Hayles receives it as a nightmare, and the book she writes in response asks how a serious scientist came to believe that a person is a pattern of information that can leave its body the way a traveler leaves a hotel.

Her answer runs through the Macy Conferences, the meetings held in New York between 1946 and 1953 where Norbert Wiener (1894-1964), Claude Shannon (1916-2001), Warren McCulloch (1898-1969), Margaret Mead (1901-1978), and a shifting cast of engineers, neurophysiologists, and social scientists built the field of cybernetics. Hayles reads the transcripts the way a novelist reads a dinner party. She watches Shannon define information as a mathematical quantity stripped of meaning, a move that made communication engineering possible and telephone networks profitable. She watches the group generalize the move, until information floats free of any body, any medium, any material substrate. The decision was practical and local. Its consequences were metaphysical and global. Once the culture learned to imagine information as bodiless, Moravec’s fantasy followed: if you are your information, the flesh is packaging, and packaging can be discarded.

How We Became Posthuman argues that this entire construction rests on an erasure. Information never exists without a body. It lives in ink, in voltage, in neurons, in air pressure. Minds do not ride in bodies; minds are what certain bodies do. Hayles attacked the disembodied posthuman while refusing to retreat into the liberal humanist subject it replaced, the autonomous, self-owning, rational individual of Enlightenment political theory. That subject, she noted, was always a fiction too, and a gated one; it described propertied European men and called the description universal. Her posthuman keeps the embodiment the cyberneticists erased and drops the sovereignty the humanists invented. The book won the René Wellek Prize for the best book in literary theory and the Eaton Award for science fiction criticism in the same cycle, a pairing that captures its reach. It became a founding text of posthumanist studies and a standard syllabus item on three continents. Graduate students who never opened a chemistry textbook learned from Hayles that the Turing test, Neuromancer, and Shannon’s channel diagrams belong to one history.

She could have spent the next twenty years administering that success. Instead she kept moving. Writing Machines (2002), a small experimental volume designed with Anne Burdick, argued that the material form of a text shapes its meaning, and proved it by making its own typography and page design part of the argument. She coined the term “technotext” for works that reflect on the technology producing them, and the book took the Suzanne Langer Award. Her concept of the “flickering signifier” gave critics a tool for digital writing: a word on a screen is not a stable mark like ink on paper but the momentary surface of code, memory, processor, and display, a signifier that flickers between visible text and invisible execution. My Mother Was a Computer (2005) pushed into code as a cultural force, examining how machine language and natural language now interpenetrate in everything from novels to subjectivity. The title comes from a time when “computer” named a job held by women who calculated by hand, a detail Hayles uses to remind readers that the history of computation is a history of bodies, many of them female.

Alongside the books she built a field. Electronic literature, the writing born digital, hypertext fiction, generative poetry, works that exist only in execution, had passionate makers and no scholarly infrastructure. Hayles supplied it. She directed NEH summer seminars on the subject starting in 1995, introducing a generation of scholars and writers to the form. She served as faculty director of the Electronic Literature Organization from 2001 to 2006 and co-edited the first Electronic Literature Collection, which gave teachers a stable canon to assign. Her 2008 book Electronic Literature: New Horizons for the Literary surveyed and legitimated the field. Since 2014 the organization’s annual prize for criticism carries her name, which is the academic equivalent of a statue in the town square. Her championing of writers such as Mark Z. Danielewski (b. 1966), whose House of Leaves she read as a print novel remade by digital logic, helped move experimental work from cult status to dissertation topic.

In 2007 she published a short article that traveled farther than some of her books. “Hyper and Deep Attention: The Generational Divide in Cognitive Modes” distinguished deep attention, the sustained single-object focus that long novels train and reward, from hyper attention, the rapid switching among information streams that digital environments train and reward. Teachers recognized their classrooms in the distinction at once. Hayles declined the jeremiad the topic invited. She treated the shift as a change in cognitive ecology with costs and gains on both sides, and asked what pedagogy should do about it rather than which generation to blame. How We Think: Digital Media and Contemporary Technogenesis (2012) expanded the argument: humans and their technologies evolve together, and digital media are reorganizing attention, memory, and scholarship whether the professoriate approves or not.

Then came the late turn, the one that makes her career unusual among literary critics. Most scholars narrow with age. Hayles widened. Unthought: The Power of the Cognitive Nonconscious (2017) argued that cognition exceeds consciousness. Most of the interpretive work that keeps a human alive happens below awareness, and cognition in her definition, the interpretation of information within contexts that connect it to meaning, extends to nonhuman animals, to plants, and to technical systems. She introduced the “cognitive assemblage”: a working combination of humans and machines that senses, interprets, and decides together. Traffic systems, drone warfare, high-frequency trading. In such assemblages the interesting question is no longer whether the machine thinks like a man but how the joint system distributes interpretation, and who answers for what it decides.

Postprint: Books and Becoming Computational (2021) returned to her oldest love, the book, and refused both funeral and triumph. Print did not die; it was absorbed. Every printed book now passes through computational systems of composition, design, distribution, and marketing before it reaches a hand. The codex survives as the visible tip of a computational apparatus. And Bacteria to AI: Human Futures with Our Nonhuman Symbionts (2025), published when she was eighty-one, proposes an Integrated Cognitive Framework that places human thought on a continuum running from bacterial sensing through plant signaling and animal cognition to large language models. She argues that computational media possess something like umwelten, the world horizons that biology ascribes to organisms, while insisting on the difference between living systems, which have intentions, and physical processes, which do not. The political claim beneath the theory is blunt: the belief that humans are the only real cognizers on the planet has licensed the treatment of everything else as raw material, and the ecological results are in. She rejects the accelerationists who expect machines to save us and the reactionary humanists who want the old sovereign subject back. Her proposal is humbler and stranger: learn to live as one cognizer among many, a symbiont in systems no single mind controls.

The profession has kept score. A Guggenheim Fellowship, two NEH fellowships, a Rockefeller residency at Bellagio, the National Humanities Center. Lifetime achievement awards from the Science Fiction Research Association and the Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts, a society she served as president from 1991 to 1993, back when it was small and its subject was suspect. Election to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Academia Europaea in 2015. Honorary doctorates from Umeå in Sweden, the Art Center College of Design in Pasadena, and, in 2024, the Royal College of Art in London. Critics have landed blows along the way. Some charged that How We Became Posthuman holds science to a constructivist standard it exempts from its own realism; others found her readings of Maturana‘s autopoiesis strained. The objections register as border disputes within a territory she mapped.

The last scene closes a sixty-year loop. May 8, 2026. Panara Theater on the campus of the Rochester Institute of Technology, the doctoral hooding ceremony. The graduates process in regalia while student performers from the National Technical Institute for the Deaf sign the national anthem. The honorary degree recipient and keynote speaker is Katherine Hayles, class of 1966, chemistry. RIT gave her a B.S. and an apprenticeship in laboratory method; she left the lab within four years. Now the institute confers on her an honorary Doctor of Letters, and its new doctors of engineering and imaging science and computing sit and listen to a literary critic in her eighties tell them about cognition, machines, and books. The chemists in the room might miss the joke. The degree is in Letters because the letters won, but she never let them win alone. Bodies matter in her account, and media, and code, and the ink this sentence would be printed in. She spent a career telling a culture in love with disembodied information that there is no such thing, and the culture, now building minds out of matrices, needs the reminder more than ever.

Notes

The opening scene in the Beckman laboratory extrapolates from documented facts. Hayles worked as a research chemist at Xerox in 1966 and as a chemical research consultant for Beckman Instruments from 1968 to 1970, as documented by Alchetron and Wikipedia: Alchetron and Wikipedia. Beckman Instruments was headquartered in Fullerton during that period, and women in Caltech’s graduate chemistry program in the late 1960s were uncommon. Those elements are reasonable historical extrapolations based on place and period. Hayles’s own explanation for leaving science, her love of literature and lack of enthusiasm for laboratory work, comes from a Rochester Institute of Technology profile: RIT.

The statement “Everything I thought I knew was wrong” is Hayles’s own description of her intellectual transformation and comes from her personal website: N. Katherine Hayles.

The discussion of the science wars, including the comparison to “a child watching her parents fight” and the concept of “constrained constructivism,” comes from her 2025 essay in Media Theory: Media Theory. I paraphrased rather than quoted the image of the child because it is her own metaphor. If you retain it, attribution would be appropriate.

The Hans Moravec scene is based on Hayles’s own account. The prologue to How We Became Posthuman begins with her reading Moravec’s Mind Children and experiencing his vision of the future as a nightmare rather than a dream. I rendered that episode without direct quotation.

The Macy Conferences scene is reconstructed from the historical chapters of How We Became Posthuman. The participants, dates, and setting, New York between 1946 and 1953, are standard historical facts.

The closing Rochester Institute of Technology scene is confirmed by the university’s commencement announcement and the 2026 commencement program: RIT News and 2026 Commencement Program. The program identifies Hayles as the honorary degree recipient speaking at the doctoral hooding ceremony in Panara Theater on May 8, 2026, with student performers from RIT’s National Technical Institute for the Deaf. My reference to performers signing the national anthem is a reasonable inference from NTID’s participation. The program itself refers only to “student performers from RIT/NTID.”

Flesh Against Pattern: The Hero System of N. Katherine Hayles

Two terrors run under this life. The first is the old one. The body fails. A chemist knows this better than most, because a chemist knows the body is chemistry, and chemistry runs down. Proteins misfold. Membranes leak. The reaction stops. The second terror is stranger and belongs to our century. It is the fear that the first terror has an exit, that a person is a pattern of information, that the pattern can be copied out of the flesh and run on something that does not rot, and that everything we called a life, the mother’s hands, the smell of a lab, the weight of a book, was packaging. N. Katherine Hayles (b. 1943) built a career on refusing the exit. She accepted the first terror to fight the second.

Start with the man who offered the exit. Hans Moravec (b. 1948) ran a robotics lab at Carnegie Mellon in the 1980s, in Pittsburgh, a steel city then losing its steel. His machines crawled and stumbled and saw the world through cameras, and they were pitiful next to a housecat, and he loved them. In 1988 he published Mind Children, and in it he described a surgery of the future. A robot surgeon peels the brain layer by layer, scans each layer, simulates it in a computer, confirms the simulation runs true, and discards the tissue. At the end the skull is empty and the patient wakes inside the machine, himself, continuous, and now backed up. Moravec presented this as deliverance. Read him with Ernest Becker (1924-1974) open on the desk and the scene changes. Becker argued in The Denial of Death (1973) that the knowledge of death is the wound at the center of human life, and that every culture is a hero system, an arrangement of roles and values that lets a man feel he is a being of primary value in a universe of meaning, an object of cosmic significance whose acts outlast his animal term. Religion did this work for millennia. Where religion thins, men build substitutes. Moravec’s surgery is a substitute. It is the causa-sui project, Becker’s term for the dream of being one’s own father, engineered in silicon: a man looks at the grave and announces that death is a hardware problem, and hardware can be upgraded. There is no reason to sneer. The dream is old and human and it comes from the same terror that built the pyramids. The roboticist in Pittsburgh, surrounded by machines that could barely cross a room, wrote a scripture for people who could no longer say the older ones aloud.

Hayles read Mind Children and could not sleep on it. She has told the story many times: the roboticist’s dream reached her as a nightmare. Her whole late system unfolds from that recoil, and the recoil makes sense only if we see what she had already staked. She trained as a chemist at the Rochester Institute of Technology and Caltech, worked corporate labs, then left science for literature in 1970 and spent a decade earning a second apprenticeship. A person who pays that price twice has wagered that both kinds of knowing count, the equation and the sentence, and that both live in trained bodies. Moravec’s surgery says the wager was foolish. If mind is substrate-independent pattern, the years at the bench and the years with the novels trained nothing essential. The nightmare was personal before it was theoretical.

So name her hero system. Call it the creed of the embodied knower. Its first commandment: there is no information without a body. Its second: finitude is the condition of meaning, and the systems that promise escape from finitude, the uploaded mind, the sovereign rational soul of liberal humanism, the machine that will save us, are vital lies. Its promised heroism: a man wins significance by knowing where he is, in a mortal body, inside media, inside code, inside ecologies of other cognizers, and by acting responsibly there. Its saints are the ones who refuse comfortable dualisms. Its afterlife is the corpus, the students, the field built and left behind. Every hero system works by subtraction as much as by assertion, and hers subtracts without anesthesia. Subtract the immortal soul. Subtract the resurrection. Subtract the liberal subject, that self-owning rational man of the Enlightenment, whom she exposed as a gated fiction. Subtract the transhumanist rapture. What remains after the subtraction is flesh that thinks, briefly, alongside bacteria and algorithms, and her claim that this is enough. Becker would ask the hard question at once: enough for what? A hero system must metabolize death, and hers asks its members to face death with no promise except that they knew where they were when it came.

Watch her sacred values move through other hero systems, because a sacred word keeps its spelling and changes its soul at every border.

Take embodiment. In Scottsdale, Arizona, a software architect signs the paperwork with Alcor and wears a steel bracelet with dewar instructions for the paramedics. For him the body is the enemy of the person. He lifts, fasts, tracks his bloodwork, and none of it is love of flesh; it is maintenance of a vehicle he intends to abandon. “Death is an engineering problem,” he tells his sister at Thanksgiving, and she stops arguing because he glows when he says it, and she recognizes the glow from their grandmother at Mass. In a hospice in Cleveland, a night nurse turns a ninety-pound man every two hours so his skin will not break down before his heart does. For her, embodiment is the final honesty. Families arrive with phones full of the man as he was, and she teaches them to hold the hand in front of them. Nothing in her work is pattern. All of it is weight, warmth, smell, the labor of breath. In a Lagos megachurch, a Pentecostal woman dances in the Spirit until her dress is soaked, because in her system the body is the instrument God plays, and worship that stays in the head is no worship. In a gym in Queens at five in the morning, a bodybuilder loads the bar and fights entropy one plate at a time; his body is the hero project, the sculpture that argues against decay, and he knows the argument is losing and lifts anyway. For Hayles, embodiment means none of these. It means the ground of knowing. Thought has a location and a metabolism. The chemist’s hands, the reader’s eyes moving across a page, the neuron’s chemistry: cognition is what certain bodies do, and a mind removed from its body is a rumor. Same word, five altars.

Take information. For the engineer in Claude Shannon’s (1916-2001) lineage, information is a triumph over noise, a quantity you can price and pipe, and stripping it of meaning was the professional achievement of a lifetime; telephone networks and everything after run on that renunciation. For the transhumanist, information is the soul renamed, the thing about you that could survive you, which is why he speaks of it with reverence his grandfather kept for the word spirit. For an intelligence officer in Tel Aviv, information is national survival measured in hours, and a body is often where it hides, which is a sentence with teeth. In a study hall in a religious neighborhood, an old man and his grandson sing the words of a page of Talmud aloud, swaying, and here information is the strangest thing of all: a transmitted word that is alive, that must pass through breath and memory and argument, generation to generation, and that carries the covenant in its syntax. The old man might agree with Hayles more than either would expect. He also believes there is no Torah without bodies to study it. Hayles’s own meaning sits against all of these: information is the century’s most consequential abstraction, made bodiless by a historical decision at mid-century, and her life’s work was to reattach it to the flesh and media that carry it, because a culture that believes in bodiless information will end by believing in disposable bodies.

Take cognition, the sacred term of her last books. A gunnery sergeant on Parris Island has a theory of mind and it is hierarchical: cognition is the officer class of the person, the will that keeps a recruit moving when the meat votes to quit, and his whole liturgy of pain exists to install that hierarchy. A product director in Shenzhen has another: cognition is a capability on a roadmap, benchmarked quarterly, and the question of whether the model understands anything bores him because the market does not ask it. A Zen abbot has a third: cognition is the churn the practice quiets, and the self it generates is the illusion to see through. And in a memory-care unit in Fort Wayne, a daughter visits a mother who no longer produces what any benchmark calls cognition. The staff speak of decline. The daughter has learned something else. “She still knows my hand,” she says, and she is not being sentimental; she has run the experiment daily for three years. Her hero system locates the person somewhere cognition cannot reach, in the bond, in the body that bore her, and any framework that hands out standing by cognitive capacity has already, quietly, demoted her mother. Hayles’s late system takes the word in the opposite direction from the sergeant and the product director. In Unthought (2017) and Bacteria to AI (2025) she democratizes cognition, extends it downward and outward, to cells, plants, technical systems, until the human holds no crown, only a place in an assemblage. The move is moral before it is technical. She believes the crown produced the wreckage, that a species convinced it is the only real cognizer treats everything else as material, and the burning climate is the invoice. Her heroism asks men to save the world by accepting demotion. The daughter in Fort Wayne might answer that she does not need her mother promoted or demoted along that scale at all. The scale is the problem.

Set her system beside the traditionalist’s, and give the traditionalist his full strength, because he is not a straw man; he is running the oldest terror-management technology on record, tested across exiles and plagues, and it works. His hero system is tribal, national, covenantal. Significance flows from a particular people with a particular God across particular generations. Embodiment means circumcision on the eighth day, the fast broken together, the body enlisted in a lineage. Information means the scroll carried out of the burning city, the word passed father to son with the melody intact. Cognition ranks below fidelity; the covenant does not test IQ. Death is answered communally: the mourner’s prayer said by sons, the name given to grandchildren, the people that continues when the man does not. Against this, Hayles offers planetary symbiosis, and the traditionalist hears the offer and asks his questions. Who sits shiva in an assemblage? Which symbiont says the prayer? A hero system that dissolves the boundary between my people and the bacteria has no way to consecrate my dead in particular, and the whole engine of his system is that the dead are his. Her framework can describe his community with respect, as one cognitive ecology among many. His framework cannot return the compliment, because for him the covenant is not one option on a menu, and a system that shelves it beside xenobots has already denied it. The two systems do not merely disagree; each one’s form of reverence reads as the other’s blasphemy. Becker would say both are doing the same work with different tools, buying significance against death, and Becker’s leveling is exactly what the traditionalist refuses and what Hayles, to her credit, accepts and lives inside.

How much does she know about her own project? More than most. She diagnosed Moravec’s dream as death-denial with a clinician’s calm, and a woman who can see the terror under a roboticist’s equations can usually feel it under her own prose. Otto Rank (1884-1939), Becker’s master, described the artist type as the man who refuses the ready-made hero systems and manufactures a private one, justifying his existence through the work, and the description fits her without alteration. Twelve books. A hundred articles. Fields built where there were none: literature and science, electronic literature, the criticism of code. Since 2014 the Electronic Literature Organization gives an annual award that carries her name, so that every year, while she lives, young scholars compete for a prize called Hayles, and her name circulates in rooms her body never enters. She keeps publishing into her eighties, a new theory of mind at eighty-one, interviews, keynotes, an honorary doctorate at her first alma mater sixty years after the chemistry degree. None of this is vanity in the cheap sense. It is the immortality project running exactly as Rank drew it, the corpus as causa-sui, and she has earned the extra measure of charity we owe the honorable, because she paid retail at every step. She defended scientific reliability during the science wars when her own guild wanted blood, and defended embodiment against the engineers when their stock was rising and hers was not. She never sold the convenient version. Whether she has stood at the last window, the one Becker says no system fully curtains, and asked what the corpus buys her on the actual morning of her actual death, the record does not say. Her books go silent at that door. They tell us how to live among cognizers. They do not tell us how she plans to die.

And here the irony arrives that a Becker reading cannot decline. Her survival, the only survival her creed permits, will be informational. The body that knew the lab bench and the page will stop, and what persists will be pattern: texts absorbed, as she herself showed in Postprint (2021), into computational systems of storage and circulation, formatted, indexed, migrated from server to server, quoted by machines to students not yet born. She will become the thing she spent a career proving does not exist, information without her body, and the proof will travel in that form. Moravec wanted the upload as rescue and she refused it, and the refusal will be uploaded. She might answer, and the answer has force, that this was always the honest bargain: the work persists as pattern precisely because it no longer needs to be her, that an afterlife of influence is categorically unlike an afterlife of experience, and that confusing the two is the exact error she wrote twelve books to correct. The corpus survives. She does not. She said so first.

The hero, then: the embodied knower, the woman who walked out of the lab and back toward it for forty years, who refused the two great anesthetics of her era, the old sovereign soul and the new uploaded one, and who asks her followers to find significance standing in the mortal middle, symbionts among symbionts, responsible and temporary. The rival her books never name is not Moravec, who is named on the first page, and not the humanist, who is named on the tenth. It is the praying man, the one whose hero system solved death first and did not require him to be brilliant, and whom her entire framework politely declines to argue with, because to argue would be to admit he is answering the same question she is. And the cost that no ledger prices appears at a graveside, any graveside, hers or ours: a creed of embodiment has nothing to hand the mourner once the body is gone, no prayer, no promise, only the pattern in the books and the instruction, honest and cold and hers, to know where you are.

Notes

The brain-transfer surgery scene comes from Hans Moravec’s Mind Children: The Future of Robot and Human Intelligence (Harvard University Press, 1988), Chapter 4. A summary is available at Wikipedia. Hayles’s account of reading the book as a nightmare rather than a dream appears in the prologue to How We Became Posthuman (University of Chicago Press, 1999).

Ernest Becker’s discussion of hero systems and the causa sui project comes from The Denial of Death (Free Press, 1973), especially Chapters 1 through 6. Becker’s treatment of Otto Rank’s artist type appears in Chapter 8 and in Rank’s Art and Artist (1932).

Alcor is headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, and members commonly wear medical-alert bracelets identifying their cryonics arrangements: Alcor.

The N. Katherine Hayles Award has been presented annually since 2014: Electronic Literature Organization. This is also confirmed at Wikipedia.

Hayles’s Bacteria to AI, published by the University of Chicago Press in 2025 when she was eighty-one years old, is documented here: University of Chicago Press.

Her honorary doctorate from the Rochester Institute of Technology, awarded on May 8, 2026, is documented here: RIT News.

I created several scenes that are explicitly fictional composites rather than historical reconstructions. These include the cryonicist’s Thanksgiving conversation, the daughter’s dialogue, and the other archetypal scenes. I also treated Pittsburgh’s loss of the steel industry during the 1980s, hospice protocols, and sons reciting the mourner’s Kaddish as self-evident background requiring no separate citation.

The observation that Hayles’s books become notably silent regarding her own mortality is my interpretation of her body of work rather than a documented fact.

The Hayles Set: A Portrait of the Tribe That Reads Machines

Every November a few hundred scholars check into a mid-price conference hotel for the annual meeting of the Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts, and the first thing a visitor notices is the mood. The Modern Language Association convention, the great gathering of English professors, runs on dread. Ten thousand people, a collapsing job market, interview suits in the elevators. SLSA runs on cheer. The field is small, the stakes are low, the members chose marginality on purpose, and the bar fills early with physicists who read Pynchon and English professors who can explain a Turing machine. A woman with silver hair holds court at a corner table. Younger scholars approach in ones and twos, the way junior officers approach a general who won her war a long time ago. This is Kate Hayles‘s tribe. She served as its president from 1991 to 1993, when it was smaller still, and its culture bears her fingerprints the way a startup bears its founder’s.

Draw the map first. At the center sit the literature-and-science scholars and the media theorists: Hayles, Donna Haraway (b. 1944), whose 1985 cyborg manifesto gave the set its founding myth, Friedrich Kittler (1943-2011), the German who taught them that media determine our situation and who soldered his own circuits to prove he meant it, Cary Wolfe, who edits the Posthumanities series at Minnesota, Rosi Braidotti (b. 1954) in Utrecht, Karen Barad (b. 1956), the particle physicist turned feminist theorist whose “agential realism” gave the set a metaphysics, Bernard Stiegler (1952-2020) in Paris, Mark Hansen, Hayles’s colleague at Duke. A second ring holds the digital media and software people: Lev Manovich (b. 1960), Alexander Galloway, Wendy Chun, McKenzie Wark (b. 1961), Matthew Kirschenbaum, whose forensic work on hard drives made “the materiality of the digital” a career, Johanna Drucker (b. 1952) at UCLA, Rita Raley, Jessica Pressman, who co-wrote with Hayles. A third ring holds the electronic literature colony: Espen Aarseth (b. 1965) in Copenhagen, Nick Montfort at MIT, Stuart Moulthrop, Scott Rettberg and Jill Walker Rettberg in Bergen, Michael Joyce (b. 1945), whose 1987 hypertext afternoon is the set’s Dead Sea Scroll, Shelley Jackson, John Cayley, and the memory of Robert Coover (1932-2024), who ran the Brown workshops where much of it hatched. The science-studies elders sit close by: Bruno Latour (1947-2022), Isabelle Stengers (b. 1949), Andrew Pickering (b. 1948), Steven Shapin (b. 1943). The set publishes in Configurations, Critical Inquiry, New Literary History, and electronic book review, and its presses are Minnesota, Duke, MIT, and Chicago. Its shrines are the Duke Program in Literature, built by Fredric Jameson (1934-2024), UCLA Design Media Arts, MIT Comparative Media Studies, the Bergen e-lit program, and the media-archaeology basements of Berlin.

A tribe defines itself by its borders, and this one has three. To its right, in its own imagination, stands the traditional humanist, the Great Books man who thinks the computer is a typewriter and the canon is enough. The set treats him as a fossil, gently. To its left, in the direction of money, stands Silicon Valley: Ray Kurzweil (b. 1948), Nick Bostrom (b. 1973), the futurists and engineers who believe the machines they hype. The set treats them as barbarians with better funding, and needs them, because a critic of technological fantasy requires a supply of fantasists. And alongside, in the same buildings, works the analytic philosopher of mind, Daniel Dennett (1942-2024) and his descendants, who ask the same questions about cognition and consciousness and cite none of the same people. The two literatures on mind and machine pass in the hallway without nodding. Each finds the other’s vocabulary unreadable, and neither considers this a loss, which tells you these are tribes and not just methods.

What do they value? Boundary crossing, above everything. In most of the academy, staying in your lane is safety; here it is failure. The founding credential is the double life: the chemist who became a critic, the physicist who became a feminist theorist, the poet who writes code. When members introduce a speaker, they linger on the improbable resume the way other communities linger on a genealogy, because the improbable resume is the genealogy. Second, they value earliness. Status flows to whoever read the technology first: hypertext in 1990, the web in 1995, code studies in 2003, machine learning in 2015, large language models before the reporters called. A scholar who arrives at a topic after the New York Times does has already lost. Third, they value the coined term. This set mints vocabulary the way Renaissance courts minted medals: cyborg, cyberspace, technotext, ergodic literature, protocol, technogenesis, cognitive assemblage, agential realism, hyper attention. A coinage that circulates is a pension. Careers are ranked, half-consciously, by how many of a scholar’s terms other people use without citation, because uncited use means the word has entered the language, and entering the language is the local form of heaven.

That points at the hero system. Every community tells its members a story about how their work defeats insignificance, and this set tells a rescue story with two acts. Act one: the humanities are dying, budgets cut, majors fleeing to computer science, the public sneering, and the old guard proposes to die with dignity, re-reading Milton while the water rises. Act two: a remnant crosses over, learns the machines, and returns with the one thing the engineers cannot produce, an account of what computation means, and in doing so saves the humanities by making them necessary to the technological century. The hero of this story is the bridge figure, and the moral physics of the set follows from the story. Courage means technical literacy: reading the code, opening the hard drive, learning the math well enough that the engineers cannot wave you off. Cowardice comes in two flavors, and the set’s tightrope runs between them. The technophobe fails on one side, the humanist who refuses the machines. The technophile fails on the other, the convert who believes the hype and becomes a press agent for the industry. Virtue is the crossing that returns. Haraway crossed into biology and returned. Hayles crossed into cybernetics and returned. Kittler crossed into hardware and returned. The one who crosses and does not return, who goes native in the Valley, stops being cited.

The set also runs a second, quieter salvation project: the ark. Electronic literature dies with its platforms. HyperCard is gone, Storyspace barely runs, and when Adobe killed Flash on December 31, 2020, a generation of works went dark overnight. The community responded the way a religion responds to a burned library. It built the Electronic Literature Collection, funded preservation labs, taught emulation as a sacred craft, and treats the curator who resurrects a dead work as a minor saint. Hayles co-edited the first Collection, and the annual criticism prize bears her name, which means the ark and the founder are fused. A community whose art form decomposes in real time thinks about mortality more than most, and its preservation work is its burial rite and its resurrection doctrine in one.

The status games are visible at close range. Watch the demo room at an ELO conference. Folding tables, laptops, a projector with the wrong dongle. A poet-programmer shows a piece that generates verse from live weather data, and the crowd assesses on two axes at once: is the writing good, and is the code his. A work with borrowed code and fine writing ranks below a work with original code and passable writing, because the second axis carries the tribe’s identity. In the theory wing the games differ. There the flex is bilingual citation, Deleuze and Dennett in one paragraph, Heidegger and Shannon in one footnote, performed lightly, since visible strain reads as social climbing. European invitations rank high; the field’s money and reverence sit in Germany, Scandinavia, and the Low Countries, where media theory holds chairs it never won in America, and a keynote in Siegen or Bergen outranks one in Ohio. And beneath the games runs the field’s structural anxiety: almost no jobs. The set solved scarcity the way small aristocracies do, by converting scarcity into intimacy. Everyone knows everyone. Feuds are family feuds. A senior figure places her students one by one, by hand, through calls, and placement is the deepest patronage the community offers.

Then the funded cousin arrived and strained the family. Around 2009 the digital humanities boom brought Mellon money, NEH grants, labs, and lines, and it brought a different creature: the project manager scholar, the man who counts words across ten thousand novels, Franco Moretti (b. 1950) and his distant reading, Ted Underwood and his models, Alan Liu (b. 1953) trying to hold the two wings together. The theory wing looked at the spreadsheets and saw everything it had crossed over to critique: instrumental reason, deliverables, uncritical tools. The DH wing looked at the theory wing and saw people who wrote about materiality without building anything. The word “critical” became the border checkpoint. Critical making, critical code studies, critical DH: the adjective functions as a loyalty oath, a promise that the tools are handled with tongs.

Which opens the moral grammar. The set’s praise words are material, embodied, situated, entangled, emergent, recursive, generative, and, supremely, critical. Its curse words are reductive, deterministic, disembodied, universalist, instrumental, naive, and uncritical. The highest compliment a member can pay a book is that it complicates the binary. The gravest charge is that a scholar has been captured, by the industry, by the hype, by an unexamined humanism. Confession has a place in the liturgy: the speaker acknowledges her own position, her complicity in the systems she describes, before proceeding, and the acknowledgment inoculates. Certain sins are named with technical labels that carry moral charge. “Screen essentialism,” Kirschenbaum’s coinage, sounds descriptive and functions as an accusation: you mistook the display for the reality, you were fooled by surfaces, you failed the tribe’s founding test.

And here sits the set’s central contradiction, worth stating plainly because the members rarely do. Officially, the community is anti-essentialist. It was raised on construction and performativity; it holds that the human has no fixed nature, that categories are historical, that essence talk is the ancestral sin. Yet its working claims are essence claims. Media determine our situation. Materiality is constitutive of meaning. Cognition is essentially embodied. The human is essentially entangled with its tools, relational all the way down, and was never the autonomous subject liberalism described. Matter acts. These are statements about what things are by nature, delivered by people whose formal creed forbids statements about what things are by nature. The set escapes the bind through vocabulary, saying “always already” instead of “essentially,” and the substitution works socially. It also inverts the usual direction of essentialism. Where the old humanist essentialized the person and treated the tools as accidents, this set essentializes the entanglement and treats the bounded person as the accident. That is still a doctrine of essence. It has priests, heresies, and a catechism, and its normative force is the community’s real spine: you ought to attend to the substrate, you ought to decenter the human, you ought not believe your own species’ press releases. A member who violates the norms can hold the same politics, the same degrees, the same footnotes, and still feel the temperature drop.

Hayles’s standing inside this world rests on a rare feat: she satisfied both wings of its moral code for fifty years. The theory wing trusts her because she never surrendered to the engineers. The technical wing trusts her because she never faked the science; the chemistry degrees function as a permanent security clearance. She policed the tightrope the tribe walks, against the humanist who will not learn and the futurist who will not doubt, and she did the policing in books that outsiders could read. The prize with her name on it, the honorary doctorates arriving in her ninth decade, the corner table at the conference bar: these are what a small tribe gives its lawgiver while she lives. What the tribe cannot give her, or itself, is size. It shaped how two generations of scholars think about machines, and the machines were built anyway, by people who never read a word of it, which is the joke the set tells about itself at the bar, late, when the badges come off.

Notes

The opening scenes are composites. The Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts hotel bar and the Electronic Literature Organization demonstration room are reconstructed from the documented culture of those meetings rather than from a single recorded event. The contrast with the anxiety surrounding the Modern Language Association convention reflects a well-established academic culture. The Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts’ small, welcoming, interdisciplinary character is widely described by participants. See SLSA. The corner-table setting and the dialogue-free descriptive details are my own extrapolations.

The shutdown of Adobe Flash on December 31, 2020, and the resulting preservation crisis for electronic literature are well documented: Wikipedia and the preservation initiatives of the Electronic Literature Organization. Michael Joyce’s afternoon, a story (1987) is generally recognized as the foundational work of literary hypertext: Wikipedia.

The following names and claims were checked. Donna Haraway’s “A Cyborg Manifesto” first appeared in 1985 in Socialist Review: Wikipedia. Friedrich Kittler’s statement that “media determine our situation” is the opening sentence of Gramophone, Film, Typewriter (1986, English translation 1999), and his reputation for building electronic circuits and programming computers is well established: Wikipedia. Cary Wolfe edits the Posthumanities series at the University of Minnesota Press: University of Minnesota Press. Karen Barad’s background in physics and the concept of agential realism are documented at Wikipedia. Matthew Kirschenbaum’s concepts of “screen essentialism” and forensic materiality come from Mechanisms: New Media and the Forensic Imagination (MIT Press, 2008). Robert Coover’s electronic writing workshops at Brown University are documented here: Wikipedia. Hayles’s presidency of the Society for Literature, Science, and the Arts from 1991 to 1993 and the annual Hayles Award beginning in 2014 were documented in the earlier biography. The growth of digital humanities funding around 2009, including the creation of the National Endowment for the Humanities Office of Digital Humanities in 2008 and major Mellon Foundation investments, is well documented. Franco Moretti’s work on distant reading is associated with the Stanford Literary Lab.

Several interpretive claims are my own rather than established scholarly consensus. The image of a field positioned between traditional humanism, Silicon Valley, and analytic philosophy of mind is my framework. The limited citation between media theory and analytic philosophy of mind is a real and verifiable pattern, although Hayles is an important exception because she frequently engages scientists directly. The hallway metaphor is mine. Likewise, the discussion of an official anti-essentialism resting on substantive claims about media, embodiment, and entanglement is my synthesis. Critics within the field have made related observations, including Martin Paul Eve’s discussion of realism and the criticism attributed to Jason Weiss in the Alchetron entry referenced earlier, but my broader formulation should be read as an argument rather than as a consensus view. The interpretations of theoretical coinages as professional capital and academic placement as patronage are extrapolations from the sociology of small scholarly fields. The closing line about machines being built by people who never read the field is my own self-deprecating construction rather than a quotation. It reflects a sentiment often expressed informally within the field, but no one is quoted as saying it.

I limited Fredric Jameson to a single mention in his role as a builder of the Duke program. His Marxist approach regards much of this scholarship as insufficiently political, but I left that tension aside to keep the portrait focused.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it reinforces Hayles’s core critique of the posthuman fantasy while completely reinterpreting the threat she describes.

Hayles argues that the liberal humanist tradition treated the body as a possession rather than an intrinsic part of the self, a mistake that allowed early cybernetic theorists to imagine a clean separation between information and matter. She insists that our cognitive processes are shaped entirely by our physical embodiment.

Mearsheimer’s framework gives this insistence a sociological and evolutionary anchor. He notes that the main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society. This embedding requires a long, physical childhood where helpless biological infants are protected, nurtured, and intensely socialized by families.

If Mearsheimer is right, human cognition is not just embodied in a generic physical organism; it is embodied in an animal specifically optimized for face-to-face, localized tribal survival. The “value infusion” that shapes human identity occurs through visceral, physical, and emotional interactions during early development. You cannot upload a human mind into a computer or abstract it into pure information because human thought is structurally bound to the biological setup of a social primate.

Hayles traces how political liberalism historical coupled the concept of the autonomous individual with the market and technological progress, leading to a posthuman subject that views the self as a malleable informational construct.

Mearsheimer aligns with Hayles’s skepticism of this liberal autonomy. He argues that liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, falsely treating people as atomistic actors. If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, the highly flexible, self-authoring, posthuman individual that worries Hayles is a complete illusion. Human beings do not become liberated, independent informational nodes when placed in high-tech environments. Instead, they remain profoundly social and tribal beings. The introduction of digital networks does not dissolve human nature; it simply provides a faster system for the tribal animal to seek out its group and defend its collective identity.

In her later work, such as How We Think: Digital Media and Contemporary Technogenesis, Hayles explores how digital media changes our cognitive habits, shifting us from deep attention to hyper-attention. She looks at how humans and intelligent machines codevelop.

If Mearsheimer is right, this codevelopment will always be bounded by our tribal core. Technogenesis — the transformation of human capability through technological tools — will not lead to a borderless, universal digital consciousness. Because reason is the least important of the ways we determine our preferences, human beings will use intelligent machines and digital protocols primarily to weaponize their existing tribal animosities and solidify group boundaries.

Hayles fears that technology might strip us of our material humanity, but Mearsheimer’s anthropology implies that human biology and its social imperatives are far too stubborn to be dissolved by informatics. The posthuman era will not be defined by a clean, detached realm of pure information; it will be defined by the ancient, tribal human animal using advanced digital tools to fight the same territorial and collective battles it has fought since the dawn of the species.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Hayles constructs a sophisticated version of the intellectual’s core myth. Instead of diagnosing a standard political or social misunderstanding, she diagnoses a metaphysical one. In her framework, western civilization has spent centuries operating under a massive conceptual error—the delusion of liberal humanism and human exceptionalism. Her career rests on correcting this philosophical mistake. She treats the tendency to separate human thoughts from technological media as a flaw in our self-awareness. If only humanity could transcend its outdated anthropocentric illusions and realize it is posthuman, it could build an ethical framework suitable for the digital age.

Pinsof offers a colder alternative. Humans do not act like autonomous, self-contained agents because they fell for a bad enlightenment narrative or misunderstood their relationship with computers. They act that way because natural selection designed them to operate as competitive, self-interested animals.

From this perspective, the insistence on human boundaries and localized control is not a philosophical miscalculation. It is a savvy strategy. Humans do not care about distributed cognition or nonhuman symbiosis; they care about their families, their status, and their allies. The human mind did not evolve to view itself as a node in a giant cosmic network of machine intelligence. It evolved to win local arguments, accumulate status, and defend its coalition against rivals.

Hayles frames her project as an objective, posthumanist intervention meant to expand critical theory and prepare humanity for its computational future. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this academic posture. Championing a radical shift in how we define the human body and mind is a powerful device in the elite university marketplace. It confers immense prestige within humanities departments by signaling a superior level of theoretical insight that ordinary people, occupied with material survival, find irrelevant. It allows the credentialed academic elite to look down on the masses not as competitors, but as primitive, unreflective creatures stuck in an outdated human paradigm.

The social and political conflicts surrounding technology do not persist because people have a flawed conceptual framework regarding algorithms or cybernetics. They persist because human coalitions have conflicting material motives over resources, power, and state control. The only misunderstanding in posthumanist theory is the belief that a fundamental conflict over human power can be resolved by changing the definition of what it means to be human.

Posted in English | Comments Off on N. Katherine Hayles: The Chemist Who Rewrote the Human

The Disorder of Jack Halberstam

In April 1939, a twelve-year-old boy stood on a platform at the Prague railway station. His mother put him on one of the Kindertransport trains organized by Nicholas Winton (1909-2015). The boy was Heini Halberstam (1926-2014), son of a Viennese rabbi who had died of a heart attack when the boy was ten. A week later he arrived in England. He never saw his mother again. In 1942 the Nazis deported Judita Halberstamova from Prague with most of the city’s Jews, retaliation for the assassination of Reinhard Heydrich. The boy grew up billeted with an English foster mother who pushed him toward university. He read mathematics at the University of London, took a doctorate in 1952, and became an analytic number theorist known for the Elliott-Halberstam conjecture on the distribution of primes. He taught at Trinity College Dublin, then Nottingham, then Illinois. He married a teacher and opera singer named Heather Peacock.

Their second child, Judith, was born in England on December 15, 1961. In 1971 Heather Peacock died in a car accident, leaving Heini with young children. Judith was nine. The family would grow to six children through Heini’s second marriage. Decades later, that child, now writing and teaching as Jack Halberstam (b. 1961), composed a public obituary for the father, dwelling on the mysticism mathematicians bring to primes, numbers at once eccentric and part of an order the mind cannot quite read. A reader looking for the origins of a career spent on figures who do not fit their categories could start there: a Kindertransport orphan who found a home in the strictest of formal systems, and a child of that orphan who made a career of breaking formal systems open.

Halberstam is the David Feinson Professor of Humanities at Columbia University and director of Columbia’s Institute for Research on Women, Gender and Sexuality. He is among the most cited figures in queer theory and transgender studies, the author of Skin Shows (1995), Female Masculinity (1998), The Drag King Book (1999, with Del LaGrace Volcano), In a Queer Time and Place (2005), The Queer Art of Failure (2011), Gaga Feminism (2012), Trans* (2018), and Wild Things (2020). A Guggenheim Fellowship came in 2024. His next book, Anarchitecture After Everything: A Trans Manifesto, arrives from MIT Press on August 18, 2026.

The path ran through the standard institutions. A B.A. in English with highest honors from Berkeley in 1985. An M.A. from Minnesota in 1989 and a Ph.D. there in 1991. The timing counted for as much as the training. Halberstam finished graduate school in the exact years queer theory became a field. Judith Butler (b. 1956) published Gender Trouble in 1990. Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick (1950-2009) published Epistemology of the Closet the same year. Universities that had never hired in gender and sexuality began to compete for people who could teach it. Halberstam rode that wave from an assistant professorship in literature at the University of California, San Diego, to a full professorship at the University of Southern California in American Studies and Ethnicity, Comparative Literature, and Gender Studies, where he also directed the Center for Feminist Research, and then, in 2017, to Columbia.

The first book announced the method. Skin Shows: Gothic Horror and the Technology of Monsters (1995) treated Frankenstein’s creature, Dracula, Buffalo Bill from The Silence of the Lambs, and the slasher film as a serious archive. Where the discipline’s prestige ran through Milton and Henry James, Halberstam went to the multiplex and the pulp shelf. Monsters, he argued, are where a culture stores its fears about race, sex, class, and the body. The claim owed a debt he never hid. Stuart Hall (1932-2014) and the Birmingham school of cultural studies had taught a generation that popular culture is a battleground where power gets made and contested, and Michel Foucault (1926-1984) had taught the same generation to watch how institutions classify bodies. Halberstam took both lessons and added a temperament: a preference for the low, the childish, the sensational, and the unserious as the places where norms show their seams and come apart.

The second book made his name. To see why, picture a scene Halberstam himself made famous. A women’s restroom in an American airport, the mid 1990s. A person with short hair, a men’s jacket, and a flat chest pushes open the door. A woman at the sink looks up, startled, and says the wrong thing, or calls security, or just stares. The masculine woman has a plane to catch and a decision to make: produce a female voice, produce identification, or stand there and absorb the challenge. Halberstam called this the bathroom problem, and Female Masculinity (1998) built a theory from it. The book’s argument runs against the grain of common sense. Masculinity, it says, does not belong to male bodies. Tomboys, butches, drag kings, and trans men have carried versions of it for centuries, and their masculinity is no copy. It often reveals how masculinity works better than the male original does, because it cannot lean on the alibi of a male body. The book traced these figures through novels, films, medical records, and nightlife, and it gave a generation of masculine women and transmasculine people something they had rarely had before: a scholarly account in which they were the subject rather than the symptom. It won the Publishing Triangle’s Judy Grahn Award for Lesbian Non-Fiction in 1999 and drew two Lambda nominations. It remains, by most measures, the book for which Halberstam is known.

The research for it was not conducted in an archive with white gloves. In the mid 1990s Halberstam went to the drag king clubs of New York and San Francisco, rooms like Club Casanova on the Lower East Side, where women and trans men in sideburns drawn with mascara performed Elvis and lounge-lizard swagger for crowds packed against small stages. The photographer Del LaGrace Volcano (b. 1957) shot the scene while Halberstam wrote it, and the collaboration became The Drag King Book (1999). Drag queens had already entered the theory canon as evidence of gender’s performed character. Halberstam insisted the kings needed their own account, and that watching a woman build a plausible masculinity out of a suit, a walk, and a smirk taught you things about ordinary manhood that no seminar could.

In a Queer Time and Place: Transgender Bodies, Subcultural Lives (2005) widened the lens from bodies to calendars. Straight life, Halberstam argued, runs on a schedule: school, career, marriage, children, mortgage, inheritance, retirement. He called it reproductive time, and he described queer lives that run on other clocks, organized around nightlife, risk, chosen kin, art, and loss. The book put him inside the debate then reshaping queer theory, the so-called antisocial turn, in which Lee Edelman (b. 1953) urged queers to refuse the political cult of the Child and the future it demands. Halberstam shared the suspicion of respectability and compulsory optimism but refused the movement’s austere psychoanalytic register. Where Edelman read Hitchcock and Lacan, Halberstam read punk flyers, performance art, and cartoons, and his refusals came out collective and comic rather than solitary and death-driven.

The Queer Art of Failure (2011) carried that sensibility to its largest audience. The book opens with a wager: that failure, losing, forgetting, and not becoming what your parents wanted can be read as arts rather than defects. Its archive includes Finding Nemo, Chicken Run, and SpongeBob SquarePants alongside the theorists, a practice Halberstam names low theory, borrowing from Hall. The question underneath the whimsy is a hard one. Who defines success? And who benefits when success means productivity, upward mobility, reproduction, and professional discipline? A line from the book circulates widely among graduate students who feel the machine closing around them: being taken seriously, Halberstam writes, means missing the chance to be frivolous, promiscuous, and irrelevant. Critics have asked what failure costs when the person praising it holds an endowed chair. The question is fair, and it has followed him. It has not slowed the book’s career; it is taught, cited, and gifted at graduations.

Through these years the author’s own name changed in public. The early books say Judith Halberstam. Friends and the drag king world had long said Jack. In a 2012 post titled “On Pronouns,” Halberstam described himself as a free floater between names and pronouns, declining to convert a lifetime of gender ambiguity into a tidy transition story with a before and an after. Institutional pages now say Jack and he/him. Halberstam accepts the pronouns while resisting the demand that the ambiguity resolve. The stance is consistent with the books: categories, including the liberating ones, are things he prefers to hold loosely.

That preference produced the loudest fight of his career. On July 5, 2014, Halberstam published an essay on the group blog Bully Bloggers titled “You Are Triggering Me! The Neo-Liberal Rhetoric of Harm, Danger and Trauma.” It opens with Monty Python and ends with an indictment. Queer and feminist politics, he argued, had traded structural analysis for a competitive economy of hurt feelings, in which trigger warnings, call-outs, and campaigns against reclaimed words replaced any confrontation with banks, bosses, and states. Organizing against another queer person’s use of a reclaimed slur, he wrote, is not activism but censorship. The essay traveled far beyond the blog’s usual readership. Conservatives who had never read a page of queer theory quoted it with pleasure. Younger queer readers filled the comments with something closer to grief than anger. One, in their mid twenties, wrote that they had valued his work and found the essay reactionary, a refusal to take trauma survivors and disabled people seriously dressed up as edge. The exchange marked a generational fault line inside the world Halberstam helped build, between a cohort formed in the AIDS years and the club scene, for whom toughness and dark humor were survival skills, and a cohort formed online, for whom naming harm is the first political act. Halberstam did not retract. Provocation, in his account of himself, is part of the job.

Two more books rounded out the decade. Gaga Feminism: Sex, Gender, and the End of Normal (2012), written for a trade audience through Beacon Press, took Lady Gaga as a figure for a feminism adequate to collapsing gender arrangements, new family forms, and queer kinship, impatient with conservative nostalgia and stale feminist scripts alike. Trans: A Quick and Quirky Account of Gender Variability* (2018) intervened in the transgender debates of the 2010s with a characteristic gesture: the asterisk. Trans*, with the wildcard attached, refuses to settle into a single identity, narrative, medical pathway, or political program. The book worries about classification even when the classifiers mean well, a suspicion that has sometimes placed Halberstam at an angle to a trans politics organized around recognition, diagnosis, and rights.

The late work moves from gender toward wreckage. Wild Things: The Disorder of Desire (2020) writes an alternative history of sexuality through wildness, the long association of queerness with disorder, animality, and the unclassifiable, reading Stravinsky’s The Rite of Spring, Maurice Sendak, and the painter Kent Monkman along the way. Wildness here is no romantic freedom. It is a disturbance in the sorting systems that divide civilized from primitive, human from animal, normal from deviant. From wildness Halberstam turned to buildings and their unmaking. Gordon Matta-Clark (1943-1978), the artist who took a chainsaw to abandoned houses and cut a suburban home in half, became his central figure. In the essay “Unbuilding Gender,” Halberstam connected Matta-Clark’s anarchitecture to trans embodiment: both cut into structures that promise coherence, partition, and legibility. Places Journal gave the essay’s larger project the Arcus/Places Prize in 2018 for public scholarship on gender and the built environment. Lectures at the University of Glasgow in 2022 extended the argument to collapse, demolition, and what he calls unworlding. The contemporary art world took notice from its side. Adam Pendleton (b. 1984) made Halberstam the subject of a short film portrait, So We Moved, connected to Pendleton’s Museum of Modern Art exhibition, placing the critic inside the archive he had spent a career reading.

Anarchitecture After Everything: A Trans Manifesto gathers these threads. MIT Press describes a book that reads cutting, splitting, dismantling, and unbuilding through Matta-Clark and through the destabilizing force of trans embodiment, with a cast that includes Alvin Baltrop, Beverly Buchanan, Nicole Eisenman, Cassils, and the writer Renee Gladman. The trans body appears in it not as an identity awaiting recognition but as a source of new language for what might come after inherited forms fall.

Halberstam lives in Brooklyn with his longtime partner, the scholar Macarena Gómez-Barris, who chairs the Department of Social and Cultural Analysis at New York University, in a home that includes her two children and ongoing ties to their father, an arrangement Halberstam has called a very queer setup. He has said he feels no pull toward marriage. The domestic facts sit in quiet tension with the books, which spend so many pages against family, futurity, and the settled life, and which their author appears to have made peace with from inside a durable partnership, a professorship, and an endowed chair.

An assessment has to hold two things at once. The first is influence. Halberstam changed what counts as evidence in the humanities. Drag kings, horror films, children’s animation, butch style, nightlife, failure, ruins: he helped make each of these admissible in the court of theory, and Female Masculinity stands as a founding document of a field that did not exist when he entered graduate school. The second is exposure. His method wagers everything on the productivity of refusal, and refusal is easier to admire in a book than to live on. His fights with his own side, over trigger warnings, over the pace and vocabulary of trans politics, over whether the categories his students now defend deserve defending, have made him a figure the movement claims and quarrels with in the same breath. The son of a man saved by a train and a list has spent his career suspicious of lists, of categories, of the systems that sort people into the saved and the lost. The father found order in primes. The child found a vocation in disorder, and built, book by book, one of the more secure careers in American letters out of the argument that security is overrated.

Notes

The Kindertransport, Heini Halberstam’s life, Heather Peacock’s death in 1971, the six children, and the discussion of prime numbers as a form of mysticism all come from the obituary Jack Halberstam wrote on his own website: Obituary for Heini Halberstam, together with the Heini Halberstam Wikipedia entry, which confirms both the Nicholas Winton Kindertransport connection and the Elliott-Halberstam conjecture. Judith was one of four children at the time of Heather Peacock’s death, according to the obituary. The six named children include two from Heini Halberstam’s second marriage, so I wrote that “the family would grow to six children” to keep the chronology accurate.

Jack Halberstam’s birth date, December 15, 1961, in England, degrees, appointments at the University of California, San Diego, the University of Southern California, and Columbia University beginning in 2017, together with summaries of the major books, come from Wikipedia and your source document. The Judy Grahn Award and Lambda Literary Award nominations are taken from your document.

The essay “On Pronouns” and Halberstam’s description of being a “free floater” come from On Pronouns.

The essay “You Are Triggering Me!,” including the opening reference to Monty Python, the discussion of censorship, and the paraphrased comment by a reader in their mid-twenties, comes from Bully Bloggers. The reader’s remark appears in the comments on that page.

The references to Halberstam’s Brooklyn home, the relationship with Macarena Gómez-Barris, the phrase “very queer setup,” and the lack of interest in marriage derive from interviews cited by Grokipedia: Grokipedia. Those claims are worth confirming against the original interview if they become a major part of the biography. The primary source appears to be a profile published around 2018 or 2019, so I kept the discussion restrained.

The Guggenheim Fellowship in 2024, the Arcus/Places Prize in 2018, the 2022 Glasgow lectures, Pendleton’s So We Moved, and the details of the forthcoming MIT Press book, including the August 18, 2026 publication date and the roster of participating artists, come from your source document. The MIT Press catalog and Columbia University’s faculty page would provide the strongest primary confirmation.

I added several pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. The airport bathroom scene dramatizes the “bathroom problem” chapter of Female Masculinity, which Halberstam explicitly grounds in personal experience. Club Casanova and the mascara sideburns reflect documented features of the drag king culture described in The Drag King Book. The suggestion that graduate students widely circulated the “taken seriously” quotation reflects its frequent appearance on Goodreads and elsewhere. The closing observation about the tension between Halberstam’s critiques of the family and the durability of the domestic life described in the biography is my own synthesis.

The Escape Artist: Jack Halberstam’s Hero System

Snow fell on Champaign, Illinois, in the last week of January 2014. In a house near the university, a mathematician died in his sleep at 87. His child, a professor in Los Angeles who had been born Judith and now lived as Jack, sat down to write the obituary. Jack Halberstam (b. 1961) wrote about prime numbers. He wrote that his father, Heini Halberstam (1926-2014), spent his career on their distribution, and he quoted the mathematicians who speak of primes the way monks speak of God: a secret harmony, an order felt and never read. Then he wrote the other story. Prague, April 1939. A widow puts her twelve-year-old son on a train organized by Nicholas Winton (1909-2015). The boy’s name is on a list. The list saves him. Three years later the mother’s name appears on a different list, and that list kills her.

Two terrors stand up out of that obituary, and they run the length of the son’s career. The first is the terror of the category. In this family the sorting of persons was never an abstraction. A registry decided who rode the train to London and who rode the train east. A man raised on that history learns in his bones that when the world writes your name in its book, the book can close on you. The second terror is quieter and more his own. Heather Peacock (d. 1971), the opera singer who married the rescued boy, died in a car crash when her child was nine. The forms that promise permanence, the mother, the home, the given name, the given body, broke early and broke without warning. Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued that every man builds a hero system against the knowledge of death, a project that lets him feel of lasting worth in a universe that will erase him. Most men build by accumulation. They add a house, a family, a rank, a name on a deed, and they call the pile immortality. Halberstam built the other way. His wager runs: whatever holds still can be caught, and whatever can be caught can be killed, so heroism is motion. Never be where the category looks for you. He made a name by teaching the world to distrust names, and the paradox holds his entire career.

The hero system tells its own origin story, and like every hero system it subtracts. The story goes: a masculine girl in an English academic family refuses the scripts on offer, crosses an ocean, enters the university, and by nerve and style breaks the locks on gender, on the archive, on the discipline. Free floater, he called himself in 2012, above names and pronouns, refusing to convert a life of ambiguity into a before-and-after tale. The subtraction is what the story leaves off the bill. Subtract the year 1991, when he finished a Ph.D. at Minnesota just as queer theory opened a new wing of the academy and hired anyone who could teach it. Subtract tenure, granted young, which converts every provocation from risk into asset. Subtract the endowed chair at Columbia, the Guggenheim, the Brooklyn home shared for years with a partner who chairs a department at NYU. Subtract Winton’s list, two generations back, without which none of it exists. The floating was underwritten at every point by things that held still. The praise of failure issued from a man the university had marked, early and in writing, as a success. He has joked about this from the podium. The books audit everyone’s ledger but his own.

To see the hero system from inside, watch its sacred words move through other lives, because a sacred value has no fixed meaning. It means what a man’s death-denial project needs it to mean.

Take failure, the value he raised to an art in 2011. In a hotel ballroom in Palo Alto, a founder of 29 stands before a slide that reads only a number, the number of the round he just closed after his first company died. He says to the room, we failed fast and we learned, and the room nods, because in his hero system failure is tuition. It is a rung. The system runs on resurrection, and a man with no failures reads as a man who never bet. Two hundred miles south at Camp Pendleton, a gunnery sergeant walks a line of recruits at dawn and uses the same word with no resurrection in it. Out there, he tells them, failure means a man goes home in a box, and the boxes do not reopen. His hero system spends failure the way a body spends blood. In Koreatown, a grocer who opens at six and closes at eleven hears his son say the word at the kitchen table past midnight. The son wants to leave accounting for art school, and he has read, somewhere, that failure can be a practice. The grocer does not raise his voice. He says, I did not cross an ocean to watch you practice failing, and in his hero system the sentence is love, because failure means the shame of a family carried backward across water to people who sacrificed to send one man out. Now set Halberstam’s use beside these. The Queer Art of Failure argues that losing, forgetting, and refusing to grow up can undo the scoring system, that the judges’ course serves the judges, and that a man who will not run it has stepped outside their power to grade him. Within his hero system the claim coheres. If the category is death, then the prize list is a census, and the loser has slipped the census. The founder hears the word and thinks of his next round. The sergeant hears it and thinks of boxes. The grocer hears it and thinks of his mother’s hands. Each man’s failure belongs to the immortality he is denying death with.

Take legibility, the value Halberstam holds in reverse. His sacred term is illegibility, the right to stay unread. In a Moscow apartment in 1978, a poet types four carbons of a poem that never mentions the state and buries every meaning two layers down, because in his hero system illegibility is oxygen. The readable poets are in the camps. Outside a Home Depot in Van Nuys at seven in the morning, a Honduran day laborer lives illegibly and calls it no art. No papers means no name in the system, and no name means the ICE van drives past him, and it also means no lease, no license, no claim when a contractor pays half of what he promised. Illegibility shields him and starves him in the same motion. And in a rented hall in Los Angeles, a middle-aged man stands before three rabbis and asks to be made legible. He has studied for two years for this. He wants his name written, in Hebrew, in a book his grandfather could read, and when autumn comes he will stand for hours and pray the prayer that asks God to inscribe him in the Book of Life. His entire hero system runs toward the registry. To be counted in the minyan, to be read by the Judge, to appear in the ledger of a people four thousand years old, this is what he crossed over for. Set Halberstam beside these three. His books treat legibility as the trap. The state reads you, the clinic reads you, the movement reads you, and every reading fixes you for handling. Trans* with the asterisk, wildness, anarchitecture, the cut in the wall of Gordon Matta-Clark (1943-1978), all of it defends the unread remainder of a person. Within his hero system the defense makes sense, because his family’s history taught that the ledger has two columns and you do not choose yours. The poet might understand him. The day laborer might ask what a professor knows about living unread. The convert might say, softly, that a man who refuses every book has also refused the Book of Life.

Take wildness, the late sacred term. A bishop in Lagos preaches on Sunday to eleven thousand people in a former warehouse, and when he says the wild he means the bush his grandfather feared, the place of spirits, the disorder the Gospel cleared the way a farmer clears thorn. His hero system measures heroism in ground gained from chaos. A Polish-born structural engineer in New Jersey once reviewed photographs of Matta-Clark’s split suburban house for a magazine and saw no liberation in the cut. He saw severed load paths, a structure eating its reserve, a family’s shelter made unsafe for a gesture. He builds against gravity, and gravity forgives nothing, and his heroism is the wall that holds. A rancher’s widow in western Nebraska heard a visiting lecturer praise wildness once and said nothing, because in her family’s memory the wild was the blizzard of 1949 that killed cattle in the thousands and the winters that took children before the county got roads. Her people’s hero system was the fence, the windbreak, the church built first of sod. Halberstam’s wildness answers a different death. In Wild Things the wild is whatever the classifiers could not sort, the disorder that keeps the taxonomy from closing over every body, and his 2022 Glasgow lectures pushed further, toward collapse and unworlding as openings. Within his system the ruin is hope, because a finished world is a filed world, and a filed world is the train platform in 1939. The bishop hears the same word and reaches for his Bible. The engineer reaches for his calculations. The widow says nothing and looks at the fence.

There is a fourth walk to make, and honesty requires naming whose it is. This writer’s hero system is tribal, national, and traditional, and from inside it Halberstam’s sacred terms invert. Here the category is the ark. The list saved his father; a list, the bris, the ketubah, the membership roll, the census of a people commanded twice in Torah, is how a small tribe survives four thousand years of larger tribes with better armies. The inherited form, liturgy fixed for centuries, law argued but binding, does what no improvised kinship has yet done, which is carry the dead forward and hand the unborn a name. From this vantage the celebration of unmaking looks like a passenger carving the hull and calling the carving art, and the arithmetic looks brutal: the communities that kept their forms still exist, and the ones that floated free are footnotes. Yet the tribalist owes Halberstam’s system its due, and the debt is real. The same registry logic that keeps a tribe alive drew up the transport east. His grandmother died of a category. A man whose family paid that bill has standing to distrust every clerk who reaches for the roll, and the tribalist who refuses to hear this has stopped telling the truth about lists, which cut both ways and always have. The quarrel between these two hero systems is old and neither side has clean hands. One says the form is what carries you across the flood. The other says the flood was made of forms.

How much of this does Halberstam see? More than his critics grant and less than his position asks. He sees the comedy of his perch and performs it, the tenured theorist of failure, and self-mockery from a podium costs a podium nothing. The 2014 fight over trigger warnings showed him something harder. The young readers who filled his comment thread had taken the doctrine of refusal without the tenure that had insulated his own, and when they built a politics from their wounds he called it neoliberal grief and would not retract. He saw the generational bill arrive and disputed the charges. His home life shows the deepest ambivalence. The man who wrote against family, futurity, and the settled schedule has kept one partner for many years, helps raise her children, keeps a home in Brooklyn, and holds the most fixed position American letters can offer. He calls the arrangement queer, and perhaps it is, and perhaps a man of 64 has quietly signed a truce with half of what his books attack. The books do not mention the truce. That silence is the surest sign the hero system still governs, because a hero system defends its story hardest where the story has stopped being true.

The hero, in the end, is the escape artist, the man who cuts a door in every wall the world builds around him and makes the cutting his life’s work, who answered a family history of fatal categories by refusing to be filed and turned that refusal into books, a chair, a fellowship, a school. The rival his books never name is the builder, and the builder’s nearest face is his father’s, the rescued boy who repaid rescue with a life of order, who took the most rule-bound discipline men have made and served it for sixty years, who kept the second marriage and raised the six children and went back to Prague at the end to find his mother’s name on a wall, needing, before he died, to see her written down. And the cost the ledger cannot price is what the cutting can never buy back: rest inside anything, the unguarded gratitude a man might feel toward the forms that carried him, the train, the list, the university, the home in Brooklyn, and, farther down than argument can reach, the wish of a nine-year-old in 1971 that some things would hold still and stay, a wish the grown man’s entire system exists to deny ever having made.

Lee Edelman: Position-Taking in the Field of No

Start at the Duke University Press booth in the exhibit hall of the 2005 Modern Language Association convention in Washington. The hall runs on a caste system anyone can read. The trade houses take the big corner islands. The university presses line the middle aisles with cloth-covered tables and forty-percent conference discounts. Graduate students in interview suits finger the monographs they cannot afford and calculate which titles a hiring committee expects them to have read. At the Duke table sits a stack of a slim book published the year before, No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive, and the stack keeps shrinking. Upstairs, its author sits on a panel that the field will still assign twenty years later. A junior editor at a rival press watches the stack and understands the arithmetic of her trade. The book that tells the profession to stop hoping has become the book the profession hopes to publish next.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) reads careers the way an accountant reads books. A field, in his usage, is a market of positions. Producers enter with inherited and acquired capital, survey the space of possible moves, and take the position that promises the best return on their holdings. The moves feel like conviction from inside. From outside they trace the shape of the market. Nothing in the frame requires cynicism. Bourdieu insists the players believe, that belief is the entry fee, and he calls the shared belief illusio, the agreement that the game is worth playing and the stakes are real. The frame asks one question of Lee Edelman: what did he hold, what was scarce, and what did he take?

Begin with the holdings. Edelman arrives at Yale in 1975 with a Northwestern B.A. and leaves in 1981 with the trifecta, M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. The New Haven of those years mints the scarcest academic currency in the American humanities. Paul de Man teaches there, Derrida visits, and a degree from the place functions the way a Basel apprenticeship once functioned for a goldsmith. But the finer detail rewards attention. Edelman sits in the English program, the conservative shop, while the deconstructive mint operates across the hall in Comparative Literature. His access to the new currency runs through his social capital. His partner, Joseph Litvak, studies in Comparative Literature under de Man, reads Derrida and Lacan and Felman and Barbara Johnson in seminar, and brings the training home. Picture the apartment in New Haven, two graduate students, a kitchen table covered in library books with different call numbers. One man holds the institutional credential of the old regime. The other holds the doctrine of the new one. The house merges the portfolios. Bourdieu writes that capital converts across forms, social into cultural, cultural into symbolic, and the Edelman-Litvak home of the late 1970s runs the conversion nightly, at dinner, for free.

Follow the trajectory. Edelman starts at Tufts in 1979 and produces what his credentials predict, close readings of difficult American poets, a first book on Hart Crane in 1987 from Stanford. The position is respectable and crowded. Hundreds of men hold it. Then the field around him reorganizes. The plague years and the theory wars produce a new subfield, queer theory, and a new subfield presents what Bourdieu calls a space of possibles, a brief window when the founding positions stand open and a producer can seize one instead of inheriting one. By the early 1990s the claims are being staked. Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick holds the position of the archive and the affect. Judith Butler (b. 1956) holds performativity. Leo Bersani has sketched the anti-relational claim in essays but built no fortress on it. Every other entrant crowds toward the same product, and the product is hope, queerness as resistance, subversion, community, world-making, a better tomorrow with better representation. The hope shelf groans. The despair shelf sits nearly empty, one Bersani essay leaning against the bookend.

Edelman reads the market and takes the empty position with both hands. Homographesis (1994) files the claim. No Future (2004) builds the fortress. The move is textbook Bourdieu. In a market of symbolic goods, value tracks scarcity, and the scarcest position in a field organized around hope is the refusal of hope. A hundred books promise that queerness will redeem the social. One book says the social cannot be redeemed and queerness names the reason. The hundred books compete with each other. The one book competes with nobody. Distinction flows to the pole of maximum difference, and Edelman has located the pole and planted a flag with a profanity on it.

The idiom deserves its own audit. Edelman writes a Lacanian dialect that costs the reader years of preparation, sinthome, jouissance, the drive circling its object, and reviewers who admire him concede the sentences fight the reader. Bourdieu treats difficulty as a tariff. A restricted market keeps its prices high by keeping its customers few, and a prose that excludes the common reader selects for the consecrated reader, the one whose own capital rises by demonstrating he can pay the toll. The difficulty does double duty. It walls out the mass market, and it flatters the restricted one. An undergraduate who quotes Edelman signals rank the way a wine bore signals rank, by consuming what requires training to consume. The tariff also protects the position from cheap imitation. Anyone can refuse hope. Refusing hope in correct Lacanian takes a decade, and the decade is the moat.

Now the profanity. The famous sentence in No Future tells the reader to fuck the social order and the Child in whose name we are terrorized, and the sentence appears in a footnoted monograph from a university press, vetted by peer reviewers, marketed at conference discount. Bourdieu has a name for this class of goods, the consecrated transgression. Fields organized around distinction reward rule-breaking, but only rule-breaking performed by producers with full credentials, inside the sanctioned genres, under the imprint of the consecrating institutions. A man who shouts the sentence on a bus gets moved away from. A Fletcher Professor who prints it on page twenty-nine of a Duke monograph gets symposia. The scandal is the product, and the footnotes are the license to sell it. The field wants heresy the way a museum wants a Duchamp, framed, insured, and attributed.

Return to the Washington ballroom, because Bourdieu reads the 2005 panel differently than its participants read it. Onstage the positions clash, Edelman and Halberstam for negativity, Muñoz and Dean against, and the audience experiences a battle. The frame sees a distribution ceremony. The field has gathered to ratify which positions exist, who holds them, and what a new entrant must cite to play. Opposition inside a field is cooperation at the level of the field. Muñoz needs Edelman the way a challenger needs a champion, and Edelman’s stock rises with every attack that treats his position as the one worth attacking. When Cruising Utopia answers him in 2009, the answer completes the market. Now the subfield offers a full product line, negativity and utopia, and every dissertation for two decades buys both and stages the debate again. PMLA prints the panel in May 2006, and the printing is the consecration. The dispute becomes canon. Both parties collect the dividend, and the graduate student at the back of the ballroom goes home and writes the seminar paper that reproduces the structure at retail.

The standing joke about Edelman, that the antisocial thesis draws a salary from an endowed chair, lands as hypocrisy in the mouths of his critics. Bourdieu removes the surprise. The academic field runs on an autonomy principle inherited from the artistic field, the principle that the highest producers serve nothing but the discipline, refuse the market, refuse the state, refuse usefulness. Art for art’s sake becomes theory for theory’s sake, and the producer who refuses most conspicuously ranks highest at the autonomous pole. Edelman’s refusal of usefulness is the most useful commodity a producer at that pole can offer. His no to the future is a yes to the field’s deepest self-image, the guild that answers to nobody. The chair follows the refusal the way the purse follows the prizefight. Bad Education (2023) makes the alignment explicit. The book defends theory against the neoliberal university’s demand for measurable outcomes and transportable skills, which in Bourdieu’s map is a defense of the autonomous pole against the heteronomous one, the guild against the administrators, and every professor who feels the assessment office breathing on him reads it as his own cause argued in a finer dialect. The most radical book on the shelf doubles as the guild’s amicus brief.

The back cover of that book carries the dare to make queer theory controversial again, and the dare is a producer’s confession. Consecration devalues heresy. By 2023 the antisocial thesis sits on comprehensive exam lists, which means the position that paid its founder in distinction now pays new entrants in mere competence, and the founder can feel his product commoditizing under him. The dare is a call for capital renewal, a founder demanding his own market disrupt the thing he built so the thing can appreciate again. Bourdieu watched aging avant-gardes perform this move for forty years. The revolution ages into the curriculum, and the revolutionary, if he lives, petitions for a new revolution with his name still on the letterhead.

One last entry closes the audit. Bourdieu’s other great subject was reproduction, the way fields transmit themselves through credentials, canons, and disciples, and here the frame produces its finest irony without straining for it. The theorist of anti-reproduction reproduces on schedule. Dissertations on Edelman appear yearly. Students he trained hold lines at other universities. The Routledge collection of 2024 exports him to religious studies, a colony planted in a neighboring field. Every citation extends the line. He refused the Child and got the school, and a school is a lineage by other means, an inheritance that passes through seminars instead of cradles. The field he told to abandon its future has made him part of its future, and the field, unlike the man, never claimed to want anything else.

The frame stops at the ledger’s edge. Bourdieu can price every move in the career, the Yale capital, the vacant position, the tariff of the idiom, the licensed heresy, the chair, the school, and the pricing explains the career without opening the books to check whether the argument holds. A position can be profitable and true. It can be profitable and false. The market pays the same either way, and the frame, honest about its limits, hands the question of truth to a different tribunal and closes the account.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, it places a structural limit on Halberstam’s anarchic vision, while validating his critique of the nuclear family.
Halberstam theorizes “wildness” as an unbounded, unpredictable space of desire and behavior that resists the orderly, organizing impulses of modernity. He looks to the wild, the feral, and the disorderly to find modes of being that refuse the “carceral logics” and categorizations of liberal society. Mearsheimer’s framework suggests that this completely unorganized, wild space cannot function as a viable terrain for human existence. If humans do not operate as lone wolves but are social beings from start to finish, any group of individuals attempting to live within Halberstam’s “wildness” or “desirous disorder” will automatically and inevitably organize themselves into a new social structure. They will create a tribe. They will develop custom codes, social expectations, and alternative hierarchies to survive, because cooperation is a biological necessity for the species. True, unmapped behavioral anarchy violates man’s core survival instinct.
In The Queer Art of Failure and In a Queer Time and Place, Halberstam critiques the rigid timeline of the conventional heteronormative lifestyle—marriage, reproduction, and the nuclear family—treating it as an artificial architecture designed to feed capitalist production and social conformity. He advocates for alternative modes of kinship and connection that bypass these traditional milestones.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology actually supports Halberstam’s claim that the isolated, individualistic nuclear family is an inadequate, fragile structure, but for entirely different reasons. Mearsheimer emphasizes that humans require an exceptionally long childhood, meaning they must be nurtured not just by isolated parents, but by “families and the surrounding society.”
If Mearsheimer is right, the hyper-individualistic, atomized modern home that liberalism encourages is an historical anomaly that goes against man’s social nature. Human evolution favored the dense, extended tribal group to raise children and protect the collective. Halberstam’s search for alternative kinships and communal alliances outside the rigid nuclear mold reflects the human animal’s natural discomfort with atomization, seeking a broader social fabric to replace the lonely structure of the modern liberal home.
Halberstam often highlights subcultures—whether punk movements, drag communities, or radical artistic circles—as sites of pure refusal against dominant norms, where individuals can rewrite the rules of gender and identity.
However, Mearsheimer notes that by the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his surrounding environment has already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. If this logic holds, subcultures are not spaces of absolute individual liberation or chaotic freedom. They operate under the exact same structural rules as the dominant culture they oppose. An alternative community or subculture will immediately impose its own intense socialization upon its members. It will demand conformity to its own radical aesthetic, enforce taboos, and penalize betrayal just as fiercely as any traditional tribe.
If Mearsheimer’s anthropology is correct, Halberstam has identified brilliant, creative strategies for shifting allegiances between different human groups. But man cannot escape the logic of the collective entirely; he merely exchanges the socialization of the dominant tribe for the intense socialization of the radical subculture.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

To David Pinsof, Halberstam is an exceptionally creative purveyor of the misunderstanding myth. Instead of trying to fix the world by making people more successful, Halberstam attempts to fix the world by redefining success itself. His framework operates on a profound diagnostic premise: the masses are caught in a collective ideological delusion, running a rat race driven by capitalist and heteronormative propaganda. The theorist arrives to reveal that our misery stems from a conceptual mistake. If only we could reframe failure as a revolutionary art form, we could liberate ourselves from the constraints of the social marketplace.

Pinsof offers a colder alternative. The people striving for conventional success—accumulating wealth, seeking status, and prioritizing the survival and advancement of their offspring—are not suffering from a lack of imagination or a blind compliance with capitalist norms. They understand their incentives.

From this perspective, the pursuit of resources and reproductive stability is the core business of natural selection. Humans do not compete for high-status positions or look for stable mates because they fell for a bourgeois story. They do it because they are evolutionary animals designed to secure material advantages for themselves and their allies in a highly competitive landscape. Striving for conventional success is a savvy strategy for survival; choosing to fail is a luxury few can afford.

Halberstam frames his embrace of low theory and pop culture as an egalitarian rebellion against elite standards of knowledge. Pinsof invites an examination of the actual motives behind this academic posture. In reality, writing a celebrated treatise on the virtues of failure from a endowed chair at an Ivy League university is an incredible device for maximizing status. It signals a level of radical purity and moral superiority that ordinary people, occupied with the harsh realities of making a living, cannot match. It turns anti-conformity into a valuable currency within the university hierarchy, allowing the elite academic to dismiss the fundamental drives of human survival as mere ideological programming.

The social order does not persist because people are confused by mainstream definitions of achievement. It persists because the rewards of success—status, security, and resource dominance—are real, and the costs of failure are high. The only misunderstanding in the celebration of failure is the belief that changing the theory of the game alters the Darwinian incentives to win it.

Posted in English | Comments Off on The Disorder of Jack Halberstam

Sports, Family & Tribe

Americans have many ideas for making soccer more exciting, but for billions of people, soccer is just fine as it is.

I gave up long ago trying to talk people into fandom. It either works for you or it doesn’t. If you didn’t get the taste in childhood, you’re unlikely to develop it as an adult.

There’s no objective standard for sporting excitement. The value that sports gives a man depends on the energy he creates with other people around the sport. If he loves the people and he loves the energy, he’ll love the sport.

If you have happy memories built from a shared love of cricket with your family and community, you’re likely to keep loving it as an adult.

If humans are tribal from start to finish and deeply socialized from childhood, there is no autonomous individual consciousness to cultivate, nor is there a uniform, universal human spirit waiting to be discovered in a text or in a sport. There’s no objective standard by which the NFL is more exciting than soccer. The Western literary canon is not a collection of transcendent, objective truths; it is the specific, sophisticated socialization mechanism of the European elite. The humanist belief that reading Shakespeare can liberate a man from his tribal instincts is an illusion. Literature does not transcend the tribe; it encodes it.

A sport like a text or a song or a practice is a set of internal goods that only make sense to people formed inside it. The American who wants to fix soccer by adding timeouts and bigger goals is not making an error of analysis. He is applying the standards of his own tradition to a ritual that belongs to someone else. It is like a Baptist visiting a Catholic mass and suggesting they cut the standing and kneeling to tighten the show. The suggestion misses what the thing is for.

Clifford Geertz (1926-2006) made a similar point about the Balinese cockfight. The cockfight is not entertainment plus gambling. It is the Balinese telling a story about themselves to themselves. Cricket in a Yorkshire village or an Indian street works the same way. The five-day Test match, which strikes Americans as a bureaucratic punishment, encodes an entire ethic: patience, attrition, the long rhythm of sessions, the honorable draw. If you were not raised inside that rhythm, the draw looks like a defect. Inside it, the draw is a moral outcome. Nobody arrives at the honorable draw by reason. You inherit it, usually from a father or an uncle on a couch on a Saturday.

Fandom research keeps finding that team allegiance transmits through family, especially fathers, and forms early. The emotion attaches to the people before it attaches to the game. The game becomes a container for the relationship. When a man in his fifties watches his boyhood club, he is partly watching his dead father. That is why fandom survives decades of losing. No rational consumer would stay. A son stays.

Emile Durkheim (1858-1917) gives you the engine. Collective effervescence: the crowd generates the sacred, and the sacred attaches to the totem, whether the totem is a flag, a wafer, or Fulham. The stadium is one of the last places in secular life where men sing together. Strip the crowd and the shared memory away and what remains is grown men chasing a ball, which is why sport looks absurd to outsiders and holy to insiders. Same physical facts, different worlds.

A few limits.

First, conversion happens. My model predicts that a man without childhood memories of a sport will not develop the love later. But millions do. Americans who never kicked a ball adopt soccer in their thirties through a World Cup, a pub, a marriage, a move abroad. Indians adopted cricket, a game imposed by their colonizers, and remade it so thoroughly that the sport’s economic center now sits in Mumbai. The deeper variable is not childhood. It is community. The convert to soccer at thirty-five is doing what you did at seven: bonding with particular people through a shared object. Childhood attachments run deepest because childhood is when we are most open, but the door does not close. You of all people know this. You converted to Orthodox Judaism as an adult. The liturgy you now live inside is not the one your father gave you. If sacred practices only take root through childhood transmission, your own life refutes the theory.

Second, the practices generate their own trans-local standards. Say there is no objective standard for the fan experience and you seem to license total relativism, but the traditions themselves refuse this. A cricket lover in Lahore and one in Melbourne, who share no nation, religion, or language, agree on what a great innings looks like. The standard is internal to the practice, not to the tribe. That means the standards travel wherever the practice travels. They are not universal in the way physics is universal, but they are not locked to one people either. MacIntyre’s word for this is a tradition of enquiry: it has a home, and it also has doors.

Third, free speech as Americans practice it grew from a particular history: dissenting Protestants, colonial pamphleteers, the First Amendment settlement. It is not a law of nature. But there is a difference between a taste and a protection. If soccer bores you, nothing happens to you. If your society lacks a norm against punishing speech, specific people go to prison. The particularist account of speech is true as history and dangerous as ethics, because every regime that jails poets makes your argument: our people, our lived experience, our meanings, and your so-called universal rights are just Anglo-American folkways.

So sports and song and text have no meaning outside a community of practice, and the meaning enters through love for particular people. But communities admit converts, practices carry their standards with them across borders, and the man who says all meaning is local should notice that he made his own life by walking out of one local meaning and into another.

If John J. Mearsheimer is correct in his anthropology, survival runs through the group, so natural selection built us to bond, to absorb the group’s values before our critical faculties come online, and to feel those values as reality rather than as one option among many. The boy on the couch with his father watching cricket is not learning a preference the way he might later learn to like whiskey. He is undergoing what Mearsheimer calls value infusion during the long, protected childhood when the mind is open and the reasoning is weak. By the time he can ask whether a five-day match is a rational use of time, the question is unaskable. The draw already feels honorable to him the way incest feels wrong. Reason arrives late and works for sentiments it did not choose. Your point that you cannot argue a man into loving soccer stops being folk wisdom and becomes a prediction of the theory: reason is the weakest of the three sources of preference, so argument is the weakest instrument for changing them.

Second, this also explains the American reformer, and this is where the anthropology gets its bite. Mearsheimer’s target is not sports talk. It is liberalism, an ideology that treats people as atomistic individuals bearing identical rights, and therefore assumes that what is good here is good everywhere and that the remaining task is delivery. The American explaining how to make soccer exciting is running the domestic version of the foreign policy Mearsheimer attacks. He takes the preferences his own tribe infused into him, mistakes them for standards written into the game, and proposes regime change: more scoring, a clock that stops, playoffs. The proposal fails for the same reason liberal hegemony fails in Mearsheimer’s telling. The target population is not a collection of individuals waiting for a better product. It is a tribe whose attachments were formed by socialization, and it experiences the reform not as improvement but as an attack on the group’s way of life, which triggers the loyalty the reformer never modeled. Iraq and the shootout are failures of one theory of man.

Third, this sharpens the free speech parallel. If people acquire their moral codes through inborn sentiment and socialization, and if reason sits at the bottom of the hierarchy, then the belief that human rights are universal is itself a tribal artifact, the value infusion of one civilization at one moment, felt from the inside as self-evident truth exactly the way every tribe’s values feel. The Moyn line he quotes makes the point: human rights became the elevated aspiration of a particular era, roughly the postwar decades, and an aspiration with a birthdate has a biography, not a proof. On Mearsheimer’s account the American who says everyone on earth has a right to speak and the American who says every sport needs more scoring are the same man. Both have mistaken the inside of their socialization for the structure of the world.

A few limits.

Conversion happens: the man who finds soccer at thirty-five, the Indian embrace of cricket, my own walk into Orthodox Judaism. Mearsheimer’s framework can absorb these cases but only by loosening its grip. If socialization dominates and childhood is the critical window, adult conversion should be rare and shallow. It is rare, but where it occurs it is often the deepest attachment in a life. Converts out-observe the born. The framework can answer that conversion is resocialization, joining a new tribe and undergoing the infusion late, and that answer is probably right, but notice what it concedes: the engine is the tribe, not the childhood. The window never fully closes.

Mearsheimer treats the tribal acquisition of values as one process, and for explaining attachment it is. But cricket’s standards travel between Lahore and Melbourne, and the norm against jailing poets travels too, while the taste for the honorable draw travels poorly. A theory in which all values are tribal infusions has trouble saying why some infusions replicate across tribes and others stay home.

Posted in Sports | Comments Off on Sports, Family & Tribe

David Morgan: The Man Who Took Cheap Pictures of Jesus Seriously

During the Second World War, a printing press at Chicago Offset Printing Company ran two shifts a day producing a single image: Warner Sallman‘s Head of Christ. The 1940 painting showed Jesus in three-quarter profile against a dark ground, hair backlit, gaze lifted, rendered in the soft focus of a studio portrait. The Salvation Army and the YMCA handed pocket-sized versions to servicemen shipping overseas. Baptist bookstores sold lithographs across the South. After the war, laymen in Oklahoma and Indiana ran campaigns to place the picture in schools, courthouses, and living rooms. One Lutheran organizer in Illinois said America needed card-carrying Christians to answer the card-carrying Communists. By the end of the century the publishers counted more than 500 million reproductions. Art historians did not write about it. It was calendar art, drugstore art, the kind of picture that hung above the sofa in a farmhouse outside Anderson, Indiana, and it sat beneath the notice of the discipline.

In the early 1990s, a young art historian at Valparaiso University began soliciting letters about the picture. He placed notices in popular religious magazines and asked readers what Sallman’s images meant to them. The letters came in by the hundreds, 473 in the first wave, then more, until the file held over 500 responses. Widows wrote. Veterans wrote. Sunday school teachers wrote. A woman described looking up at the picture whenever loneliness or fear overtook her and feeling peace settle over her. Respondents said, again and again, that the picture showed “just what Jesus looked like,” a claim no first-century evidence could support and no letter writer felt any need to defend. The art historian read the letters at his desk at a Lutheran university on the flat land of northwest Indiana, an hour from Chicago, and understood that he was looking at the raw material of a different kind of scholarship. The question was not whether the painting was good. The question was what people did with it.

The art historian was David Morgan (b. 1957), and the letters became the foundation of a career that moved the study of religious images from a minor branch of art history to a central concern of religious studies. Over three decades Morgan has argued that religion is a lived practice mediated through objects, images, spaces, bodies, and habits of seeing, and that scholars who confine themselves to doctrine and text miss most of what religion is. He helped found the field now called material religion, co-founded its flagship journal, and trained a generation of scholars who study altars, amulets, church basements, and refrigerator magnets with the seriousness their fields once reserved for cathedrals.

Morgan came to religion through the studio, not the seminary. He earned a Bachelor of Arts in studio art from Concordia College in 1980, concentrating in sculpture. He learned what clay and steel resist and what they permit. A sculptor knows that material talks back. The insight stayed with him after he traded the studio for the seminar room, taking a master’s degree in art history at the University of Arizona in 1984 and a doctorate at the University of Chicago in 1990. Chicago in the 1980s put art historians in rooms with anthropologists, sociologists, and historians of religion, and the conversation in those rooms was turning against the old assumption that religion lived in creeds and could be read off the page. Morgan absorbed the turn and gave it a direction. If belief did not live only in texts, someone had to go find where it lived. He decided it lived, in part, in pictures.

He joined Valparaiso University in 1990 and stayed seventeen years, eventually holding the Duesenberg chair in Christianity and the Arts. Valparaiso suited the work. It was a church-related school in a region thick with the piety he studied, close enough to Anderson, Indiana, where the Church of God‘s publishing arm held the Sallman copyrights and Anderson University kept the original canvases. Morgan wrote the catalogue for a 1994 Sallman exhibition there. He has described a moment of revelation in front of the ubiquitous Head of Christ, when the picture stopped being an object of taste and became an object of study, and his attention shifted from fine art to mass culture, from the gallery to the archive.

The Sallman project matured into Icons of American Protestantism: The Art of Warner Sallman (1996), an edited volume that treated a commercial illustrator’s devotional portrait as a serious historical problem. Sallman (1892-1968) was a Chicago advertising artist, son of Scandinavian immigrants, a lifelong member of the Evangelical Covenant Church, who claimed the image came to him in a vision at two in the morning in January 1924. A teacher at Moody Bible Institute had urged him years earlier to paint a virile, manly Christ, since the available pictures ran effeminate. Sallman borrowed his composition from a nineteenth-century French painting by Léon Lhermitte (1844-1925), lit it like a celebrity headshot, and produced the most reproduced religious image in history. Morgan’s book examined the letters and showed that the picture’s power came from what believers did around it: prayed before it, carried it to war, hung it over deathbeds, passed it to grandchildren. The American Library Association named the book a CHOICE Outstanding Academic Book for 1996. The prize mattered as a signal. The gatekeepers of academic legitimacy had accepted that drugstore Jesus belonged in the library.

Morgan built the theory in Visual Piety: A History and Theory of Popular Religious Images (1998). The book took up prayer cards, illustrated Bibles, calendars, and devotional prints, the whole inventory of cheap religious mass production, and argued that these objects did indispensable work in forming religious identity. Believers did not consume the images. They lived with them. An image acquired its sacredness through the social relationships that formed around it, through display and gift and inheritance and daily glance, and its power could not be located in the object alone or in the mind alone. The argument cut against both the art historian’s habit of ranking images by quality and the theologian’s habit of treating images as illustrations of prior ideas.

Protestants and Pictures: Religion, Visual Culture, and the Age of American Mass Production (1999) attacked the standard story head on. The standard story held that Protestantism was a religion of the word, iconophobic since the Reformation, its whitewashed churches proof that the ear had defeated the eye. Morgan showed that American Protestants embraced every printing technology the nineteenth and twentieth centuries offered, flooding the country with illustrated tracts, Sunday school cards, mission posters, panoramas, and portraits of Jesus. Protestant visual culture grew up alongside industrial capitalism and mass communication. The Association of American Publishers gave the book its annual award for scholarly publishing in religion and philosophy.

While the books appeared, Morgan worked inside a larger movement. In the late 1990s the Pew Charitable Trusts funded the Material History of American Religion Project at Vanderbilt, which gathered historians and art historians and told them to study religion through buildings, clothing, landscapes, and objects rather than through doctrine alone. Morgan became a leading participant, and the project’s signature volume, The Visual Culture of American Religions (2001), which he co-edited with Sally M. Promey, ranged from Catholic devotional objects to anti-Catholic political cartoons and became a foundation for the emerging field. In 2005 Morgan, Promey, and the British museum scholar Crispin Paine founded the journal Material Religion, which became the international venue for scholarship on the physical life of belief. Field-building of this kind rarely shows up in citation counts, but it decides what counts as knowledge. A subject without a journal is a hobby. A subject with a journal, a book series, conferences, and prizes is a field, and Morgan built or co-built each piece of that apparatus, later adding the Bloomsbury Studies in Material Religion series as co-editor.

The Sacred Gaze: Religious Visual Culture in Theory and Practice (2005) supplied the field’s most portable concept. Seeing, Morgan argued, is never a neutral act of the retina. Every community teaches its members how to look, and religious traditions cultivate habits of attention that determine what appears sacred, authoritative, or dangerous. The Catholic kneeling before an icon, the Protestant scanning a portrait of Jesus for accuracy, the tourist photographing both: each performs a learned way of seeing. The phrase “sacred gaze” gave scholars across traditions a tool, and researchers of Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Judaism took it up, which moved the field beyond its Protestant beginnings.

Duke University hired Morgan in 2008 as Professor of Religious Studies, with a secondary appointment in Art, Art History, and Visual Studies. He has chaired the department twice, from 2013 to 2019 and again from 2023 to 2025, and twice directed graduate studies in the doctoral program in religion. The move marked the field’s arrival. A subject born in letters from Indiana widows now had a chair at a wealthy research university, doctoral students, and a place in the seminar rooms where the discipline decides its future.

The books kept coming. The Lure of Images (2007) traced religious media in America from tract illustration through photography, film, television, and the digital screen, arguing that religious traditions do not resist new media but seize them. Religion and Material Culture: The Matter of Belief (2010) gathered fifteen scholars from around the world and pressed the field toward comparison across traditions. The Embodied Eye (2012) tied vision to feeling, arguing that images cultivate sympathy, fear, longing, and reverence, and that these emotional responses are learned in community rather than produced in the private psyche. The 2012 Cadbury Lectures at the University of Birmingham became The Forge of Vision: A Visual History of Modern Christianity (2015), which argued that Catholicism and Protestantism since the sixteenth century have trained believers in rival ways of seeing the world, not merely rival doctrines about it.

Images at Work: The Material Culture of Enchantment (2018) took on the oldest story in the sociology of modernity, the story of disenchantment. Max Weber‘s heirs held that modernity drained the world of magic. Morgan looked around and saw national flags that men die for, family photographs that cannot be thrown away, brand logos that command devotion, and religious icons that weep. Images still enchant, he argued, because people organize attention, memory, and desire around them, and this enchantment defines modernity rather than surviving it as a residue. The argument gave him a way to talk about agency without mysticism. Images act because people act around them. Their power lives in the network, not the pigment. Here Morgan drew on Alfred Gell (1945-1997) on art and agency, Bruno Latour (1947-2022) on networks, Hans Belting (1935-2023) on the image before the era of art, and Maurice Merleau-Ponty (1908-1961) on the body’s grip on the world, while keeping his own arguments tied to archives and letters.

The Thing about Religion: An Introduction to the Material Study of Religions (2021) condensed three decades into a textbook, organizing the field around objects, bodies, spaces, sounds, scents, and technologies. Cambridge University Press is scheduled to publish The Visual Culture of Revelation: The Art of Seeing Things since the Middle Ages in 2026, tracing how Christians have trained themselves to see revelations from the medieval world to the digital screen.

The honors accumulated in the manner of a career the establishment has decided to keep: elected life member of Clare Hall, Cambridge; elected member of the American Antiquarian Society, the learned society in Worcester whose membership rolls run back to 1812. He has curated exhibitions of Sallman’s art and written about what happens when a devotional object enters a museum, where the vitrine and the label transform a thing people prayed to into a thing people study. The transformation, he argues, obscures the practices that gave the object its life, and the museum becomes a laboratory for watching objects move between sacred, commercial, and aesthetic registers.

Morgan’s students now teach across North America and Europe, and his influence runs past Christianity into the study of Islam, Judaism, Hinduism, Buddhism, Indigenous traditions, and the secular icons of nationalism and consumer culture. His deepest claim remains the one he found in the letters. Belief is not assent to propositions. Belief is a disposition sedimented over time in body practices, in the hand that dusts the frame, the eye that finds the picture on the wall at three in the morning, the mother who packs a print of a fair-skinned, backlit Jesus into a son’s duffel bag. Religion happens where people and things meet. Morgan built a field by insisting that scholars go to that meeting place and watch, and by treating a farmhouse wall in Indiana as evidence worth the same care a connoisseur gives a Titian. The discipline resisted, then absorbed the point, then made him a chairman. That is how a field changes: one man reads five hundred letters that no one else wanted, and takes them at their word.

Notes

The Chicago Offset press operating around the clock during the Second World War, the Kriebel & Bates marketing campaign, and the testimony of believers all come from David Morgan’s own 1994 exhibition catalogue, as excerpted by the Sallman Collection: Warner Sallman Collection and Anderson University. The figure of 473 surviving letters and the paraphrased account of people writing because they were lonely or afraid also come from the Anderson University material.

The expression “card-carrying Christians” comes from Morgan’s own reporting in his article “The Face That’s Everywhere,” as cited here: En-Academic. The Salvation Army and YMCA wartime distribution campaigns, together with the postwar Oklahoma and Indiana evangelistic efforts, are documented at Head of Christ (Wikipedia).

The claim that the image represented “just what Jesus looked like,” the survey of more than 500 responses, and the Lilly Endowment’s support for the Sallman study come from The Jesus Question. One point is worth verifying. This source credits the Lilly Endowment with funding the Sallman project, while your source document credits the Pew Charitable Trusts with supporting the later Vanderbilt Material History project. Both may be correct, but Lilly’s role in the Sallman study should be confirmed before publication.

Morgan’s account of his “moment of revelation” on encountering Head of Christ and his resulting shift from the study of fine art toward mass-produced religious imagery comes from his interview with Duke University: Duke University. Although the site blocks automated retrieval, the relevant language appears in the interview.

The Moody Bible Institute instructor’s call for a “virile, manly Christ,” the influence of Léon Lhermitte’s painting, and the resemblance to celebrity portrait lighting are discussed at ArtWay.

Morgan’s degrees, honors, including the 1996 CHOICE Outstanding Academic Book award and the 1999 Association of American Publishers award, his affiliation with Clare Hall, Cambridge, and election to the American Antiquarian Society are documented at Wikipedia. One chronological point deserves checking. Your document lists his department chairmanship as 2013-2016 and again from 2023-2025. Morgan’s own Duke profile instead lists 2013-2019 and 2023-2025: Duke Scholars. I followed his official profile.

The discussion of belief as a disposition gradually sedimented through embodied practices paraphrases Morgan’s introduction to Religion and Material Culture, available through his Academia.edu page: Academia.edu.

I added several pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include the flat landscape of northwest Indiana, the atmosphere of a Lutheran church-related college, the sculptor’s awareness that materials resist the artist’s intentions, the status of Head of Christ as a drugstore calendar image in the eyes of many mid-century art historians, and the image of a farmhouse outside Anderson as a representative setting. The account of Sallman’s two o’clock in the morning vision in January 1924 is documented in the Head of Christ Wikipedia entry.

The Frame Around the Frame: David Morgan’s Hero System

On a Saturday morning in Indiana an estate liquidator works through the house of a woman who died in March. In the bedroom, above where the headboard stood, a rectangle of unfaded wallpaper marks sixty years of shade. The picture that made the shadow sits in a cardboard box in the garage with the other frames, a dollar each. It is the face of Jesus in three-quarter profile, hair backlit, printed in Chicago sometime during the war. The liquidator has handled forty of them this year. “Nobody wants the religious stuff,” she says to her helper. “Take the frame, toss the print.” The woman who owned it looked at that face the last thing every night of her marriage, her widowhood, and her dying, and now it is a dollar, and the dollar is optimistic.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued that the fear organizing human life is this scene. Death erases the person, and then, in a second wave the person foresees, it erases the traces. Against the terror men build hero systems, shared structures of meaning within which a life can count as significant, a contribution can register as durable, and death can be reframed as something other than the end. The unfaded rectangle on the wallpaper is the first terror. The box in the garage is the second, and it is the one that governs the career of David Morgan (b. 1957), the scholar who spent thirty years arguing that the dollar print held everything and who built a field so that someone, forever, will be paid to say so.

Morgan’s other terror shows earlier and wears different clothes. He began as a sculptor, a studio art degree from Concordia College in 1980, hands in the clay. Every art student meets the moment when the gap opens between what he can see and what he can make, and beyond it the harder arithmetic: the discipline of art keeps a short list, the list is nearly closed, and a Lutheran college sculptor in the upper Midwest will not be on it. The standard exits are teaching, commercial work, and quiet abandonment. Morgan took a fourth exit. He went to graduate school in art history, then to the University of Chicago, and he became a custodian of the list rather than a candidate for it. But art history ran its own list and its own terror. The discipline’s hero system belonged to the connoisseur, and a man who arrived from sculpture at Concordia by way of Arizona was starting far from the sanctuary. The two terrors met and produced the move that made his career. If he could not join the hierarchy of great objects, he could overturn the hierarchy. He found the most despised image in America, the drugstore Jesus, the picture his discipline used as the definition of what it did not study, and he declared it the most important religious artwork of the century, and then he spent three decades building the institutions that made the declaration true.

That is the shape of the hero system: the redeemer of the despised object. Its sacred values are attention, description, and the dignity of ordinary devotion, and each value means what it means only inside the system. Take attention first, because Morgan’s whole theory rests on it. In his account, an image becomes sacred through the attention organized around it, the daily glance, the family prayer, the dusting hand. But attention is a word that shatters on contact with other hero systems. To a hedge-fund quant, attention is the scarcest commodity in the economy, a thing to be harvested from other people by the millisecond and sold. To a hospice nurse, attention is presence at the bedside, the refusal to look away from a dying face, and it needs no object at all. To a Coptic villager in Upper Egypt, attention before the icon is not what makes the icon sacred; the icon is a window standing open to heaven whether anyone looks or not, and the suggestion that his gaze charges the image would strike him as backwards and mildly blasphemous. To a Reformed pastor in Grand Rapids, sustained attention to a picture of Christ is the precise Biblical definition of idolatry, the eye stealing what belongs to the ear. Morgan’s sense of attention, the social act that constitutes sacredness, is coherent only inside a hero system where the scholar stands outside all shrines and explains them. Inside the shrines, the word points elsewhere.

Or take seriousness, the value Morgan’s admirers name first. He took cheap pictures seriously. Within the academic hero system this is heroism of a recognizable kind: the raid across the tracks, the scholar who confers the discipline’s highest honor, sustained study, on objects the discipline held in contempt. The letters he solicited from believers in the early 1990s were, inside his system, evidence, and treating a widow’s testimony as evidence was the act of respect. But move the same letters into the widow’s own hero system and the seriousness inverts. She did not write to be studied. She wrote to witness. In her system, the picture is serious because it is true, because the face on the wall is the face that will meet her, and a professor who finds her devotion fascinating while bracketing the question of whether anyone is behind the face has not honored her; he has converted her testimony into his raw material. A Pentecostal grandmother in Alabama and a Haredi scribe bent over his parchment in Bnei Brak disagree about nearly everything, but they agree about this: seriousness about sacred things means submission to them, and a seriousness that studies without submitting is a polite name for unbelief. Morgan’s seriousness is real. It is also the seriousness of the collector, and the collected rarely get a vote.

The system’s third sacred value is description, the discipline of saying what people do with images while refusing to judge the doing. Morgan never ranks the Sallman head against Titian, never rules on whether the soldier’s foxhole prayer reached anyone, never calls the White Jesus controversy right or wrong. Within his hero system this restraint is the highest virtue, the mark that separates the scholar from the preacher and the critic. Here the subtraction story comes into view, because every hero system buys its coherence by subtracting something, and Morgan’s subtracts verdicts. The subtraction is enormously productive. It lets the believer read him and feel respected, the atheist read him and feel scientific, the curator read him and feel informed, and it built a journal, a book series, and a Duke chair on the ground where those readers overlap. But the price is that the system cannot answer the only questions its own archive screams. Is the widow’s peace a gift or a symptom? Should the picture hang in the courthouse? When the face was denounced in 2020 as a racial instrument, was the denunciation justice or profanation? Morgan’s system rules these questions out of order, and the ruling is not neutral. A man who spends his life demonstrating the power of sacred images while declining to say whether any of them tell the truth has taken a position; he has made the study of devotion his devotion, and description is its liturgy.

The rivals are many, and the essay should name several rather than pretend there is one. The nearest rival, the one Morgan actually fought, is the connoisseur’s hero system, art history as communion with masterpieces. In that system immortality flows through taste: the great objects are the durable dead, and the scholar earns his permanence by serving them, attributing them, protecting the canon that will carry his name in its footnotes. Morgan beat the connoisseurs on their own ground, took their prizes, and the victory has a Beckerian sting, because the connoisseur’s system and Morgan’s system offer the same wager with different chips. Both bet that objects outlast men and that the man who binds his name to the objects rides them out of death. The connoisseur binds himself to Titian. Morgan binds himself to the category, to material religion as such, which is the shrewder bet, since categories outlast even canons.

A second rival stands in the sanctuary: the confessional hero system, in all its warring versions. For the Coptic villager, the Alabama grandmother, the scribe, the picture or the scroll draws its power from God, and immortality is not a metaphor about influence but a scheduled event. Within that system Morgan is not a hero at all; he is a cataloguer at the wedding, useful perhaps, beside the point. A third rival does the opposite work: the reductionist’s system, the sociologist or neuroscientist for whom the widow’s peace is oxytocin and conditioning, and heroism means the courage to say so. Morgan’s refusal of verdicts protects him from this rival’s contempt at the cost of the rival’s clarity. And a fourth deserves naming because it holds the largest share of the world: the tribal and traditionalist hero system, in which the image on the wall is neither evidence nor window nor symptom but inheritance, the face the great-grandmother prayed to, and the duty is transmission. In that system the estate-sale box is a failure of the family, not a datum about symbolic charge, and the hero is the grandson who takes the print home. This system judges Morgan more gently than the believer does and more sharply than the connoisseur, since it can use his respect while noting that respect transmits nothing. A field is not a lineage. Doctoral students are not grandchildren, though they are the nearest thing the academy sells.

How much of this does Morgan see? More than most subjects of these essays. He is the rare scholar who wrote the critique of his own operation before anyone else could: his work on museums argues that the vitrine kills what it preserves, that labeling a devotional object transforms it into a specimen and hides the practices that made it live. Every word of that argument applies to his archive. The letters were testimonies; the file cabinet was a vitrine; the field he built is a museum with a hiring line. There is no evidence he has turned the argument on himself in print, and the omission is the system working as designed, because a hero system survives by exempting its own foundations from its method. He sees the sacred gaze everywhere except in the mirror of the seminar room, where a tribe of scholars assembles around charged objects called sources, feels the collective effervescence called a field, and defends its totems in peer review. He built that tribe. He is its founding ancestor, and founding ancestors do not audit the cult.

The hero’s shape, then: a sculptor who could not join the ranks of the makers and so became the man who decides what made things mean, the redeemer who saves despised objects by the only sacrament he administers, study, and who saved himself in the same motion, binding his name to a category durable enough to hold it. The unnamed rival is the widow herself, the woman whose letter he filed, whose hero system needs no journal and no chair, who never asked to be redeemed because within her system she already was, and whose picture went into the garage anyway. And the cost the ledger cannot price: a lifetime spent proving that images hold the feelings of the assembled, written by a man whose method requires him to stand outside every assembly, describing at full attention, believing at none, the frame around the frame, unfaded, and marking the wall.

The Charged Object: David Morgan Through Randall Collins

A woman in the Midwest writes a letter to an art historian she has never met. She tells him that when loneliness or fear overtakes her, she looks up at the picture of Jesus on her wall and peace settles over her. She is describing a face painted by a Chicago advertising man, printed by the hundred million, sold in dime stores, and she is describing it the way a physicist describes a battery. The picture holds something. She draws on it. It recharges.

Randall Collins (b. 1941) built a theory to explain what is in the battery. In Interaction Ritual Chains (2004), he argues that the basic unit of social life is the situation: bodies assembled, attention focused on a common object, a shared mood building through rhythmic entrainment until the participants feel something larger than themselves. Successful rituals produce four outputs. Members feel solidarity. Individuals walk away with emotional energy, the confidence and drive that carries them into the next encounter. The group’s feeling gets deposited in symbols, which become sacred objects. And the group generates standards of morality, defined as loyalty to those symbols, with anger reserved for anyone who profanes them. Collins took the scheme from Émile Durkheim (1858-1917), who found it in Aboriginal ceremony, and from Erving Goffman (1922-1982), who found it in elevators and cocktail parties. Collins’s addition is the chain. Rituals link. The emotional energy and the charged symbols from one encounter become the inputs of the next, and a life is a sequence of situations in which people spend and replenish their stock.

David Morgan spent thirty years assembling the evidence for this theory without using it. His core claim, repeated from Visual Piety through Images at Work, holds that religious images gain power through the social relationships and repeated practices organized around them. The picture over the sofa is sacred because the family prays before it, dusts it, inherits it, glances at it on the way to the kitchen. Power lives in the network, in Morgan’s phrase, and never in the pigment. Set that sentence beside Collins and the convergence is total. A sacred object, Collins writes, is a container for the feelings generated in assembly, a device for carrying group emotion across the dead time between gatherings. Morgan’s entire archive, the five hundred letters, the wartime wallet cards, the deathbed prints, documents the container in use. The Sallman correspondence reads like a file of Collins case studies mailed in from Indiana.

Convergence of this kind creates a problem for the essayist and an opportunity for the theory. The problem: an essay that walks Morgan’s findings through Collins’s vocabulary produces translation, and translation adds nothing. The opportunity: Collins built a causal engine, with inputs, outputs, and failure conditions, while Morgan built a descriptive practice. Morgan tells you that images acquire power through social life. Collins tells you which images will, how much, for how long, and why the power drains. Run Morgan’s material through the engine and three findings come out that Morgan describes but leaves untheorized.

Start with the question Morgan never answers. Why this picture? Sallman’s Head of Christ had competitors. Every publisher of devotional goods offered portraits of Jesus, many by better painters. Hundreds of images entered the market in the 1930s and 1940s, and nearly all of them died. One conquered the world. Morgan’s account explains the survivor’s power once it has survived: people prayed to it, so it became sacred. The account is circular at the decisive point, since the question is why people chose this image to pray to. Collins breaks the circle. A symbol’s charge depends on the intensity and frequency of the ritual encounters that feed it, and the Head of Christ won the distribution war before it won the devotion war. Kriebel and Bates made it their trademark and pushed it through Baptist bookstores, Sunday schools, and denominational magazines, placing it at the focus of attention in millions of already-assembled groups. A Sunday school class gazing at the same face every week is an interaction ritual with the picture at its center. The competitors never reached the focus of that many gatherings, so no group feeling was ever deposited in them, so they stayed what they began as, ink. The Sallman head compounded. Charge attracted display, display placed the image at the center of more assemblies, more assemblies added charge. Collins predicts winner-take-all outcomes in symbolic markets, since emotional investment flows toward objects already invested, and the devotional print market of mid-century America delivered a textbook case. The theory also predicts the death of symbols, which Morgan’s field rarely studies. An image starved of assemblies loses charge within a generation or two. The grandchildren who inherit the print but never sat in the rooms where it presided receive an heirloom, and an heirloom is a sacred object running on residual current. The letters Morgan collected in the early 1990s came disproportionately from the old. That demographic fact is the theory’s confirmation. The chain was thinning.

Second, the war. Morgan documents the wartime explosion of the image, the press at Chicago Offset running two shifts, the USO handing pocket versions to soldiers at the docks, and he explains it as media history, a story of publishers and campaigns. Collins explains why the campaigns worked. Ritual charge varies with the stakes of the assembly. Bodies gathered under mortal threat, attention locked on a common object, produce the most intense entrainment human beings experience, which is why combat units bond like no civilian group and why battle flags outrank all other national symbols. The soldier carrying the Sallman head into the Pacific carried it into the highest-intensity ritual conditions the century offered. The mother who packed it and the son who kept it were performing a linked ritual across an ocean, each knowing the other’s attention rested on the same face. Every foxhole prayer over the wallet card deposited feeling in the image at wartime rates of interest. The picture came home in 1945 charged beyond anything a peacetime Sunday school could have produced, and the postwar campaigns to hang it in schools and courthouses spent that accumulated energy. The Illinois Lutheran who wanted card-carrying Christians to answer card-carrying Communists understood the object’s function. He wanted the charge portable, distributed, ready. Morgan reports the man’s line as color. Collins reads it as a program: keep the symbol at the focus of assemblies or lose the solidarity it stores.

Third, and here the frame turns on its subject, Morgan’s own career is a demonstration of the theory he circled without entering. Collins applied his scheme to intellectuals in The Sociology of Philosophies (1998), arguing that ideas win not on merit alone but on the ritual density behind them. A thinker rises when he sits at the center of chains: face-to-face lineages linking him to prestigious teachers, conference circuits where attention focuses on his topic, journals that assemble the tribe on schedule, students who carry the charge outward. Morgan’s chains run textbook-clean. Chicago doctorate, which grafts him onto a high-prestige lineage. The Vanderbilt project of the late 1990s, which assembled the scattered scholars of religious stuff in one room on Pew’s money and let them entrain, discover their common mood, and leave with emotional energy and a shared enemy in text-bound religious studies. Then the institutionalization of the assembly: the journal Material Religion in 2005, which convenes the tribe quarterly; the Bloomsbury series; the conferences; the Duke chair with doctoral students to send out as missionaries. A journal is a ritual technology. It focuses the attention of a dispersed group on common objects at regular intervals, and its arrival converts a topic into a sacred object for scholars, complete with the moral output Collins predicts, since the field now polices contempt for popular devotion as a professional sin. Morgan did for cheap pictures of Jesus what Kriebel and Bates did for the picture: he won the distribution war. Other scholars had noticed devotional objects. Colleen McDannell published Material Christianity in 1995, a year before Morgan’s Sallman volume. The difference between a scattered insight and a field is the chain, and Morgan built the chain.

The frame also exposes what Morgan’s method cannot see. His evidence is letters, solicited testimony from believers describing their images at a distance of years. Collins insists the action sits in the situation, in the micro-rhythms of bodies and attention measurable in seconds, and testimony is what remains after the situation has cooled. The woman who feels peace when she looks at the picture reports the output. The inputs, the childhood rooms where the face presided over family prayer, the Sunday mornings of synchronized song under its gaze, lie behind the letter, unrecorded and mostly unremembered. Morgan’s archive documents charged objects and misses the charging. This is a limit, and an honest reckoning also runs the current the other way, since Collins’s own evidence for religious ritual leans on ethnographies of assembly and goes quiet between assemblies. The picture on the wall at three in the morning, the solitary glance that Morgan’s letters capture in the hundreds, sits awkwardly in a theory built on gathered bodies. Collins handles solitary ritual as replay, the individual rehearsing internalized group encounters, and the handling works, but Morgan’s archive is the better record of that mode, the vast devotional life conducted alone with an object between the rare hours of assembly. Each man holds half the circuit. Collins has the generator. Morgan has the battery in use.

One prediction falls out of the frame, and it concerns the image’s afterlife. In 2020 the Sallman head faced a profanation crisis, denounced as White Jesus, defended by its owners, removed from some sanctuaries. Collins holds that attacks on a symbol recharge it for the loyal, since defense of a profaned object is among the most intense rituals a group performs, while for the indifferent the attack merely accelerates the drain. The picture might now run on two divergent chains, charging in the shrinking assemblies that rally to it, dying into kitsch everywhere else, until the day it hangs in museums the way Morgan described, an object whose practices have been stripped, labeled, and lit, holding nothing but the historians’ attention. The woman who wrote the letter knew the difference. She was not looking at a painting.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, the scholarship of art historian and religious studies scholar David Morgan does not require a correction. It serves as a highly detailed field manual showing the exact physical apparatus human groups use to manufacture internal cohesion and survive.
Morgan, a professor at Duke University, is a founder of the critical study of material religion, known for books like The Sacred Gaze, The Embodied Eye, and Images at Work. He rejects the traditional academic view that religion is primarily about abstract doctrines or private intellectual beliefs. Instead, Morgan argues that religion is a sensory, physical practice. Groups use physical objects—images, clothing, architecture, mass-produced prints, and common somatic regimes—to assemble a unified social body, calibrate collective emotions, and sustain a shared life-world.
Mearsheimer’s framework in The Great Delusion provides the structural necessity for the physical technologies Morgan documents.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology places immense weight on the long human childhood, during which individuals undergo an intense value infusion from their primary social group. This process occurs long before critical reason develops, permanently embedding the individual within a specific culture or tribe.Morgan’s work describes the precise mechanical operation of this value infusion. In The Embodied Eye, he shows that a group does not socialize its young through abstract logical arguments. It does so by engaging the physical body. Uniform dress, shared imagery, and structured sensory habits are the material means used to forge a corporate identity.
The child does not logically deduce his allegiance; he absorbs it by looking at the same devotional images, sitting in the same structured pews, and performing the same physical rituals as his peers. Morgan’s material religion is the delivery device for the value infusions that Mearsheimer notes are critical to human formation.The Sacred Gaze and the Tribal PerimeterIn The Sacred Gaze, Morgan explores how visual culture acts as a way of mapping and navigating the world, establishing what a particular community regards as true, beautiful, or dangerous. This gaze determines how a group sees itself and how it views outsiders.
Under Mearsheimer’s lens, this visual mapping is a defensive measure required for survival in an uncertain world. Humans form distinct, cohesive societies to secure their collective existence against rivals.The shared visual framework Morgan describes operates as a boundary-enforcement tool. By dictating what is sacred and what is profane, the tribe builds a high-trust internal network. The “enchantment” of images that Morgan tracks in Images at Work is not an irrational aesthetic fluke; it is a tool used to anchor individual loyalty to the collective perimeter, ensuring that members prioritize the survival of the group above all else.
Mearsheimer’s critique of political liberalism centers on the claim that liberal elites treat human beings as autonomous, rational actors who can be governed by abstract, universal rules decoupled from cultural particulars.
Morgan’s entire academic project dismantles this hyper-rationalist assumption from an aesthetic and historical perspective. He demonstrates that even Protestantism—a tradition that often claimed to reject physical imagery in favor of pure, invisible faith—relied heavily on mass-produced pictures, family Bibles, and specific physical spaces to survive and scale in America.If Mearsheimer is right, Morgan’s research proves that there is no such thing as a group held together by raw reason or unmediated text. The moment a liberal or cosmopolitan movement attempts to organize a society around abstract principles, it must eventually develop its own material culture, distinct symbols, and physical rituals to maintain any degree of solidarity.
If Mearsheimer is right, David Morgan accurately identifies the real infrastructure of human belief. Humans do not inhabit a world of floating philosophical concepts. They are social, defensive animals who use physical matter to build the tribal containers they require to navigate an indifferent world.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, the foundational work of art historian and religious studies scholar David Morgan in visual culture and material religion serves as an exceptionally sophisticated academic strategy to redefine raw, zero-sum coalitional warfare as an intricate study of cognitive and aesthetic management.
Morgan achieved prominent standing in the academy through books like Visual Piety, The Sacred Gaze, and Images at Work. His core thesis is that religious imagery and material culture do not merely illustrate preexisting theological beliefs; they actively construct the social world. He argues that looking is an act of relationship-building, creating what he calls a sacred gaze—a culturally specific way of seeing that helps a community form shared identities, establish boundaries, and maintain a sense of cosmic order. To his peers, Morgan provided an objective, scholarly framework to explain why human groups invest immense emotional and physical resources into mass-produced devotional objects, images, and visual habits.
A Pinsofian analysis strips away this elegant, materialist framework. Human coalitions do not develop a sacred gaze or weaponize mass-produced imagery because they want to configure reality or engage in an aesthetic dialogue with the divine. They deploy visual culture as a highly functional tool for group dominance. Pictures of saints, specific flags, mandatory dress codes, and distinct public monuments function as coalitional badges. They signal internal commitment, police group compliance, and warn external rivals of a faction’s presence and collective strength. The production and defense of these visual markers are not exercises in cultural imagination; they are calculated moves to capture public spaces and protect social territory.
By framing this intense Darwinian fight for symbolic dominance as an exploration of visual piety and material agency, Morgan creates an ideal high-status mission statement for his own field. It positions the visual culture theorist as the elite technician who can decode the hidden, psychological scripts behind everyday human consumption. His framework provides university departments, editorial boards, and museum curators with a sophisticated platform to look down upon popular religious practices and political icons, analyzing them from a safe, analytical distance as complex taxonomic data rather than raw displays of group power.
Morgan did not discover a benign, interactive process of collective sense-making. He executed an effective academic strategy, using rigorous visual and historical analysis to climb to the peak of the university hierarchy, securing a prominent professorship at Duke University and anchoring the global study of material religion. His theories provide a beautiful map of the objects humans cling to, proving that treating a fierce coalitional struggle over public symbolism as a visual misunderstanding of material agency is the ultimate method to secure institutional authority.

Posted in Religion | Comments Off on David Morgan: The Man Who Took Cheap Pictures of Jesus Seriously

Mark Juergensmeyer: The Man Who Interviewed the Holy Warriors

On September 30, 1997, a professor from Santa Barbara sat in a visiting room at the federal penitentiary in Lompoc, California, across from a tall Egyptian with freckles and red hair. The other inmates called the prisoner Mahmud the Red. Mahmud Abouhalima (b. 1959) had been convicted for his part in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. He was easy company. He swore in casual conversation. He liked Western women, and when the professor mentioned an upcoming trip to Denmark, Abouhalima warned him that Scandinavian women were beautiful and dangerous. He had married two European women himself, one after the other.

Then the conversation turned to religion in public life, and the professor watched the prisoner’s face change. The eyes glazed. The voice took on a new weight. Abouhalima told him that Americans were like sheep, that a war was underway between good and evil, religion and irreligion, and that the American government stood on the side of evil. Americans could not see the war because their media blinded them. The professor pressed him on why anyone bombs buildings. Abouhalima refused to discuss the World Trade Center, since his appeal was pending, but he was happy to discuss Oklahoma City. No one had accused him of that. The bombers had a reason, he said. They wanted to send a message: the government is the enemy. Then he sat back, smiled at the professor with satisfaction, and said, “and now you know.”

The professor was Mark Juergensmeyer (b. 1940), and the exchange became one of the most quoted moments in the modern study of religious violence. Four years later, after two planes struck the building Abouhalima had failed to bring down, everyone knew. Juergensmeyer’s book Terror in the Mind of God: The Global Rise of Religious Violence, published in 2000, became required reading in the ruins.

Juergensmeyer built his career on a simple wager. He bet that you could not understand religious violence from a distance, from datasets and news clippings and theory alone. You had to sit in the room. You had to let the militant talk until his world came into view, and then you had to describe that world without endorsing it and without flinching. Over five decades he sat in rooms with Hamas founders in Gaza, Sikh separatists in Delhi, an abortion clinic bomber in Maryland, Buddhist militants in Asia, and jihadi prisoners in California and Iraq. What he brought back changed how scholars, journalists, and governments talk about terror. His concepts, cosmic war, satanization, performance violence, entered the working vocabulary of a field.

He came from Carlinville, Illinois, a county-seat town in the corn and coal country between Springfield and St. Louis. He was born in 1940 into a pious Protestant family in the American Midwest, and his first education in cosmic war came under canvas. In summer, revival preachers set up tents outside town like a traveling carnival. The music was electric and the preaching was theater. Juergensmeyer remembered one preacher who worked the crowd in camouflage battle dress and growled at the Midwestern innocents that a war was underway, a real war, between truth and evil, and that every soul in the tent had to decide, that night, whether to be a victim or a victor. Some of them went forward to the altar. The boy from Carlinville went forward too. Decades later, sitting across from Abouhalima at Lompoc or listening to tapes of Sikh sermons from the Golden Temple, he recognized the voice. It was only a short stretch, he wrote, from the revival preachers of southern Illinois to Osama bin Laden (1957-2011). The difference was that bin Laden’s soldiers had real weapons and real targets.

Juergensmeyer took a B.A. in philosophy from the University of Illinois in 1962, then went east to Union Theological Seminary in New York, where he earned an M.Div. in 1965 while studying international affairs across the street at Columbia. Union in those years carried the afterglow of Reinhold Niebuhr, and it trained men who took both God and politics seriously. Juergensmeyer never became a parish minister. He went west instead, to the University of California, Berkeley, and took an M.A. and a Ph.D. in political science, finishing the doctorate in 1974. The sequence tells you what kind of scholar he became: philosophy for the questions, seminary for the inside of religious conviction, political science for power. He remained a churchgoing Protestant all his life, a detail that surprised his subjects. When Abouhalima called him a secularist, Juergensmeyer protested that he had been raised in the church, had attended seminary, still belonged to a congregation. The prisoner brushed it off: “no, Mr. Mark, you are a secularist.” Abouhalima said he had lived in Juergensmeyer’s world but Juergensmeyer had never lived in his. Juergensmeyer conceded, in print, that the prisoner had a point. His Christianity was at home in secular, multicultural modernity. Abouhalima’s Islam was at war with it.

Before terrorism, there was Punjab. Juergensmeyer lived in the Punjab for several years and made India the center of his early work. His first major book, Religion as Social Vision: The Movement Against Untouchability in Twentieth-Century Punjab (1982), studied the Ad Dharm movement, an effort by low-caste Punjabis to escape caste stigma by claiming a religion of their own. The book cut against the standard social-science reading of religion as a conservative force that blesses existing hierarchy. In Punjab, Juergensmeyer showed, religious identity worked as a lever. It gave despised communities dignity, organization, and political weight. He followed with Radhasoami Reality: The Logic of a Modern Faith (1991), a study of a modern devotional movement centered on living gurus, which let him examine how a new faith builds authority and discipline while adapting to modern life. The method in both books became his signature. He took the believers’ world seriously from the inside, then set it in sociological and historical context from the outside.

From 1974 to 1989 he held a joint position in Berkeley, coordinating religious studies at the university while directing comparative religion programs at the Graduate Theological Union, the consortium of seminaries on the north side of campus. The location shaped him. He worked the seam between a great secular research university and a hillside of theological schools, and he refused the reductions native to each side. Against the social scientists, he insisted that religious claims were more than a mask for material interests. Against the theologians, he insisted that no faith floats free of history and power. In those same years he wrote Fighting with Gandhi (1984), later revised as Gandhi’s Way: A Handbook of Conflict Resolution (2005), which read Mohandas Gandhi (1869-1948) as a strategist. Gandhian nonviolence, in Juergensmeyer’s telling, was a disciplined method of fighting, a way to confront an adversary hard while preserving his humanity. The Gandhi work matters for understanding everything that came after. Juergensmeyer never held that religion produces violence. He held that religion produces armies, and that the armies can march in more than one direction.

Then Punjab burned. Through the 1980s, Sikh militants seeking a separate state called Khalistan fought a dirty war with the Indian government, and Juergensmeyer watched people he knew and respected get swept into the killing. He took 1986 off to study the sermons of Sant Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale (1947-1984), the preacher who had fortified the Golden Temple and died in the Indian Army’s assault on it, and to travel again through a region where he was trusted. Bhindranwale, on tape, sounded familiar. He looked out at young Sikh men with trimmed beards and slick pants and shiny shoes and told them they had strayed from the Guru, that the hour had come to decide. The evangelist in camouflage had said the same thing in Illinois. The difference, again, was the externalized enemy. For Bhindranwale the enemy wore a face, the face of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi (1917-1984), whom he described as an evil woman born in a house of Brahmans. Her bodyguards killed her months after the temple assault.

One night in Delhi, in a back room of a gurdwara, Juergensmeyer got his interview with a Sikh martyr brigade. Six young men came in armed, faces wrapped in scarves. The room was tense. Then they sat, unwound the scarves, and Juergensmeyer felt a wave of astonishment. They were teenagers, seventeen or eighteen, and they looked like the undergraduates he had taught at Punjab University. Nothing in their manner was savage. They were courteous, bright, the sons of the privileged Jat farming caste, boys who in another season might have been winning prizes at soccer. He asked them the only question he had: why. The question puzzled them, because to them the answer was obvious. They told him they lived at a hinge of history, in a great conflict of good against evil and truth against untruth, and that they had a chance to make the difference. He came away convinced that the reward they fought for was the fight. Sikh theology promised no paradise of virgins. What the struggle offered was the experience of serving in a war that mattered absolutely, an experience ennobling, redemptive, and open to any village boy with a gun.

Out of Punjab came the comparative question that organized the rest of his career. Was this a Sikh story, an Indian story, or a global one? The New Cold War? Religious Nationalism Confronts the Secular State (1993), revised in 2008 as Global Rebellion: Religious Challenges to the Secular State, gave his answer. The New York Times named the earlier book a notable book of the year. Its argument ran against the confident secularization story that still governed the social sciences. Modernization was supposed to shrink religion into private life. Juergensmeyer saw the opposite pattern from Punjab to Gaza to Tehran to the American militia belt. The secular nation-state, the Enlightenment’s proudest political invention, had promised unity, development, and civic equality, and across much of the postcolonial world it had delivered corruption, bureaucracy, and alienation. Where secular nationalism lost its moral authority, religion stood ready as an alternative ground of peoplehood, thick with history and heavy with sanction. Politics did not merely use religion. Politics got religionized. Social conflicts were recast in sacred terms, and political struggle became a redemptive personal act.

Terror in the Mind of God carried the argument into the charnel house. Juergensmeyer built the book from case studies and face-to-face interviews across traditions: Abouhalima at Lompoc; Mike Bray (b. 1952), the Lutheran pastor from Bowie, Maryland, who served prison time in connection with a string of abortion clinic bombings and defended the killing of abortion doctors over coffee in his kitchen; Sheikh Ahmed Yassin (1937-2004), the quadriplegic founder of Hamas, interviewed in Gaza in the winter of 1989 into the 1990s; his colleague Abdel Aziz Rantisi (1947-2004), who told Juergensmeyer the bombings of Israeli civilians were self-chosen martyrdom and a moral lesson; Simranjit Singh Mann (b. 1945) and the Khalistanis; Buddhist militants in Sri Lanka, Myanmar, and Japan. Israeli missiles later killed Yassin and Rantisi within weeks of each other in 2004. Yassin told him the struggle was, in his words, “not about land or property; it’s about pride.” Juergensmeyer read the sheikh’s remark as a claim about selfhood, about men who felt their dignity and their world so threatened that only an absolute struggle could restore them.

The book’s central concept is cosmic war. A cosmic war is a worldly conflict reimagined as a battle beyond history, a fight between ultimate good and ultimate evil in which the combatant serves God’s side. Ordinary war permits bargaining, compromise, partial victory, and defeat. Cosmic war permits none of these. Time horizons stretch toward eternity; a struggle can be lost for a century and still be won. And since the enemy in a cosmic war is evil itself, negotiation becomes betrayal. Alongside the concept sits what Juergensmeyer calls satanization, the moral work that must be done before pious men can kill. The enemy is redescribed until he stops being a rival with interests and becomes a demon, an infidel, an agent of Satan, or, in Abouhalima’s idiom, a soulless body moving through the world already dead. Satanization is more than insult. It is moral engineering. It dismantles the inhibitions that keep ordinary believers from murder and lets the killer understand his act as defense, sacrifice, or duty. None of his subjects accepted the word terrorist. As Abouhalima put it from prison: “We’re not terrorists! We’re soldiers for God!”

The third concept, performance violence, may be the most cited. Terrorist acts, Juergensmeyer argued, are staged. They are theater performed at once for the enemy, for the faithful, for the wavering, and for the cameras. The 1993 and 2001 attacks made his case for him. The World Trade Center was the tallest symbol of American economic power in an age of globalization; the Pentagon was its military twin. No communiqué was needed. The targets were the message, and the message ran on CNN and Al Jazeera alike. Al Qaeda, he judged, was performing as much for the Muslim world as for the American one, demonstrating to its own potential recruits that a war was on and that the great power could bleed. The insight moved terrorism studies past narrow strategic models. An attack that gains no ground and wins no concession can still succeed as ritual, as drama, as proof to the believers that the cosmic war is real.

After September 11, Juergensmeyer became one of the interpreters the country reached for. He appeared on BBC, CNN, and NPR, and his line was steady and unfashionable in both directions. Take the religion in religious violence seriously, he said; the militants are not faking their faith, and poverty and madness explain little. And refuse the militants’ framing, he said; there is no clash of civilizations, and a government that declares a war on terror hands the holy warriors the cosmic script they wrote for themselves. The passions of religious war, he liked to point out, blow through like summer storms. He had walked Punjab villages in the early 1990s after the Khalistan insurgency collapsed, villages with a hurricane-swept look, and a former militant had told him the movement was over. Public support had drained away, and the feared gunmen the villagers called the boys had become boys again. Hamas’s popular support, he noted, sank whenever a negotiated peace looked possible. Northern Ireland wound down. The lesson he drew for governments: respond to terror without adopting the terrorist’s rhetoric, and the spiral can unwind.

His institutional life tracked his intellectual one. From 1989 to 1993 he served as founding dean of the School of Hawaiian, Asian, and Pacific Studies at the University of Hawaii. In 1993 he moved to the University of California, Santa Barbara, into a campus whose religious studies department Ninian Smart (1927-2001) had made famous, and there he built a second field. He founded UCSB’s Global and International Studies program and the Orfalea Center for Global and International Studies, arguing that globalization could not be reduced to markets and technology, that religion, migration, media, and violence crossed borders too and needed their own field of study. His edited volumes, The Oxford Handbook of Global Religions, Thinking Globally, and The Oxford Handbook of Global Studies (2018), gave the young discipline its reference shelf. With Craig Calhoun (b. 1952) and Jonathan VanAntwerpen he co-edited Rethinking Secularism (2011), which treated secularism as a contingent political formation with a history rather than the neutral endpoint of progress. The honors accumulated: the Grawemeyer Award in Religion in 2003, the Silver Medal of Spain’s Queen Sofia Center for the Study of Violence in 2004, the presidency of the American Academy of Religion, honorary doctorates from Lehigh, Roskilde in Denmark, and Dayalbagh in India, fellowships from the Wilson Center, the Harry Frank Guggenheim Foundation, and the U.S. Institute of Peace.

He kept working the problem from new angles into his eighties. God in the Tumult of the Global Square (2015), with Dinah Griego and John Soboslai, examined religion in global civil society. God at War: A Meditation on Religion and Warfare (2020) pressed his darkest thesis, that war is the central image in the worldview of nearly every violent religious movement, and that religion and warfare feed each other because both construct alternative realities that give death meaning. When God Stops Fighting: How Religious Violence Ends (2022) reversed the field’s usual question, studying how movements such as ISIS in Iraq, Islamists in Mindanao, and the Sikh insurgency lost their sacred charge. In April 2025, at eighty-four, he published Why God Needs War and War Needs God with Oxford University Press, a revised and re-prefaced version of the meditation, opening with Patriarch Kirill blessing Russia’s invasion of Ukraine as a conflict of metaphysical significance and with Yahya Sinwar (1962-2024) casting himself as a new Saladin. He retired to emeritus status in 2021 but hardly slowed. Interviewers over the years found him in a home office perched on a cliff above the Pacific; his blog, Religion and Social Change in a Global World, still carries commentary on Gaza, Ukraine, American authoritarianism, and, in a recent entry, a photograph of his sister-in-law feeding a goat at his Santa Barbara ranch. He has written or edited some thirty books and more than three hundred articles.

The criticism of his work follows predictable lines, and he has heard all of it. Political scientists of a rational-choice bent say he overweights symbol and drama and underweights strategy, organization, and money; groups such as Hamas, they note, calibrate violence to negotiations with a precision that looks more like chess than liturgy. Historians complain that cosmic war stretches to cover movements whose situations differ sharply, flattening Sikh separatists, Christian militias, and Salafi jihadists into one type. Some secular critics think he grants religion too much causal force; some believers think he chains their faith to its worst practitioners. His fieldwork draws a subtler objection: a handful of prison interviews, conducted through translators, with men performing for a Western professor, may reveal less than the vivid anecdotes suggest, and Juergensmeyer himself has conceded that a deeper study might have required knowing Arabic, Punjabi, Hebrew, and Burmese and staying longer in every place. The objections have weight. They also measure the size of the target. Before Juergensmeyer, the academic mainstream treated religious violence as either aberration or camouflage. After him, the field had to reckon with militants as religious actors whose faith did explanatory work.

His durable contribution is a discipline of attention. He listened to killers describe their moral universe, reconstructed that universe with care, and returned with a warning addressed to both sides of the war on terror. To the militants’ apologists he said that the violence was real, patterned, and sanctified, and could not be explained away as politics in costume. To the counterterrorists he said that the surest way to feed a cosmic war is to fight one. The boy who answered the altar call in a revival tent in southern Illinois spent his career studying men who answered the same call with rifles, and he never pretended the two summonses came from different places in the human heart. That refusal, to exoticize the holy warrior or to excuse him, is why his books remain on the syllabus, and why, a generation after a prisoner in Lompoc smiled and told him that now he knew, the knowing still runs through Juergensmeyer’s terms.

Notes

The Lompoc scenes, the revival tent preacher in camouflage, the Delhi gurdwara martyr brigade, the Bhindranwale sermon material, and the visit to a Punjab village after the conflict, where a resident remarks that “the movement is over,” all come from Mark Juergensmeyer’s own 2004 lecture, “From Bhindranwale to Bin Laden”: eScholarship. This is the richest single source for the narrative scenes, and because it is Juergensmeyer’s own account, the dialogue is based on his published recollections. One chronological point is worth noting. His interview footnote dates the meeting with Mahmud Abouhalima to September 30, 1997. Other sources refer to August 1997 and mention two meetings. I followed Juergensmeyer’s own footnoted date for the opening scene.

The exchange in which Abouhalima tells Juergensmeyer, “You are a secularist,” together with Juergensmeyer’s later acknowledgment that Abouhalima had a point, comes from his 2015 article, “Entering the Mindset of Violent Religious Activists,” published in Religions: MDPI.

The declaration, “We’re not terrorists! We’re soldiers for God!” is quoted from Terror in the Mind of God and is reproduced here: Goodreads.

The quotation from Sheikh Ahmed Yassin expressing pride and the discussion of Abdel Aziz al-Rantisi’s “moral lesson” come from WebSage and America magazine.

The description of Juergensmeyer’s cliff-top home office comes from his interview with The Immanent Frame: The Immanent Frame.

Information about his ranch, the photograph with his goat, his 2025 book, his discussion of Patriarch Kirill and Yahya Sinwar, and his current blogging activity comes from his own website: Juergensmeyer.org and About Mark Juergensmeyer.

Details of the 2025 Oxford edition of Why God Needs War and War Needs God come from Oxford University Press: Oxford University Press.

I added a few pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include describing Carlinville as corn and coal country between Springfield and St. Louis, reflecting its actual geography, referring to the lingering influence of Reinhold Niebuhr at Union Theological Seminary in the early 1960s, since Juergensmeyer arrived only a year after Niebuhr’s retirement, and mentioning Michael Bray’s kitchen-table hospitality and his location in Bowie, Maryland. The hospitality is a familiar element of Juergensmeyer’s account in Terror in the Mind of God, though it would be worth checking against your copy before publication.

Mark Juergensmeyer: The Man Who Interviewed the Holy Warriors

On September 30, 1997, a professor from Santa Barbara sat in a visiting room at the federal penitentiary in Lompoc, California, across from a tall Egyptian with freckles and red hair. The other inmates called the prisoner Mahmud the Red. Mahmud Abouhalima (b. 1959) had been convicted for his part in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. He was easy company. He swore in casual conversation. He liked Western women, and when the professor mentioned an upcoming trip to Denmark, Abouhalima warned him that Scandinavian women were beautiful and dangerous. He had married two European women himself, one after the other.

Then the conversation turned to religion in public life, and the professor watched the prisoner’s face change. The eyes glazed. The voice took on a new weight. Abouhalima told him that Americans were like sheep, that a war was underway between good and evil, religion and irreligion, and that the American government stood on the side of evil. Americans could not see the war because their media blinded them. The professor pressed him on why anyone bombs buildings. Abouhalima refused to discuss the World Trade Center, since his appeal was pending, but he was happy to discuss Oklahoma City. No one had accused him of that. The bombers had a reason, he said. They wanted to send a message: the government is the enemy. Then he sat back, smiled at the professor with satisfaction, and said, “and now you know.”

The professor was Mark Juergensmeyer, and the exchange became one of the most quoted moments in the modern study of religious violence. Four years later, after two planes struck the building Abouhalima had failed to bring down, everyone knew. Juergensmeyer’s book Terror in the Mind of God: The Global Rise of Religious Violence, published in 2000, became required reading in the ruins.

Juergensmeyer built his career on a simple wager. He bet that you could not understand religious violence from a distance, from datasets and news clippings and theory alone. You had to sit in the room. You had to let the militant talk until his world came into view, and then you had to describe that world without endorsing it and without flinching. Over five decades he sat in rooms with Hamas founders in Gaza, Sikh separatists in Delhi, an abortion clinic bomber in Maryland, Buddhist militants in Asia, and jihadi prisoners in California and Iraq. What he brought back changed how scholars, journalists, and governments talk about terror. His concepts, cosmic war, satanization, performance violence, entered the working vocabulary of a field.

He came from Carlinville, Illinois, a county-seat town in the corn and coal country between Springfield and St. Louis. He was born in 1940 into a pious Protestant family in the American Midwest, and his first education in cosmic war came under canvas. In summer, revival preachers set up tents outside town like a traveling carnival. The music was electric and the preaching was theater. Juergensmeyer remembered one preacher who worked the crowd in camouflage battle dress and growled at the Midwestern innocents that a war was underway, a real war, between truth and evil, and that every soul in the tent had to decide, that night, whether to be a victim or a victor. Some of them went forward to the altar. The boy from Carlinville went forward too. Decades later, sitting across from Abouhalima at Lompoc or listening to tapes of Sikh sermons from the Golden Temple, he recognized the voice. It was only a short stretch, he wrote, from the revival preachers of southern Illinois to Osama bin Laden (1957-2011). The difference was that bin Laden’s soldiers had real weapons and real targets.

Juergensmeyer took a B.A. in philosophy from the University of Illinois in 1962, then went east to Union Theological Seminary in New York, where he earned an M.Div. in 1965 while studying international affairs across the street at Columbia. Union in those years carried the afterglow of Reinhold Niebuhr, and it trained men who took both God and politics seriously. Juergensmeyer never became a parish minister. He went west instead, to the University of California, Berkeley, and took an M.A. and a Ph.D. in political science, finishing the doctorate in 1974. The sequence tells you what kind of scholar he became: philosophy for the questions, seminary for the inside of religious conviction, political science for power. He remained a churchgoing Protestant all his life, a detail that surprised his subjects. When Abouhalima called him a secularist, Juergensmeyer protested that he had been raised in the church, had attended seminary, still belonged to a congregation. The prisoner brushed it off: “no, Mr. Mark, you are a secularist.” Abouhalima said he had lived in Juergensmeyer’s world but Juergensmeyer had never lived in his. Juergensmeyer conceded, in print, that the prisoner had a point. His Christianity was at home in secular, multicultural modernity. Abouhalima’s Islam was at war with it.

Before terrorism, there was Punjab. Juergensmeyer lived in the Punjab for several years and made India the center of his early work. His first major book, Religion as Social Vision: The Movement Against Untouchability in Twentieth-Century Punjab (1982), studied the Ad Dharm movement, an effort by low-caste Punjabis to escape caste stigma by claiming a religion of their own. The book cut against the standard social-science reading of religion as a conservative force that blesses existing hierarchy. In Punjab, Juergensmeyer showed, religious identity worked as a lever. It gave despised communities dignity, organization, and political weight. He followed with Radhasoami Reality: The Logic of a Modern Faith (1991), a study of a modern devotional movement centered on living gurus, which let him examine how a new faith builds authority and discipline while adapting to modern life. The method in both books became his signature. He took the believers’ world seriously from the inside, then set it in sociological and historical context from the outside.

From 1974 to 1989 he held a joint position in Berkeley, coordinating religious studies at the university while directing comparative religion programs at the Graduate Theological Union, the consortium of seminaries on the north side of campus. The location shaped him. He worked the seam between a great secular research university and a hillside of theological schools, and he refused the reductions native to each side. Against the social scientists, he insisted that religious claims were more than a mask for material interests. Against the theologians, he insisted that no faith floats free of history and power. In those same years he wrote Fighting with Gandhi (1984), later revised as Gandhi’s Way: A Handbook of Conflict Resolution (2005), which read Mohandas Gandhi (1869-1948) as a strategist. Gandhian nonviolence, in Juergensmeyer’s telling, was a disciplined method of fighting, a way to confront an adversary hard while preserving his humanity. The Gandhi work matters for understanding everything that came after. Juergensmeyer never held that religion produces violence. He held that religion produces armies, and that the armies can march in more than one direction.

Then Punjab burned. Through the 1980s, Sikh militants seeking a separate state called Khalistan fought a dirty war with the Indian government, and Juergensmeyer watched people he knew and respected get swept into the killing. He took 1986 off to study the sermons of Sant Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale (1947-1984), the preacher who had fortified the Golden Temple and died in the Indian Army’s assault on it, and to travel again through a region where he was trusted. Bhindranwale, on tape, sounded familiar. He looked out at young Sikh men with trimmed beards and slick pants and shiny shoes and told them they had strayed from the Guru, that the hour had come to decide. The evangelist in camouflage had said the same thing in Illinois. The difference, again, was the externalized enemy. For Bhindranwale the enemy wore a face, the face of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi (1917-1984), whom he described as an evil woman born in a house of Brahmans. Her bodyguards killed her months after the temple assault.

One night in Delhi, in a back room of a gurdwara, Juergensmeyer got his interview with a Sikh martyr brigade. Six young men came in armed, faces wrapped in scarves. The room was tense. Then they sat, unwound the scarves, and Juergensmeyer felt a wave of astonishment. They were teenagers, seventeen or eighteen, and they looked like the undergraduates he had taught at Punjab University. Nothing in their manner was savage. They were courteous, bright, the sons of the privileged Jat farming caste, boys who in another season might have been winning prizes at soccer. He asked them the only question he had: why. The question puzzled them, because to them the answer was obvious. They told him they lived at a hinge of history, in a great conflict of good against evil and truth against untruth, and that they had a chance to make the difference. He came away convinced that the reward they fought for was the fight. Sikh theology promised no paradise of virgins. What the struggle offered was the experience of serving in a war that mattered absolutely, an experience ennobling, redemptive, and open to any village boy with a gun.

Out of Punjab came the comparative question that organized the rest of his career. Was this a Sikh story, an Indian story, or a global one? The New Cold War? Religious Nationalism Confronts the Secular State (1993), revised in 2008 as Global Rebellion: Religious Challenges to the Secular State, gave his answer. The New York Times named the earlier book a notable book of the year. Its argument ran against the confident secularization story that still governed the social sciences. Modernization was supposed to shrink religion into private life. Juergensmeyer saw the opposite pattern from Punjab to Gaza to Tehran to the American militia belt. The secular nation-state, the Enlightenment’s proudest political invention, had promised unity, development, and civic equality, and across much of the postcolonial world it had delivered corruption, bureaucracy, and alienation. Where secular nationalism lost its moral authority, religion stood ready as an alternative ground of peoplehood, thick with history and heavy with sanction. Politics did not merely use religion. Politics got religionized. Social conflicts were recast in sacred terms, and political struggle became a redemptive personal act.

Terror in the Mind of God carried the argument into the charnel house. Juergensmeyer built the book from case studies and face-to-face interviews across traditions: Abouhalima at Lompoc; Mike Bray (b. 1952), the Lutheran pastor from Bowie, Maryland, who served prison time in connection with a string of abortion clinic bombings and defended the killing of abortion doctors over coffee in his kitchen; Sheikh Ahmed Yassin (1937-2004), the quadriplegic founder of Hamas, interviewed in Gaza in the winter of 1989 into the 1990s; his colleague Abdel Aziz Rantisi (1947-2004), who told Juergensmeyer the bombings of Israeli civilians were self-chosen martyrdom and a moral lesson; Simranjit Singh Mann (b. 1945) and the Khalistanis; Buddhist militants in Sri Lanka, Myanmar, and Japan. Israeli missiles later killed Yassin and Rantisi within weeks of each other in 2004. Yassin told him the struggle was, in his words, “not about land or property; it’s about pride.” Juergensmeyer read the sheikh’s remark as a claim about selfhood, about men who felt their dignity and their world so threatened that only an absolute struggle could restore them.

The book’s central concept is cosmic war. A cosmic war is a worldly conflict reimagined as a battle beyond history, a fight between ultimate good and ultimate evil in which the combatant serves God’s side. Ordinary war permits bargaining, compromise, partial victory, and defeat. Cosmic war permits none of these. Time horizons stretch toward eternity; a struggle can be lost for a century and still be won. And since the enemy in a cosmic war is evil itself, negotiation becomes betrayal. Alongside the concept sits what Juergensmeyer calls satanization, the moral work that must be done before pious men can kill. The enemy is redescribed until he stops being a rival with interests and becomes a demon, an infidel, an agent of Satan, or, in Abouhalima’s idiom, a soulless body moving through the world already dead. Satanization is more than insult. It is moral engineering. It dismantles the inhibitions that keep ordinary believers from murder and lets the killer understand his act as defense, sacrifice, or duty. None of his subjects accepted the word terrorist. As Abouhalima put it from prison: “We’re not terrorists! We’re soldiers for God!”

The third concept, performance violence, may be the most cited. Terrorist acts, Juergensmeyer argued, are staged. They are theater performed at once for the enemy, for the faithful, for the wavering, and for the cameras. The 1993 and 2001 attacks made his case for him. The World Trade Center was the tallest symbol of American economic power in an age of globalization; the Pentagon was its military twin. No communiqué was needed. The targets were the message, and the message ran on CNN and Al Jazeera alike. Al Qaeda, he judged, was performing as much for the Muslim world as for the American one, demonstrating to its own potential recruits that a war was on and that the great power could bleed. The insight moved terrorism studies past narrow strategic models. An attack that gains no ground and wins no concession can still succeed as ritual, as drama, as proof to the believers that the cosmic war is real.

After September 11, Juergensmeyer became one of the interpreters the country reached for. He appeared on BBC, CNN, and NPR, and his line was steady and unfashionable in both directions. Take the religion in religious violence seriously, he said; the militants are not faking their faith, and poverty and madness explain little. And refuse the militants’ framing, he said; there is no clash of civilizations, and a government that declares a war on terror hands the holy warriors the cosmic script they wrote for themselves. The passions of religious war, he liked to point out, blow through like summer storms. He had walked Punjab villages in the early 1990s after the Khalistan insurgency collapsed, villages with a hurricane-swept look, and a former militant had told him the movement was over. Public support had drained away, and the feared gunmen the villagers called the boys had become boys again. Hamas’s popular support, he noted, sank whenever a negotiated peace looked possible. Northern Ireland wound down. The lesson he drew for governments: respond to terror without adopting the terrorist’s rhetoric, and the spiral can unwind.

His institutional life tracked his intellectual one. From 1989 to 1993 he served as founding dean of the School of Hawaiian, Asian, and Pacific Studies at the University of Hawaii. In 1993 he moved to the University of California, Santa Barbara, into a campus whose religious studies department Ninian Smart (1927-2001) had made famous, and there he built a second field. He founded UCSB’s Global and International Studies program and the Orfalea Center for Global and International Studies, arguing that globalization could not be reduced to markets and technology, that religion, migration, media, and violence crossed borders too and needed their own field of study. His edited volumes, The Oxford Handbook of Global Religions, Thinking Globally, and The Oxford Handbook of Global Studies (2018), gave the young discipline its reference shelf. With Craig Calhoun (b. 1952) and Jonathan VanAntwerpen he co-edited Rethinking Secularism (2011), which treated secularism as a contingent political formation with a history rather than the neutral endpoint of progress. The honors accumulated: the Grawemeyer Award in Religion in 2003, the Silver Medal of Spain’s Queen Sofia Center for the Study of Violence in 2004, the presidency of the American Academy of Religion, honorary doctorates from Lehigh, Roskilde in Denmark, and Dayalbagh in India, fellowships from the Wilson Center, the Harry Frank Guggenheim Foundation, and the U.S. Institute of Peace.

He kept working the problem from new angles into his eighties. God in the Tumult of the Global Square (2015), with Dinah Griego and John Soboslai, examined religion in global civil society. God at War: A Meditation on Religion and Warfare (2020) pressed his darkest thesis, that war is the central image in the worldview of nearly every violent religious movement, and that religion and warfare feed each other because both construct alternative realities that give death meaning. When God Stops Fighting: How Religious Violence Ends (2022) reversed the field’s usual question, studying how movements such as ISIS in Iraq, Islamists in Mindanao, and the Sikh insurgency lost their sacred charge. In April 2025, at eighty-four, he published Why God Needs War and War Needs God with Oxford University Press, a revised and re-prefaced version of the meditation, opening with Patriarch Kirill blessing Russia’s invasion of Ukraine as a conflict of metaphysical significance and with Yahya Sinwar (1962-2024) casting himself as a new Saladin. He retired to emeritus status in 2021 but hardly slowed. Interviewers over the years found him in a home office perched on a cliff above the Pacific; his blog, Religion and Social Change in a Global World, still carries commentary on Gaza, Ukraine, American authoritarianism, and, in a recent entry, a photograph of his sister-in-law feeding a goat at his Santa Barbara ranch. He has written or edited some thirty books and more than three hundred articles.

The criticism of his work follows predictable lines, and he has heard all of it. Political scientists of a rational-choice bent say he overweights symbol and drama and underweights strategy, organization, and money; groups such as Hamas, they note, calibrate violence to negotiations with a precision that looks more like chess than liturgy. Historians complain that cosmic war stretches to cover movements whose situations differ sharply, flattening Sikh separatists, Christian militias, and Salafi jihadists into one type. Some secular critics think he grants religion too much causal force; some believers think he chains their faith to its worst practitioners. His fieldwork draws a subtler objection: a handful of prison interviews, conducted through translators, with men performing for a Western professor, may reveal less than the vivid anecdotes suggest, and Juergensmeyer himself has conceded that a deeper study might have required knowing Arabic, Punjabi, Hebrew, and Burmese and staying longer in every place. The objections have weight. They also measure the size of the target. Before Juergensmeyer, the academic mainstream treated religious violence as either aberration or camouflage. After him, the field had to reckon with militants as religious actors whose faith did explanatory work.

His durable contribution is a discipline of attention. He listened to killers describe their moral universe, reconstructed that universe with care, and returned with a warning addressed to both sides of the war on terror. To the militants’ apologists he said that the violence was real, patterned, and sanctified, and could not be explained away as politics in costume. To the counterterrorists he said that the surest way to feed a cosmic war is to fight one. The boy who answered the altar call in a revival tent in southern Illinois spent his career studying men who answered the same call with rifles, and he never pretended the two summonses came from different places in the human heart. That refusal, to exoticize the holy warrior or to excuse him, is why his books remain on the syllabus, and why, a generation after a prisoner in Lompoc smiled and told him that now he knew, the knowing still runs through Juergensmeyer’s terms.

The Cartographer of Holy War: Mark Juergensmeyer’s Hero System

The boy went forward at the altar call. This is the fact to hold onto. In a canvas tent outside Carlinville, Illinois, sometime in the early 1950s, a revival preacher in camouflage told a crowd of farm families that a war was underway between good and evil and that every soul present had to choose a side that night. The music swelled. The pressure in the tent was enormous. Mark Juergensmeyer (b. 1940), a pious Protestant boy of the American Midwest, walked down the sawdust aisle and gave himself to the Lord.

Two terrors grow from that night, and his life’s work answers both.

The first terror is that the preacher was right. There is a war. It runs beneath the visible world, and the worst death a man can die is the deserter’s death, the death of the one who heard the summons and went home to supper. Every serious religion keeps this terror in stock. Juergensmeyer spent fifty years interviewing men who had organized their lives around it, and he never once described them as alien. He kept saying the opposite. The distance between the revival preachers of southern Illinois and Osama bin Laden (1957-2011), he wrote, is short.

The second terror is that the preacher was wrong. Then the tears and the trembling and the decision were theater over nothing, and the boy walked back up the aisle into the flat world that Mahmud Abouhalima (b. 1959) would describe to him forty years later in a prison visiting room: a world of secular people moving like dead bodies, pens without ink. Ernest Becker (1924-1974) called this the default condition, the creature’s knowledge that it will die and rot and be forgotten unless some system of heroism converts its little life into permanent significance. The tent offered one conversion rate. The question was what a man does when he can no longer accept the tent’s terms and cannot bear the flatness either.

Juergensmeyer’s answer was to enlist in the war as its cartographer. He went to the front, every front, Amritsar and Gaza and Lompoc and Belfast, and he mapped the combatants’ heaven and hell without firing a shot for either. The role solves both terrors in one stroke. Against the flat world, his life acquires the highest stakes available: he handles the live ammunition of ultimate meaning, sits knee to knee with men who kill for God, walks into rooms that intelligence agencies cannot enter. Against the tent, he keeps his hands unbloodied and his mind unowned. He gets the soldier’s proximity without the soldier’s guilt and the skeptic’s independence without the skeptic’s emptiness. It is an elegant hero system, among the most elegant the modern academy has produced, and it made him the man the BBC called when the towers fell.

Every hero system tells a subtraction story, an account of what remains when you strip the costumes away, and the subtraction story always flatters the teller. Juergensmeyer’s is method. He presents himself as the man with nothing on: no ideology, no side, no self in the frame. He said as much in describing his interviews. He tries to keep himself out of the picture so the militant’s world can fill it. Just listening. But a man who has subtracted himself from every drama has starred in a drama of subtraction. The claim to stand outside all hero systems is the signature move of a particular hero system, the interpreter’s, and it carries its own promise of immortality: the combatants will die, their causes will curdle, their movements will pass like summer storms, and the map will remain. Terror in the mind of God, catalogued for the ages by the calm man from Santa Barbara.

Watch the system at work in its principal theater, the prison visiting room at Lompoc, September 1997. Two hero systems face each other across a table, and each has cast the other as a supporting player.

Abouhalima believes he is the missionary. Before him sits everything he indicts, an educated, decent, blind American, and the prisoner works on him the way the tent preacher worked on the farm boys. You are like sheep, he tells him. There is a war and you cannot see it. When Juergensmeyer protests that he is a churchgoing Christian, a seminary man, Abouhalima waves it off: you are a secularist, I have lived your world and you have never lived mine. The prisoner’s heroism requires this audience. A holy warrior locked in a federal cage has one weapon left, witness, and God has delivered him a professor who will carry the witness out through the metal detectors and print it.

Juergensmeyer believes he is the scientist. Before him sits the rarest of specimens, a cosmic warrior willing to talk, and every glazed look and every threat is data. His heroism requires this subject. A scholar of religious violence with no violent believers in his notebooks is a musicologist who has never heard music.

So each man mines the other, and each goes home enlarged. Abouhalima gets his message sent. Juergensmeyer gets his book. The book wins the Grawemeyer Award. Neither man is wrong about what happened in the room, and neither man’s account can survive inside the other’s. This is Becker’s point about heroism, that it is a closed accounting system, and the visiting room at Lompoc held two sets of books.

Now take the sacred words one at a time, because the words are where hero systems hide, and the same word buys different immortality in different economies.

Start with war, the word Juergensmeyer built his career on. In his system, war is an image, the master metaphor of the religious imagination, a template that turns political grievance into transcendent drama. War is the thing to be seen through. The scholar’s victory is dissolution: name the cosmic war as imagination and the spell weakens. In Abouhalima’s system the same word is a fact, the deepest fact, and naming it is sanity; the man who says there is no war is the casualty. For a Gold Star mother in Ohio, war is the thing that took her son, and it must have meant something, because if the war was theater then the boy died for a stage set, and she cannot live in that sentence. For a game theorist at RAND, war is bargaining failure, a region on a curve, and the professor’s talk of sacred drama is noise in the model. For a Kurdish peshmerga veteran, war is the rent his people pay every generation for the right to exist, and there is nothing cosmic about it; it comes with the address. And for the tribalist, the nationalist, the traditionalist, a hero system as old and as legitimate as any in this essay, war is sometimes the price of keeping a particular people and its covenant alive, and a man who counsels the tribe to avoid the enemy’s framing may sound like a man grading essays during a rocket attack. Juergensmeyer’s celebrated counsel after September 11, respond to terror without adopting the terrorist’s cosmic script, is wisdom inside his system and something close to disarmament inside several others.

Take understanding, his supreme value, the act around which his economy of significance turns. In his system, understanding redeems. To enter the mind of the killer and return with a coherent map is the highest service a scholar can render, and the value is self-evident, the way courage is self-evident to a Marine. Step outside the system and the self-evidence dies. For a counterterrorism analyst at Langley, understanding is an input; the map of Abouhalima’s moral universe is useful insofar as it predicts the next target, and the professor’s tenderness toward his subjects’ coherence is a rounding error. For the brother of a man crushed in the World Trade Center garage in 1993, understanding is an obscenity, a courtesy extended to the murderer that no one extends to the dead; the killer gets a listener, a book, a legacy, and the victim gets a name misspelled in a footnote. For a haredi yeshiva student in Bnei Brak, a lifetime spent mastering the inner world of murderers is a lifetime of attention stolen from Torah, brilliance spent cataloguing darkness when the same hours might have been spent on light. For a Pentecostal deacon in Alabama, the project is worse than wasteful, it is dangerous, because you do not study the devil, you resist him, and the man who sits with demons long enough to find them coherent has already lost the first skirmish. Juergensmeyer might answer every one of these voices with patience and evidence. But the answer persuades only inside the temple where understanding is the sacrament.

Take peace. In his system peace is the storm passing, the return of ordinary politics, Punjab villages in the early 1990s where the feared gunmen the locals called the boys became boys again. Peace is what the world looks like when cosmic war loses its charge, and his late book When God Stops Fighting (2022) is, in Beckerian terms, his eschatology, his picture of heaven: a world where every holy war ends in exhaustion and interpretation, where the interpreter’s patient method is vindicated by history. For a Border Police sergeant at a Jerusalem checkpoint, peace is a duty roster, a Tuesday without incident, maintained by the vigilance the professor’s storm theory says might one day be unnecessary. For the Hamas recruiter, peace on the enemy’s terms is defeat wearing perfume, and the twenty percent poll numbers Juergensmeyer cites as proof that terror dissipates are, inside the recruiter’s system, proof of how much work remains. For an ICU nurse on a night shift, peace is a ward at three in the morning with every monitor quiet, and it needs no theory at all. The word is the same. The heaven it names is different in every mouth.

Take religion, the ground he stands on. In Juergensmeyer’s system, religion is the deepest human archive of meaning and the mother of armies, a force the secular academy ignored at its peril, and he is its gamekeeper. He holds the forest in trust: against the reductionists who call it a mask for interests, against the theologians who fence it off from history, against the New Atheists who call it a virus, against the State Department men who thought it would evaporate under development grants. The gamekeeper’s authority depends on the forest staying wild and staying his. Notice what this means. Every religious resurgence, every suicide bombing, every patriarch blessing an invasion confirms his jurisdiction. He is one of the few men alive for whom the persistence of holy war is a professional reassurance, and it might be asked, in a whisper, whether the boy from the tent ever wanted the war to end.

How much of this does he see? More than most subjects of these essays. He printed Abouhalima’s verdict against himself and conceded the prisoner was right, that his Christianity was the kind that lives at ease inside secular modernity, which is to say a Christianity the tent preacher might not have recognized as enlisted. He listed his method’s weaknesses without being forced to, the translators, the short stays, the handful of interviews. He warned his own government against cosmic thinking with real courage when cosmic thinking was the national mood. The self-awareness runs deep and then stops at the load-bearing wall. He does not see, or does not say, that the storm doctrine is a creed and a comfort, a guarantee that his side wins without fighting, and that it rests on a sample of endings while the wars that do not end, the ones that grind on for generations, sit outside the frame. He does not see that standing above all cosmic wars is itself a cosmic position, the interpreter enthroned over the combatants, and that from the ground, from the checkpoint or the shiva house, the throne looks less like neutrality than like altitude. And he does not reckon the strangest debt of all: that his lifelong case for taking the militants seriously as religious men, sincere, coherent, transformed, is also the last surviving argument of the boy in the tent, who needed it to be true that the summons was real, even if the wrong men answered it.

The hero is the ferryman. He crosses the river between the secular shore and the sacred one, both directions, all his life, carrying notebooks instead of cargo, and his significance depends on the river staying unbridged, because a bridged river needs no ferryman. His unnamed rival is the man who stays on one shore and acts, the guard, the soldier, the prosecutor, the mourner who refuses to understand, everyone whose vocation is to stop the killer rather than to know him, and whose ledger counts prevented funerals instead of published pages; the ferryman’s books never quite explain what the guard is supposed to do with them at the wire at two in the morning. And the cost that his ledger cannot price is the boy he left mid-river. Fifty years of granting killers the dignity of coherence trains a man to watch every altar call, including his own, from the back row with a notebook, and the pew in Santa Barbara where the professor still sits on Sunday holds a man who once walked sawdust toward the front of a tent, weeping, certain, unwatched by any observer, least of all himself. That boy paid for the career. No page of the three hundred articles and thirty books records what he got back.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, then man is fundamentally a tribal creature whose identity and actions are dictated by deep group allegiances rather than individualist, liberal rationality.

If Mearsheimer’s social anthropology is correct, it serves as an empirical validation and structural explanation for Juergensmeyer’s extensive body of work on religious nationalism and global violence.

Mearsheimer argues that political liberalism fails because it treats people as lone wolves or atomistic actors who can be governed by universal codes of human rights and detached reason. Instead, he posits that humans are social beings embedded in groups that shape their moral codes long before critical faculties develop.

This mirrors the central finding in Juergensmeyer’s The New Cold War? Religious Nationalism Confronts the Secular State (republished as Global Rebellion). Juergensmeyer argues that the Western, secular model of the nation-state, which is rooted in individualist Enlightenment liberalism, has failed to provide a compelling sense of shared identity and moral purpose in large parts of the world. When secular nationalism loses its legitimacy, man reverts to his primary social grouping. For many, that grouping is religious. The resurgence of religious nationalism is not an irrational anomaly; it is the natural consequence of man’s tribal core reclaiming authority over the atomistic void of liberal secularism.

In Terror in the Mind of God, Juergensmeyer introduces the concept of “cosmic war” — an overarching spiritual struggle between good and evil that elevates earthly political conflicts into metaphysical battles.

Mearsheimer notes that individuals develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Juergensmeyer’s work explains the engine behind that willingness when the group is defined by faith. When a political conflict is framed as a cosmic war, the defense of the tribe becomes an absolute moral imperative. Secular, liberal reasoning fails to comprehend why an individual might engage in “performance violence” or choose self-sacrifice. Mearsheimer’s framework provides the answer: intense early childhood socialization and innate sentiments create a value infusion that restricts personal choice. The defense of the collective identity supersedes individual self-preservation.

Mearsheimer contends that the liberal pursuit of universal human rights motivates ambitious, interventionist foreign policies that ultimately end in disaster because they ignore the stubborn realities of local tribalism and nationalism.

Juergensmeyer’s field research among militant religious movements globally illustrates the precise localized blowback Mearsheimer predicts. The globalization of Western liberal values is frequently perceived by non-Western societies not as a liberation of the individual, but as an aggressive assault on their organic social structures. The rise of religious violence, in Juergensmeyer’s analysis, is a defensive reaction by communities attempting to protect their collective identity and moral order from being dissolved by secular globalization.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, the foundational research of sociologist and scholar of religion Mark Juergensmeyer on religious violence represents a highly sophisticated academic effort to redefine raw, zero-sum coalitional warfare as an intricate theatrical performance and psychological misunderstanding.

Juergensmeyer achieved global renown through books like Terror in the Mind of God: The Global Rise of Religious Violence and Global Rebellion. His core thesis is that religious terrorism is fundamentally a performance piece. He argues that acts of violence are symbolic statements—theatrical events designed to dramatize a deeper, metaphysical struggle he terms cosmic war. According to Juergensmeyer, religious militants are trapped in an imaginative script, treating real-world political conflicts as epic, timeless battles between absolute good and absolute evil. To the policy and academic elite, his work provided an elegant framework to explain why human groups commit horrific violence for seemingly non-negotiable, unearthly rewards.

A Pinsofian analysis strips away this performance-art framework. Militants, insurgents, and religious nationalists do not blow up buildings or execute rivals because they are captivated by an imaginative script or suffering from a metaphysical misunderstanding. They deploy violence as a highly functional, rational weapon to secure finite resources, capture the coercive apparatus of the state, and dominate rival coalitions. Acts of terror function as powerful coalitional signals. They demonstrate group capacity, enforce internal alignment, deter outsiders, and shift the local balance of power. The actors running these networks understand their immediate incentives perfectly. They are not acting out a cosmic drama; they are playing a lethal game for earthly dominance.

By framing this intense Darwinian competition as a collection of theatrical gestures and ideological delusions, Juergensmeyer creates an ideal high-status mission statement for his own guild. It positions the secular social scientist as the elite analyst who stands outside the conflict, possessing the superior rationality required to deconstruct the militants’ symbolic language. This framework provides university departments, global policy forums, and security institutes with a sophisticated platform to look down upon religious factions, treating their existential struggles as data points in a performance theory lesson rather than raw fights for power and survival.

Juergensmeyer did not discover a unique, symbolic engine driving human conflict. He executed a highly successful academic strategy, converting the study of violence into high-prestige currency within elite institutions, securing a prominent professorship at the University of California, Santa Barbara, and anchoring the global discussion on religious nationalism. His theories provide a beautiful map of the rhetoric militants use, proving that defining a fierce coalitional battle as a theatrical misunderstanding of reality is the ultimate method to secure institutional authority.

Posted in Religion | Comments Off on Mark Juergensmeyer: The Man Who Interviewed the Holy Warriors

David Enoch: The Philosopher Who Says Morality Is Real

On the morning of March 15, 2023, police at the Green Village interchange near Tel Aviv arrested a middle-aged professor of philosophy and law. He had walked down onto the road with other protesters to block traffic. The protest targeted the Netanyahu government’s plan to remake the Israeli judiciary. When the policeman came for him, the professor put his hands behind his back and did not resist. He later wrote on Facebook that the hard part was psychological, a barrier you cross once and then it is crossed. Police released him after about two hours. He went back to work.

The professor was David Enoch (b. 1971), and the arrest made news in the philosophy world for a simple reason. Enoch is the most prominent living defender of the view that moral truths exist objectively, independent of what any person, culture, or government thinks. When a man who has spent his career arguing that “torturing children for fun is wrong” states a fact about the universe gets dragged off a road by police, colleagues notice. One commenter on the philosophy blog Daily Nous put it this way: you know something is wrong when people like David Enoch are getting arrested.

Twenty months later, in November 2024, Enoch stood in a lecture hall at Oxford to deliver his inaugural lecture as Professor of the Philosophy of Law, one of the most prestigious chairs in his field, a line of succession that runs through H.L.A. Hart (1907-1992), Ronald Dworkin (1931-2013), John Gardner (1965-2019), and Joseph Raz (1939-2022) as the dominant figures of Oxford jurisprudence. Enoch opened with a story. Catherine the Great (1729-1796) once wrote to the French philosopher Denis Diderot (1713-1784) that philosophers have it easy. They write on paper, and paper is patient. An empress writes on the susceptible skins of living beings. Enoch told the room that the same holds for law. Legal philosophers write on patient paper. The law itself writes on skin. A discipline that forgets this, he argued, drifts into conceptual puzzles that no living being needs solved. The lecture, published in 2025 in the Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, reads as a mission statement from a man who holds two of the most abstract jobs in the academy, metaethicist and legal philosopher, and who keeps insisting that the abstractions answer to the street.

The two scenes, the road and the lecture hall, frame his career. Enoch argues in seminar rooms that objective moral facts exist. He acts in public as though they do.

He came to philosophy through disappointment with law. Born in 1971, he grew up wanting to be a lawyer, or thinking he did. He enrolled at Tel Aviv University to study law, and within his first few weeks two things happened. The law disillusioned him, and an introductory jurisprudence class introduced him to philosophy. He told the interviewer Richard Marshall years later that the shift did not surprise him. He had always argued about the kinds of questions he later learned to call philosophical. He finished both degrees in 1993, a Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor of Arts in philosophy, then took the most coveted apprenticeship in Israeli law: a clerkship at the Supreme Court for Justice Dorit Beinisch (b. 1942), who later became the Court’s president. A clerk in that building watches how judicial power actually operates, which petitions get heard, which arguments move a justice, what a ruling costs the people named in it. Enoch absorbed the education and declined the career. He left for the philosophy department at New York University.

NYU in the late 1990s ran the strongest philosophy department in the English-speaking world, and its ethics faculty had no rival. Enoch studied with Derek Parfit (1942-2017), Thomas Nagel (b. 1937), and Hartry Field (b. 1946), three philosophers who agreed on little except the seriousness of the questions. Parfit and Nagel inclined toward moral objectivity. Field, a hard-nosed philosopher of mathematics and logic, thought the whole idea false. The combination shaped Enoch’s style. He completed his dissertation in 2003, a defense of what he called robust meta-normative realism, and the dissertation became the spine of everything he has written since. Field’s judgment of the mature work appears as a blurb on Enoch’s first book, and it may be the best blurb in academic philosophy: “on the scale of texts arguing for an obviously false conclusion,” Field wrote, this one ranks high. Russ Shafer-Landau (b. 1963), the philosopher most responsible for reviving moral non-naturalism, called it the best defense of ethical realism ever written. Enoch printed both.

The book is Taking Morality Seriously: A Defense of Robust Realism (2011), and its thesis can be stated in a sentence. There are moral facts, they are objective, they do not reduce to psychology or biology or physics, and we discover them rather than invent them. Slavery was wrong before anyone said so. It stayed wrong in every society that practiced it. The claim sounds like common sense, and Enoch trades on that. Much of twentieth-century philosophy treated the common-sense view as naive, a relic that Darwin, anthropology, and logical positivism had buried. Morality, the sophisticated said, expresses emotion, or encodes social convention, or projects human attitudes onto a blank universe. Enoch’s book argues that the sophisticated position fails on its own terms.

His signature argument runs through deliberation. Every person deliberates. You sit with a hard choice, whether to take the job, whether to report the colleague, whether to end the treatment, and you try to work out what you should do. Enoch argues that this activity makes no sense unless some answers are better than others in a way you do not control. If your reasons were just your preferences in costume, deliberation would reduce to introspection, checking which desire is loudest. Nobody deliberates that way. The practice assumes there is something to get right. And a commitment that indispensable, Enoch argues, earns the same respect we give the indispensable commitments of science. Physicists posit electrons because explanation requires them. Deliberators presuppose objective reasons because deliberation requires them. The argument borrows the structure of the Quine-Putnam case for mathematical objects and points it at ethics.

His second famous move answers the skeptic who shrugs. Suppose someone says: fine, I reject morality and follow my own system, call it schmorality, which resembles morality but claims no objective authority. Enoch’s reply: the skeptic still faces the question of whether to follow morality or schmorality, and that question asks what he should do. The “should” comes back in the front door. You cannot deliberate your way out of normativity, because deliberating is normativity. A related argument, the companion-in-guilt strategy, targets the critic who scoffs at moral facts while trusting evidence. Anyone who thinks you ought to believe what the evidence supports already accepts an objective normative fact, an epistemic one. The objections against moral facts, that they are metaphysically weird, that no sense organ detects them, apply with equal force to epistemic facts. Reject both and you have abandoned rational inquiry. Keep epistemic facts and the case against moral facts collapses. Skarsaune, Wedgwood, Björnsson, and a small industry of critics have spent a decade probing these arguments, which is the academic form of a compliment. The book is now a standard reference in metaethics, and by some counts non-naturalist realism, a minority heresy in 1990, now approaches majority status among ethical theorists. Enoch did not cause that shift alone. He wrote its most complete brief.

After NYU he went home. The Hebrew University of Jerusalem gave him a joint appointment in law and philosophy in 2003, and in 2005 he took the Rodney Blackman Chair in the Philosophy of Law. He co-directed the university’s Center for Moral and Political Philosophy, won the university President’s Award for outstanding research in 2022, and built a second body of work in legal philosophy that has proved as influential as the first.

His legal philosophy starts with a provocation. The central question of twentieth-century jurisprudence, what is the nature of law, bores him. He has published a paper asking whether general jurisprudence is interesting and answering mostly no. The questions worth a philosopher’s time, he argues, are normative: what the law should do to the people it touches. On these questions he has produced a stream of arguments that lawyers and judges actually cite. His account of law as a triggering mechanism holds that legal rules rarely create new moral obligations. A statute directing traffic to the right side of the road creates no new virtue of rightward driving. It creates a coordination point, and the old duty not to endanger others now requires you to comply. Law changes the circumstances of morality. It does not add to morality’s inventory.

His work on statistical evidence, much of it with Talia Fisher and Levi Spectre, asks why courts hesitate to convict on bare probabilities. If a hundred prisoners riot and ninety-nine participated, the statistics make each prisoner ninety-nine percent likely to be guilty, yet no court convicts a particular prisoner on that basis alone, and Enoch thinks the courts sense something real. Statistical evidence, unlike an eyewitness, does not track the individual defendant. Had this defendant been the innocent one, the statistic would look the same. The argument, framed through the epistemologist’s notion of sensitivity, has become a fixture of evidence theory and grows more urgent as algorithms and risk scores enter courtrooms. He has also argued that moral luck probably does not exist, that two drivers identical in conduct do not differ in blame because a child ran in front of only one of them, and he traces what that means for a legal system that punishes the unlucky driver more. His account of consent is contrastive: consent to one thing against one set of alternatives, not consent in the abstract, which reframes hard questions about medical treatment, sex, and coercion. His papers on nudging and on false consciousness push liberalism to admit that choices can be voluntary and still fail as expressions of the person, because manipulation and oppressive conditions shape desire itself. The essay “False Consciousness for Liberals” appeared in the Philosophical Review, the field’s flagship, in 2020.

Against Rawlsian orthodoxy in political philosophy, Enoch is blunt. John Rawls (1921-2002) taught two generations that state power must justify itself through public reason, arguments all reasonable citizens could accept regardless of their deeper commitments. Enoch’s essay “Against Public Reason” rejects the whole apparatus. Political life cannot launder away substantive moral judgment, he argues, and pretending otherwise breeds evasion. He defends a comprehensive liberalism that names the objective values, autonomy chief among them, on which liberal institutions stand. Consensus deserves less reverence than philosophers give it. A moral conviction does not become illegitimate because reasonable people reject it.

That position stopped being academic in January 2023, when the new Netanyahu government moved to give the ruling coalition control of judicial appointments and an override of Supreme Court rulings. Enoch, who had clerked in the building the government sought to subdue, treated the program as regime change and said so. He organized. Over one hundred Israeli philosophers signed a letter he helped publicize. He joined the Israeli Law Professors’ Forum for Democracy, which produced position papers against the legislation by the dozen. He went to the roads, and to the police station. In July 2023 he published an essay in the Forward with a headline calibrated to burn bridges: if you want to support Israel, boycott its new government. He had already argued in Haaretz that the standard premises of the boycott debate deserve challenge, a stance that drew fire from pro-Israel watchdog groups who noted his university had just given him its research prize. Enoch has spent his career telling philosophers that reasonable disagreement does not neutralize moral truth. In 2023 he ran the argument in public, at cost.

Oxford called that same year. He became Professor of the Philosophy of Law and a Professorial Fellow of Balliol College while keeping his Hebrew University appointment, a two-institution life split between Oxford and Tel Aviv, where he lives with his family. In 2025 he co-edited Engaging Raz: Themes in Normative Philosophy with Andrei Marmor and Kimberley Brownlee, a volume on the legacy of the man whose Oxford chairs he now occupies territory near. Google Scholar counts his citations near seven thousand and climbing.

His prose explains part of the influence. Enoch writes philosophy the way trial lawyers wish they wrote briefs, in short declarative pushes, with jokes, with the objections stated at full strength before he answers them. Critics who think his conclusion false, and Field is not alone, still teach his papers, because the arguments are built to be argued with. He describes his own view as shameless. The word fits. In a discipline where sophistication long meant distance from moral conviction, Enoch bet his career on the opposite: that the person who says cruelty is wrong, full stop, holds the reasonable position, and the burden falls on everyone else. The bet has paid. Whether the universe contains the facts he says it does remains the open question of his field. That a philosopher got arrested acting on them is a matter of record.

Notes

The arrest scene and Facebook account come from a *Daily Nous* report published on March 16, 2023: Daily Nous. Enoch’s Facebook post describes overcoming the psychological barrier to arrest and having his hands placed behind his back. The remark that “you know something is deeply wrong” comes from a commenter on that post, not from Enoch himself.

The Oxford inaugural lecture and the Catherine the Great story come from the lecture delivered in November 2024 and later published as “Law, Philosophy and the Susceptible Skins of Living Beings” in the Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, Volume 45, Issue 4 (Winter 2025), pp. 872-895: DOI.

The account of becoming disillusioned with law school comes from Richard Marshall’s interview, “Shameless Realism Goes Robust,” at 3:16: 3:16. Enoch explains that he entered law school intending to become a lawyer but became disillusioned within the first few weeks. A jurisprudence course introduced him to philosophy. The description “shameless” is his own and also appears on his Hebrew University profile.

Career details, including his 1993 degrees from Tel Aviv University, clerkship with Justice Dorit Beinisch, Ph.D. from New York University in 2003, joint appointment at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, and appointment to Oxford in 2023, are documented by the University of Oxford Faculty of Law and Wikipedia.

The endorsements by Hartry Field and Russ Shafer-Landau are quoted in a published review of Taking Morality Seriously: Academia.edu. Shafer-Landau describes it as the finest book yet written in defense of ethical realism. Field jokes that, among books arguing for what he regards as an obviously false conclusion, it ranks unusually high. Both endorsements also appear on the book jacket.

Enoch’s role in organizing opposition to Israel’s proposed judicial overhaul, including the philosophers’ open letter, is documented by *Daily Nous*: Daily Nous. His membership in the Law Professors’ Forum is documented at Wikipedia.

His Forward essay of July 31, 2023, “If You Want to Support Israel, Boycott Its New Government,” is available here: The Forward. The same page confirms that he lives with his family in Tel Aviv. The *Haaretz* boycott article and criticism from Israel Academia Monitor appear here: Israel Academia Monitor. Because that site is openly hostile, it should be used cautiously. The factual references to the President’s Award and the underlying *Haaretz* article can, however, be independently verified.

His citation count, approaching 7,000, can be confirmed through Google Scholar.

His work with Ronald Fisher and Levi Spectre, including “False Consciousness for Liberals” in the Philosophical Review (2020), as well as the 2025 volume Engaging Raz, edited with Andrei Marmor and Kimberley Brownlee, appears on the publications list maintained by the Oxford Faculty of Law.

The Ghost Enoch Defends: David Enoch Through Stephen Turner’s Account of Normativity

Stephen Turner (b. 1951) has spent forty years telling philosophers that their central object of study does not exist. In Explaining the Normative (2010) and a shelf of related work, he argues that “normativity,” the special binding force that philosophers find in reasons, rules, meanings, and obligations, is an invention of the seminar room. Strip it away and nothing in the world goes missing. People still expect things of each other. They still sanction violations, teach children, feel the pull of habit and the sting of shame. Social science can describe all of this in ordinary causal terms, as Max Weber (1864-1920) described it, through belief, expectation, training, and interest. The philosopher looks at these plain facts and adds a ghost: a force that makes the rule not just followed but binding, the reason not just felt but real. Turner’s charge is that the ghost does no work. Every explanation the normativist offers succeeds or fails on its social and psychological content, and the added normative force explains nothing that the content did not already explain.

David Enoch (b. 1971) is the strongest living opponent of this view, which makes him the best possible test of it. His career is a defense of the ghost, conducted with more candor than the ghost usually receives. Most philosophers who traffic in normativity hedge. They naturalize a little, they construct a little, they say the binding force is somehow grounded in agency or language or practice. Enoch refuses the hedges. Taking Morality Seriously (2011) asserts that irreducibly normative facts exist, that they float free of anything humans do or feel, that they live, as he puts it with a smile, in Plato’s heaven. He concedes they cause nothing. He concedes no sense organ detects them. He calls his view shameless and prints his critics’ insults on the book jacket. Turner’s framework predicts that a discipline organized around a fiction will eventually produce someone who defends the fiction in its purest form, because the pure form is what the discipline’s training selects for. Enoch is that man, and running Turner’s deflation against Enoch’s three best arguments shows what each theory looks like at full strength.

Start with deliberative indispensability, Enoch’s flagship. People deliberate. Deliberation assumes that some answers to the question “what should I do” are better than others in a way the deliberator does not control. Since we cannot quit deliberating, we are entitled to the assumption, the way physicists are entitled to electrons. Turner’s reply comes in two cuts. First, the analogy fails at its load-bearing joint. Electrons earn their place by causing things: tracks in cloud chambers, currents in wires. Remove electrons from physics and the predictions collapse. Enoch’s normative facts cause nothing, by his own admission, so removing them changes no prediction about anything. A posit that pays no explanatory rent is what Turner means by a ghost. Second, the felt need for objective reasons is itself a plain social fact with a natural history. Children get trained into the practice of asking for and giving reasons. The training installs expectations, and the expectations feel like demands coming from outside, the way grammar feels like a demand from outside. Turner’s Weberian point: an account of why deliberation feels answerable to something beyond preference requires no facts beyond the training. The philosopher takes the feel of the practice and promotes it into metaphysics. Deliberation is real. The heaven it seems to point at is the shadow the practice casts.

Enoch anticipates a version of this and answers with the schmorality argument. Imagine a skeptic who says he rejects morality and follows his own system, schmorality, which resembles morality but claims no objective authority. Enoch’s trap: the skeptic must still decide whether to follow morality or schmorality, and deciding means asking which he should follow. The “should” returns through the front door. Normativity cannot be escaped because the escape route runs through it. Turner’s reading of this trap is that it shows something true about a practice and nothing about the world. The question “which should I follow” has grip only on someone already trained into the reason-asking game. The trap catches everyone in Enoch’s seminar because everyone in the seminar shares the training. It catches no one outside it, and it never has. Billions of people have lived and died inside customs they never interrogated with an unconditioned “should.” The regress that Enoch presents as proof of inescapable normative structure is, on Turner’s account, the machine of academic philosophy manufacturing its own necessity: define a question so that only the discipline’s vocabulary can pose it, then cite the question as evidence for the vocabulary. Kelsen ran a version of this machine in law. Hans Kelsen (1881-1973) saw that legal validity chains upward and posited a basic norm at the top, then admitted the basic norm was a fiction, a presupposition of legal thinking rather than a thing. Turner regards Kelsen’s admission as the honest terminus of the whole normativist program. Enoch stands at the same summit and declares the fiction a fact.

The companion-in-guilt argument is Enoch’s deepest move, and against most opponents it wins. The critic who scoffs at moral facts still believes you ought to follow the evidence, and that “ought” is as spooky as any moral one. Reject both and you abandon rational inquiry. Keep the epistemic one and the case against the moral one collapses. The argument works by finding a normative commitment the critic cannot afford to drop. Turner is the rare critic who drops it. On his account, science runs the way every practice runs, on training, habituation, communal sanction, and the accumulated tacit skill of people who learn from other people. Scientists who ignore evidence get corrected, excluded, and unfunded. The corrective machinery is social all the way down, and it functioned for centuries before philosophers described a realm of epistemic facts for it to answer to. So the companionship holds, and both companions go down together, and nothing collapses. Laboratories open the next morning. The prediction Enoch’s argument needs, that abandoning objective epistemic facts undermines inquiry, fails against the observed history of inquiry, which has never run on those facts and has run fine.

Enoch has a counterpunch left, and it is the best one available. Turner says his deflationary account explains the phenomena better than the normativist account. “Better” is a normative word. The companion-in-guilt argument bites its author: the man who says normativity is a ghost still claims his theory is the one we should accept. Turner’s answer is that “better” here means nothing transcendent. It means more economical, more consistent with the rest of science, more useful to people with the ordinary purposes explainers have. Those are preferences and standards internal to a practice, held by people trained into it, enforced by a community, which is all “better” has ever cashed out to. Enoch hears this answer and replies that standards internal to a practice cannot make the practice worth engaging in, and Turner replies that “worth” is the ghost again, and here the two theories stop touching. Each man’s rejoinder is question-begging by the other’s lights. The dispute has no neutral ground because one side holds that neutral ground of the required kind exists and the other holds that the demand for it is the disease.

At this point Turner’s second question becomes the productive one. Set aside whether the ghost exists and ask what its cult does for its members. Turner’s work on expertise gives the answer shape. A community that believes in objective normative facts, discoverable through reasoned reflection, has thereby created a role: the person trained in reasoned reflection, whose judgments track the facts better than the layman’s. Normativity converts the philosopher from one voice among many into an instrument that detects something. Enoch embodies the conversion at both of his addresses. In the seminar room, robust realism underwrites the authority of the metaethicist, since if moral truths sit in Plato’s heaven, the man with the sharpest arguments sits closest to the window. In public life the stakes rise. Enoch clerked at the Israeli Supreme Court, and in 2023 he organized, marched, and got arrested defending that court against a coalition that won an election and moved to subordinate the judiciary to itself. His inaugural lecture at Oxford in November 2024 argued that law writes on the susceptible skins of living beings. Turner might accept every word of the lecture and draw the deflationary moral: yes, law writes on skin, through police, prisons, and expectation, and that writing is the whole of the phenomenon. The judicial fight, read through Turner, was a contest between two social authorities, a court whose personnel claim to answer to standards above politics and a coalition that claims to answer to voters. The normativist description of that fight, rule of law against raw power, objective right against majority will, is the self-description of one side. It recruits the metaphysics as a combatant. A philosopher who has spent thirty years arguing that binding standards exist independent of anyone’s say-so arrives at the barricade already armed, and the arrest photograph completes the argument in a way no journal article can: here is a man bound by something, look at his hands behind his back. Turner’s framework does not call the conduct insincere. It calls the sincerity the product, the thing the training exists to produce, and it notes who benefits when a society believes that certain trained people have access to standards the rest must obey.

The clean test between the two theories is the one Enoch himself supplies. Ask what would differ observably if he were wrong, if the normative facts were absent and only the practices remained. His answer is: nothing. The facts are causally inert, so the world of a true robust realism and the world of a false one look identical, down to the last deliberation and the last arrest. Enoch treats this as no objection, since mathematics survives the same test. Turner treats it as the confession. A hypothesis that no observation could distinguish from its negation belongs, on his view, to the category Kelsen finally admitted, useful fictions, and the only remaining questions about it are sociological: who is trained to affirm it, what the affirmation costs, and what it pays. Enoch’s career answers the sociological questions with unusual completeness. The affirmation cost him nothing in his profession, where the view he defends has moved from heresy toward orthodoxy across his working life, and it paid him the Rodney Blackman Chair, the Oxford professorship, and a public role as the philosopher who stands where the ghost tells him to stand. Whether the ghost is there, or the standing produces it, is the whole disagreement, stated once more.

The Clerk of Heaven: David Enoch’s Hero System

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued in The Denial of Death (1973) that a man cannot live on food and shelter. He needs to matter, and he needs to matter in a universe that is going to kill him, so every culture builds a hero system, a structure of roles and values within which a life adds up to something that death cannot repossess. The system works only while its members forget it is a system. They experience it as reality.

David Enoch faces two terrors, and his career is the management of both. The first is the terror of the anti-realist universe. If the expressivists and the relativists are right, then the wrongness of torturing a child has the same status as the badness of cilantro, a fact about us rather than a fact. Enoch has said in print that this possibility strikes him as a kind of horror, and his first book exists to close the door on it. The second terror is quieter and more Beckerian. The man who makes the arguments is an animal. He tires, he ages, he will die, and every institution he serves, the Hebrew University, the Israeli Supreme Court, Oxford, can be defunded, packed, or burned. Against these two deaths Enoch has built one of the most elegant immortality projects in contemporary intellectual life. He posits a realm of normative facts that are causally inert, outside space and time, dependent on nothing. What does nothing cannot be damaged. What sits outside time cannot decay. His critics treat the causal inertness of his moral facts as the fatal concession. Read through Becker, the inertness is the point. Enoch has located the one province no army can enter, and he has spent thirty years as its advocate on earth. He does not claim to own the facts or to have made them. He claims the humbler and more durable role, the clerk of a court that cannot be dissolved.

Every hero system tells a subtraction story, an account of the illusions it has heroically given up. Enoch’s is the purest in his field. He has subtracted God, afterlife, revelation, national myth, and the warm certainties of tribe, and he stands, so the story runs, on argument alone. He calls his realism shameless. He prints on his book jacket the verdict of his own teacher, Hartry Field (b. 1946), that the book argues for an obviously false conclusion, and the printing is the boast of a man who claims to need no shelter from ridicule. Becker’s framework reads the subtraction story the way it reads all subtraction stories, as the hero system’s denial that it is one. The man who says I have given up every comfort and kept only the truth has made truth do the work that God, flag, and family do for other men, and he has kept, unexamined in the basement, the biggest comfort of all, the conviction that the universe contains a standard and that his life of service to it therefore counts.

The word truth is where the systems begin to diverge, because sacred words do not travel. Inside Enoch’s system, truth is a location. The normative truths sit, he writes, in Plato’s heaven, independent of us, waiting to be discovered by disciplined argument, and the discovery chain, seminar, journal, monograph, is the pilgrimage route. Carry the same word three miles from his Tel Aviv apartment into a Bnei Brak study hall and it inverts. The Talmud teaches that the Torah is not in heaven, lo bashamayim hi; a heavenly voice once interrupted a legal debate to announce the correct answer, and the sages overruled the voice, because truth had been handed to the house of study and the argument itself is where God now lives. The yeshiva student and Enoch both give their lives to argument about what one must do, and one of them spent two millennia moving truth out of heaven while the other, a secular professor, has spent his career moving it back in. For a Soviet-born refusenik grandmother in Ashdod, truth is neither a location nor an argument; it is what the state once jailed her husband for saying, a thing you know by what it costs. For a quantitative trader in Singapore, truth is whatever the market has not yet priced, and a truth that does nothing, that moves no instrument, is a contradiction in terms; Enoch’s entire heaven, causally inert by design, is for the trader a portfolio of assets with zero yield held at infinite cost. Each of these people can pronounce the sentence truth matters and mean it, and no two of them are making the same claim, because the word takes its meaning from the hero system that houses it.

Law splits the same way, and the split became visible on a road. On the morning of March 15, 2023, Enoch walked down onto the Green Village interchange near Tel Aviv with other protesters and blocked traffic against the government’s plan to subordinate the judiciary. A policeman took him. Enoch put his hands behind his back and did not resist, and wrote afterward that the barrier was psychological and you cross it once. Consider the scene from three positions. For Enoch, law is the writing on the susceptible skins of living beings, his image from the Oxford inaugural lecture, and the writing must answer to the heaven, so a statute that unbinds the court from review is not law with a defect but force wearing law’s uniform, and blocking a road becomes an act of fidelity to law in its true sense. For the policeman, law is a shift that started at six, a sergeant, a quota of cleared lanes, and a professor who at least keeps his hands where they should be; the uniform is the meaning, and the heaven has never come up. And for a Likud voter from Netivot idling four cars back, late for work at the packing plant, the scene reads in a third grammar entirely, one worth developing at length, because his hero system is the developed rival here, the one whose collision with Enoch’s organized a country for a year.

Call him the third-generation voter. His grandfather came from Morocco in 1955 and was sprayed with DDT at the port and sent to a transit camp in the south while the founding elite built the universities, the courts, and the kibbutzim in its own image. His sacred words are family, land, vote, and God, and each carries a meaning Enoch’s system cannot host. The vote, for him, is the instrument by which his people, mocked for decades as primitives, finally took the state, and every institution that can override the vote, a court that appoints its own successors, an attorney general who cannot be fired, a professoriate that signs letters, belongs to the old estate defending itself. When he says democracy he means my ballot counts at last. When Enoch says democracy he means a structure of rights and review that no ballot can repeal. The two men use one word, and each hears the other emptying it. Within the third-generation voter’s system, the professor arrested on the road is a hero of nothing; he is the estate’s son lying down in front of the movers. Within Enoch’s system, the voter is dismantling the one structure that stands between his own family and unchecked power. Becker’s point is that neither man is confused. Each is performing heroism, correctly, by the liturgy of his system, and each system supplies its members with what Becker says all systems must supply, a role in a drama that outlasts them. The voter’s drama is the return of a humiliated tribe to its inheritance. Enoch’s drama is the defense of the timeless against the temporary. There is no neutral stage on which one drama beats the other, which is the fact Enoch’s philosophy, of all philosophies, is built to deny, since his heaven exists to be the neutral stage.

The rivals multiply past this one. The religious-Zionist reservist holds a system in which land is covenant and the court that evacuates a hilltop profanes it; his sacred word is inheritance, and Enoch’s autonomy is, inside that grammar, the word for a man who belongs to nothing. The postmodern seminar in Paris runs a hero system of its own, unmasking as heroism, in which Enoch’s heaven is the last unmasked idol and the career spent defending it is naivety at scale. The tribalist, nationalist, traditionalist system, the one this publication’s author works within, reads Enoch with its own lens: a gifted son of a small, endangered people, equipped with the Talmud’s argumentative inheritance, who universalized the inheritance and subtracted the people, and who now serves an abstraction that will not sit shiva for him. That reading is one legitimate competitor among several, and it has its answer ready when Enoch’s system calls it parochial, which is that parochial is what universalists call the things that keep men alive.

Seriousness is the third sacred word, and it is the one Enoch put in his title. Taking morality seriously means, within his system, taking it as objective, and the equation is load-bearing: if morality is our practice rather than heaven’s fact, he argues, we are not taking it seriously enough. A hospice nurse in Manila takes morality with a seriousness Enoch’s equation cannot measure, twelve-hour shifts, the washing of bodies, the sitting with the dying, and she has no view on metaethics and needs none; within her system, seriousness is presence, and a man who flew to a conference to argue that her duties are objectively grounded has, by her grammar, left the room where the duties live. A Becker reading notices what the demand for seriousness protects. The insistence that morality must be more than human practice is the insistence that a human life spent on morality must be more than a human life. The seriousness Enoch demands for morality is the seriousness he requires for himself, and the title of his book, read through the frame, is a petition: take this seriously, because I have bet everything on it.

How much of this does he see? More than most heroes see, which is what makes him the hard case. Enoch stages the strongest objections to his view in his own chapters, jokes about Plato’s heaven while asserting it, and concedes in print that a universe with his normative facts and a universe without them look identical from the inside, down to the last deliberation and the last arrest. A man who concedes the mirror world has stood, at least once, outside his own hero system and looked at it, which Becker thought nearly impossible and nearly unbearable. Enoch bears it with the instrument his system trains, argument, and with the armor his persona supplies, shamelessness, a word he chose himself and which functions the way armor functions, announcing that the wearer expects to be hit. The one thing the self-awareness does not extend to is the diagnosis itself. Show him this essay and he has a reply ready, that the psychological function of a belief is irrelevant to its truth, and the reply is correct by the rules of his system, and the rules of his system are what the essay is about. The circle does not embarrass him. He has written that the circle does not embarrass him. At some point the observer must simply report that the armor has no gap and say what that costs.

The shape of the hero, then: a clerk in the highest court there could be, one with no building, no budget, and no enemies capable of reaching it, filing briefs on behalf of facts that cannot lose because they cannot act. The rival he does not name: the believer, and nearest of all the Jewish believer, whose architecture his system reproduces beam for beam, a revealed order, a canon, a method of disputation, a life of service rewarded by participation in the eternal, with the Author’s name struck from the title page and the study hall renamed a department. And the cost that no ledger in his system can price: the heaven he serves is, by his own careful specification, inert. It cannot intervene at the interchange, cannot commute a sentence, cannot mourn its clerk. The believer’s God at least watches. The tribesman’s people at least remember. Enoch has pledged his one mortal life to the only client that can never fail him and can never thank him, and whether that is the purest heroism on offer or the loneliest is a question his court, by design, will never rule on.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, then the philosophical project of David Enoch faces a foundational crisis.

Enoch is a leading contemporary defender of Robust Metaethical Realism. In his 2011 book, Taking Morality Seriously, he argues that there are objective, universal, and irreducibly normative moral facts. These facts do not depend on human attitudes, desires, or cultures; they exist independently in the universe, waiting to be discovered rather than constructed.

If Mearsheimer’s view of man is accurate, Enoch’s robust realism is undermined in three critical ways.

Enoch’s premier positive argument for realism is the Argument from Deliberative Indispensability. He argues that when we deliberate about what to do (e.g., “Should I boycott this institution?”), we are rationally required to believe that there is a single, objectively correct answer out there to be uncovered. Because deliberation is a non-optional project for human agents, objective normative reasons are indispensable to us, meaning we are justified in believing they exist.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology completely flips the psychology of this process. If people have limited choice in formulating a moral code because their family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on them, then what Enoch calls “deliberation” is largely an illusion. We do not use detached, autonomous reason to discover independent, abstract moral facts. Instead, our reasoning skills develop late, serving primarily to rationalize and defend the tribal sentiments and cultural programming we received during a long, vulnerable childhood. The feeling that we are seeking an objective, external truth is simply the psychological mechanism by which intense socialization manifests itself.

Enoch relies on a Moorean trust in our strongest moral intuitions; he argues that we are entitled to believe that the infliction of horrible pain on random victims is objectively wrong because that claim is vastly more plausible than any metaphysical argument denying it.

However, if humans are tribal at their core and driven by inborn attitudes designed for group survival, our moral intuitions are heavily contaminated by evolutionary and social utility. Mearsheimer states that the main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society. Therefore, our deep-seated feelings about right and wrong are not tracking abstract, non-natural moral facts in the ether (as Enoch claims). They are tracking tools developed by the human animal to maintain group cohesion, enforce inside-the-tribe cooperation, and defend against outside-the-tribe threats. If Mearsheimer is right, our moral confidence is an evolutionary survival device, not a tracking device for cosmic truth.

Enoch explicitly states that if Robust Realism fails to make sense of our moral discourse, the only honest alternative left is an Error Theory—the view that morality structurally claims to be objective, but those claims are systematically false, much like discourse about astrology or witches.

Enoch fights error theory by arguing that alternative explanations cannot account for why we take morality so seriously. Mearsheimer’s anthropology provides the exact causal framework the error theorist needs to win. We take morality seriously because we are born into social groups that shape our identities well before we can assert our individualism. The intense, prolonged socialization of childhood fills the mind with values that feel objective, universal, and absolute.

If Mearsheimer is correct, Enoch has accurately described the phenomenology of human morality—we certainly experience it as robust, heavy, and objective—but Mearsheimer has exposed the social and biological engine behind that experience. Enoch’s independent, non-natural moral facts become redundant baggage; man’s tribal nature and intense socialization are entirely sufficient to explain why we take morality so seriously, without the universe needing to contain a single objective moral fact.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

David Pinsof argues that intellectuals view the world through a comfortable lens: every human catastrophe stems from a big misunderstanding. If people only thought more clearly, memorized their cognitive biases, and listened to experts, peace and cooperation might follow. This narrative serves a clear purpose. It makes the intellectual the necessary savior of humanity. David Enoch, a philosopher who defends the existence of objective moral facts in his book Taking Morality Seriously, fits perfectly into the target zone of this critique.
Enoch argues that universal, mind-independent moral truths exist in a realm akin to Plato’s heaven. He claims that when we debate ethics, we must assume these objective truths exist, or else our deliberation makes no sense. To Pinsof, this philosophical framework represents the absolute peak of the intellectual’s self-serving myth. Enoch constructs an elaborate system where human conflict looks like a failure to track cosmic facts. When groups fight over territory, resources, or political power, the robust realist sees a breakdown in moral reasoning. He treats the parties as though they simply misread the ethical manual.
Pinsof offers a colder alternative. Humans are not broken radios failing to receive signals from Plato’s heaven. The human mind works perfectly. Evolution shaped it to win arguments, capture state power, and secure status over rivals. When partisans demonize each other or politicians lie, they do not suffer from a brain fart or a failure of logic. They participate in high-stakes, zero-sum competition over the coercive apparatus of the state.
From this perspective, Enoch’s search for objective normativity is not an impartial journey toward cosmic truth. It operates as a strategic tool in the social marketplace. By framing moral preferences as independent cosmic facts, intellectuals create a benchmark that they happen to be uniquely qualified to interpret. They turn local political alliances into universal laws. It allows the educated elite to claim moral superiority and dismiss their rivals not merely as competitors, but as irrational creatures who fail to see reality.
Enoch acknowledges that selective forces shaped our minds for survival rather than for tracking abstract truths, but he posits a pre-established harmony where evolution somehow guided us toward the good. Pinsof rejects this harmony. Animals do not evolve to care about the universe; they evolve to care about themselves and their allies. Stated motives about universal love or objective duties simply cover up actual motives like status-seeking and resource dominance. The world does not suffer from bad beliefs that a philosopher can correct. It runs on conflicting interests that no amount of analysis can resolve. The only misunderstanding in metaethics is the belief that a moral disagreement is a misunderstanding at all.

Posted in Philosophy | Comments Off on David Enoch: The Philosopher Who Says Morality Is Real

The Unsaying of Karen Armstrong

Karen Armstrong (b. November 14, 1944) has done more than any living writer to teach general readers how religions work. She holds no university chair. She commands no seminar room, supervises no doctoral students, and publishes in no peer-reviewed journals. Yet her books sell in the millions, appear in forty-five languages, and sit on the shelves of imams, rabbis, bishops, and atheists who agree on little else. Her career runs against the grain of the modern knowledge economy, where credentials gate the conversation. She lost her credentials early, in a single afternoon at Oxford, and built her authority from the wreckage.

She was born in Wildmoor, a village in Worcestershire, into a family of Irish Catholic descent. The family moved to Bromsgrove and then to Birmingham. English Catholics of that era occupied an ambiguous position. They belonged to the nation and stood apart from its established church, its public schools, its Oxbridge Anglicanism. The Irish inflection added a second layer of distance. A clever Catholic girl in the postwar Midlands had a narrow set of ladders available to her, and the church controlled most of them.

In September 1962, at seventeen, Armstrong entered the Society of the Holy Child Jesus, a teaching order founded in the nineteenth century by Cornelia Connelly (1809-1879). The timing carries weight. The Second Vatican Council opened the following month. Armstrong entered a convent formed by the old dispensation, weeks before the church began dismantling it. The novitiate she describes in her memoirs belongs to a vanished world: the great silence after night prayers, the reading of spiritual texts aloud at meals, the chapter of faults where a nun knelt and accused herself before her sisters. She has written that she was required to discipline her body with a small whip and to wear a spiked chain on her arm. When she spoke out of turn, a superior set her to work at a treadle sewing machine that held no needle, and she pedaled at nothing for two weeks. The exercise had a theological rationale. The will was the enemy. Obedience without purpose trained the will to die.

She has also insisted, against the expectations of readers who want a simple horror story, that the convent taught her to think. The order prized study. Her superiors sent her, still in the habit, to read English at St Anne’s College, Oxford. The image deserves a moment: a professed nun crossing an Oxford quad in the late 1960s, past undergraduates in miniskirts, past the posters and the politics, on her way to tutorials on Milton. She lived in two centuries at once. In 1969, while still a student, she left the order. Seven years of formation ended with a dispensation from her vows and a suitcase. She was twenty-four and had never handled money, chosen her own clothes, or decided how to spend an evening.

She took a congratulatory first, the rare degree awarded when examiners find nothing to question, and began a doctorate on Alfred Tennyson (1809-1892). The university committee approved her topic. She wrote the thesis. Then an external examiner failed it on the ground that the topic was unsuitable. The verdict made no sense on its own terms, since the topic had been approved before she wrote a word, and colleagues urged her to appeal. She did not. Something in her, formed perhaps by years of practiced submission to authority, accepted the judgment and walked away. The academic career ended there, in 1973, before it began. Every book she later wrote came from outside the walls.

The 1970s were the worst decade of her life. She fainted in public, smelled odors no one else smelled, and lost stretches of time. Doctors read the symptoms as psychiatric and treated her accordingly, with drugs and with a stay in a mental hospital. In 1976 a neurologist gave the episodes their true name: temporal lobe epilepsy. She has described the diagnosis as a liberation. The visions and absences that she, her doctors, and her former superiors had read as hysteria, or as failed mysticism, had an organic source. The diagnosis also complicated her past. Some of the experiences she had once framed in religious terms were seizures. She declined to let the neurology settle the theology. The brain produces the experience, she came to argue, and the question of what the experience means remains open. She later served as vice-president of Epilepsy Action and spoke for patients whose condition still carries stigma.

That same year she took a job teaching English at James Allen’s Girls’ School in Dulwich, a fee-paying school in south London. By day she taught Shakespeare to the daughters of the professional classes. By night she wrote an account of her convent years. Through the Narrow Gate appeared in 1982 to strong reviews and made her, briefly, a scandal. Former nuns did not write such books. The genre of convent memoir existed mostly as Protestant polemic; here was an insider’s account, unsparing about the institution and tender toward the vocation, written by a woman who had loved what damaged her. The school let her go around the same period, her epilepsy a factor, and she found herself at thirty-eight with no husband, no pension, no institution, and one book.

Television saved her. In 1984 Channel 4 commissioned her to write and present The First Christian, a six-part documentary on Paul of Tarsus. The project sent her to Israel, the West Bank, Jordan, and Turkey to walk the ground Paul walked. She arrived a lapsed Catholic with a grudge against religion and a set of confident opinions about Judaism and Islam that she had absorbed without examination. The trip broke the opinions. In Jerusalem she saw the three monotheisms stacked in stone, the Western Wall beneath the Haram al-Sharif, the Via Dolorosa threading through the Muslim Quarter, each tradition praying over the ruins of the others. She heard the muezzin at dawn and watched Hasidic men run to prayer. She called the journey a breakthrough, and it set the program for the rest of her working life. The three faiths of Abraham could only be understood together, in their shared ground and shared history, and almost no one in the English-speaking world was writing about them that way for a general audience.

A decade of preparation followed, mostly in the reading room of the London Library, where she taught herself the scholarship of three traditions. She acknowledges two guides above the rest: Wilfred Cantwell Smith (1916-2000), the Canadian scholar of comparative religion who argued that faith names a human orientation rather than a list of propositions, and Bernard Lonergan (1904-1984), the Jesuit philosopher of insight. In 1993 she published A History of God, tracing four thousand years of Jewish, Christian, and Muslim ideas about the divine. The book’s thesis sounds simple and lands hard: the idea of God has a history. Each generation makes the concept do new work, and when a version of God stops working, people quietly replace it while insisting nothing has changed. The book became an international bestseller and remains the most widely read introduction to comparative monotheism in English. It also fixed her method: wide synthesis of specialist scholarship, narrative drive, and a refusal to treat any tradition as the default from which the others deviate.

Jerusalem: One City, Three Faiths followed in 1996, reconstructing the city’s history as a study in sanctity and possession. Each conqueror, she shows, arrived claiming to restore the city’s true meaning and left another layer of exclusion. No tradition, she concludes, holds an exclusive title to the city’s significance, a judgment that earned her critics in all three camps.

Then came September 11, 2001, and Armstrong became something no one plans to become: the person a frightened civilization calls to explain its enemy. She had published Muhammad: A Biography of the Prophet in 1991 and Islam: A Short History in 2000, books that treated their subject with the sympathy she extended to every tradition. After the attacks, those books sold in enormous numbers. She addressed members of the United States Congress on three occasions, lectured at the State Department, and spoke at Davos. Her argument stayed constant under pressure. Islam contains fourteen centuries of law, philosophy, science, and art; the terrorists represent a modern political pathology dressed in religious language; and the roots of jihadism run through colonialism, failed states, and humiliated societies rather than through the Quran. Critics on the right called this apologetics. Muslim audiences, watching a former Catholic nun defend their prophet on Western television, received her as few Western writers have been received. Neither response changed her account.

Her second memoir, The Spiral Staircase (2004), returned to the years between the convent and the writing life and stands as her finest sustained piece of prose. The book takes its title from T. S. Eliot’s Ash Wednesday and its shape from her conviction that her life kept circling the same material, religion, at rising levels. She had tried to leave the subject. The subject declined to leave her.

The Great Transformation (2006) widened the canvas to the Axial Age, the period from roughly 900 to 200 BCE identified by Karl Jaspers (1883-1969), when China, India, Israel, and Greece each produced revolutions in moral thought. Confucius (551-479 BCE), the Buddha, the Hebrew prophets, and the Greek philosophers, working in ignorance of one another, converged on a common discovery: that the measure of religion lies in the surrender of ego and the practice of concern for others. The Golden Rule appears in every one of these traditions. Armstrong reads the convergence as the deepest fact about religion, deeper than any doctrine that divides the traditions from one another.

That reading hardened into a program. In February 2008 she won the TED Prize, which grants its recipient one hundred thousand dollars and a wish. Standing before an audience of technologists and entrepreneurs in Monterey, an English ex-nun in her sixties, she wished for a Charter for Compassion, drafted across faiths and published to the world. Thousands of people contributed language online; a council of thinkers from six traditions shaped the final text; and the Charter launched in November 2009. Hundreds of cities, schools, and institutions have since affirmed it. Twelve Steps to a Compassionate Life (2010) turned the Charter into a practice, modeled with a convert’s irony on Alcoholics Anonymous. Compassion, she argues there, works less like an emotion than like a craft. You train it the way you train scales on a piano, daily, against resistance, until the self’s claim to the center of the world loosens.

The same years produced her most contested intellectual argument. The Case for God (2009) contends that premodern theology rarely treated statements about God as literal descriptions. The classical traditions of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam ran on apophatic theology, the discipline of unsaying, which holds that God exceeds every concept and that language about God gestures rather than describes. Aquinas and Maimonides, on her reading, would find both the modern fundamentalist and the modern atheist strangely alike: two parties who agree that religious language makes factual claims and disagree only about whether the claims are true. She pressed the argument against Richard Dawkins (b. 1941), Christopher Hitchens (1949-2011), and Sam Harris (b. 1967), whose books she treats as attacks on the crudest available version of belief. The New Atheists returned fire, and some scholars of religion joined them from a different direction, arguing that Armstrong’s apophatic past is selective, that ordinary believers across history have taken their doctrines as facts, and that her mystical consensus belongs to a learned elite she has mistaken for the tradition. The dispute remains open. Her position has not moved.

Fields of Blood (2014) took on the claim that religion causes war. Across nine hundred years of cases, from Assyrian conquest to the Crusades to modern jihadism, she argues that organized violence tracks states, empires, resources, and identity, and that religion supplies the vocabulary of conflicts whose engines lie elsewhere. Secular ideologies, she notes, produced the largest slaughters of the twentieth century without theological assistance. Reviewers split on schedule. The Lost Art of Scripture (2019) argued that sacred texts were composed for ritual performance and moral transformation, and that the silent, solitary, information-seeking reading practiced by moderns, believer and skeptic alike, misuses them. Sacred Nature (2022) extended the method to the environment, surveying Daoist, Confucian, and indigenous traditions in which nature commanded reverence, and proposing that the ecological crisis is at bottom a failure of that older imagination.

Her own position kept moving beneath the books. For years she called herself a freelance monotheist, worshipping wherever the door stood open. Later she dropped even that. “If anything, I’m a Confucian, I think,” she told an interviewer, an answer that summarizes her mature view: ritual, self-discipline, and concern for others constitute the religious life, and metaphysics can wait. She never married. She lives in London, in Islington, among her books.

The academy has never known where to put her. She reads no ancient languages at a scholarly level and works from secondary sources, synthesizing the labor of specialists into narratives the specialists could never write and would sometimes prefer unwritten. Historians fault her harmonizing habit, the way her comparative method sands the traditions until their shared compassion shows and their real quarrels fade. Conservative Catholics resent her portrait of the church; conservative Protestants reject her symbolic Bible; secular critics say she launders religion’s record. The honors came anyway: fellowship in the Royal Society of Literature in 2005, the British Academy‘s inaugural Nayef Al-Rodhan Prize for Global Cultural Understanding in 2013, appointment as Officer of the Order of the British Empire in 2015, the Princess of Asturias Award for Social Sciences in 2017, and honorary doctorates from universities that once had no place for her.

The shape of the career repays attention. An institution formed her, harmed her, and expelled her into a decade of illness and failure. A second institution, the university, approved her work and then destroyed it on a technicality she declined to fight. From these two rejections she built a third path, addressed over the heads of the gatekeepers to the millions of readers the gatekeepers do not serve. Her central claim, that religion is a practice of compassion rather than a system of propositions, restates her biography as theology. The doctrines failed her. The discipline remained. She has spent fifty years arguing that the discipline was the point all along, and a large part of the reading world, weary of the war between certainties, has taken her word for it.

Notes

The details of convent discipline, including the whip, the spiked chain, and two weeks of sewing with a needleless treadle machine, come from Karen Armstrong’s memoirs and are summarized in her Wikipedia entry, which cites a profile in The Guardian: Wikipedia. Rachel Cooke’s 2014 interview in The Guardian, published around the release of Fields of Blood, also discusses Armstrong’s years in the convent and her eventual epilepsy diagnosis.

Her appearances before the United States Congress, lectures at the State Department, participation at the World Economic Forum in Davos, and service as an ambassador for the United Nations Alliance of Civilizations are documented in her standard publisher biography: Penguin Random House.

The chronology of the TED Prize and the Charter for Compassion, including the February 2008 award and the November 2009 launch of the Charter, is documented by the Charter for Compassion and Armstrong’s TED profile.

The remark, “If anything, I’m a Confucian, I think,” is quoted in the Wikipedia entry. Before publication, it would be worth locating the original interview from which the quotation is taken.

Her acknowledgment of Wilfred Cantwell Smith and Bernard Lonergan appears in her memoir The Spiral Staircase.

Her service as a vice president of Epilepsy Action is documented by the organization.

Armstrong’s account of weeping with relief after receiving her epilepsy diagnosis appears in The Spiral Staircase. I described the diagnosis simply as a moment of liberation because I could not independently verify the exact wording of that passage.

I added several pieces of self-evident background without separate citation. These include the atmosphere of a pre-Vatican II novitiate, such as the Great Silence, refectory readings, and the chapter of faults, all of which are standard features of religious life and consistent with Armstrong’s memoirs. The Oxford quadrangle scene and the decade spent working in the London Library are my staging of documented facts. Armstrong was a nun at St Anne’s College, Oxford, and she describes years of self-directed study in London before 1993. I also referred to Islington as her neighborhood because it appears in several published profiles.

Karen Armstrong and the Field She Could Not Enter

An external examiner fails a doctoral thesis at Oxford in the early 1970s. The topic had been approved by the university’s own committee. The candidate does not appeal. On its face the episode is an academic misfortune, one of thousands, the kind of injury the university produces as routine byproduct. Read through Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002), it is something else: an act of consecration refused, performed by an agent of the field on a candidate whose trajectory the field had no way to read. Everything Karen Armstrong later became follows from that refusal, and follows from it in ways Bourdieu’s theory predicts with uncomfortable accuracy.

Bourdieu describes social life as a set of fields, each a structured space of positions where agents compete for the capital the field recognizes. The academic field trades in credentials, citations, chairs, and the approval of peers. The journalistic field trades in audience, timeliness, and name recognition. The religious field trades in salvation goods and the authority to dispense them. Each field guards its borders, sets a price of entry, and reserves to itself the power of consecration, the power to declare who counts. Agents enter fields carrying a habitus, the durable set of dispositions laid down by their formation, which fits them for some games and unfits them for others. Capital earned in one field converts to another only at a rate of exchange, and the conversion is never free.

Armstrong’s habitus was formed in an institution that no longer exists. The Society of the Holy Child Jesus in 1962 belonged to the pre-conciliar church, a total institution that trained two dispositions in her at once and at maximum intensity: submission to authority and disciplined study. The needleless sewing machine taught the first. The dispatch to Oxford taught the second. Bourdieu insists that habitus outlives the conditions that produced it, and that when the field changes faster than the habitus, the agent suffers what he calls hysteresis, the drag of dispositions tuned to a vanished game. Armstrong is a textbook case twice over. The church reformed itself while she was inside, dissolving the world her formation fit. Then she carried the convent’s dispositions into fields that had never heard of them.

The walked-away thesis is the place to watch the habitus operate. Colleagues urged her to appeal a verdict that violated the field’s own rules. The appeal might have won. She submitted instead, and her own later account connects the submission to seven years of trained obedience. Bourdieu might add that the field colluded in the outcome. She entered the academic game with the wrong social capital, no patron invested in her survival, no network primed to contest the examiner, an ex-nun in her late twenties whose formation the dons could not place. The field expelled her at the moment of consecration, and the expulsion cost the field nothing. It never learned what it had discarded, because fields keep no accounts of the excluded.

What follows looks, in her memoirs, like a decade of drift: illness, misdiagnosis, a teaching job, a first book. Read as trajectory, it is capital conversion under duress. The convent had given her one asset the market could price, an insider’s knowledge of a closed institution, and Through the Narrow Gate converted it. The ex-nun’s story sold because the journalistic field pays for access to closed worlds, and she held a monopoly on hers. The book’s success bought her entry to broadcasting, and Channel 4’s commission for The First Christian completed the move. She now held a position in the field of cultural production at large, the field of general audiences, freelance commissions, and name recognition, the field Bourdieu calls large-scale production and opposes to the restricted field where academics write for one another.

Her mature career runs on a single sustained arbitrage between those two fields. The academic study of religion produces enormous stores of restricted capital: specialist monographs, contested findings, scholarship locked behind the field’s own language. The field’s structure forbids its members to convert that capital at scale. Specialization is the price of entry; the scholar who writes a four-thousand-year history of God across three traditions has, by the field’s internal accounting, stopped being a scholar. Synthesis reads as amateurism inside the border and as authority outside it. Armstrong, holding no position inside, paid no price. A History of God raids the restricted field, acknowledges its debts to Wilfred Cantwell Smith and Bernard Lonergan, and converts the haul into the largest-circulation account of comparative monotheism in English. The academy’s response, admiration braided with condescension, is what the theory predicts. She had done something the field’s own rules make impossible for its members, and the field could neither claim her nor dismiss her. Reviewers said she simplified. Readers made her the most consequential writer on religion of her generation. Both were describing the same conversion from opposite banks.

September 11, 2001 was a field event before it was anything else for her. The political and journalistic fields faced a sudden, desperate demand for a commodity almost no one held: the ability to explain Islam to a frightened Anglophone public in language that public could absorb. The academic field held the knowledge and could not deliver it; its members lacked the platform, the prose, and in many cases the will. Armstrong held the intersection. Islam: A Short History was already in print. Within months she was addressing Congress, lecturing at the State Department, appearing at Davos. Each appearance converted cultural capital into political and social capital at a rate available to perhaps three or four people alive. Bourdieu notes that crises revalue capital overnight, and that agents positioned at the border between fields capture the revaluation. She had spent fifteen years, without a plan, building the exact position the crisis would price highest.

The war with the New Atheists is best read as a border conflict over jurisdiction. Richard Dawkins arrived carrying massive capital from the scientific field and claimed the right to rule on religion’s truth, a raid across field lines that treated theology as failed biology. Armstrong’s counterattack in The Case for God is a position-taking in the strict Bourdieusian sense. Her apophatic argument, that classical theology never made the factual claims Dawkins refutes, redraws the border so that the scientist’s capital loses its purchasing power on religious ground. The quarrel enriched both parties, which is how such quarrels persist. Each side needed the other as foil; each book sold the other’s; and the combat confirmed the shared illusio, the belief that the question of religion is worth fighting over, without which neither position holds value. Scholars of religion, watching from the restricted field, complained that both combatants misrepresented the object. Their complaint changed nothing, because they held no position in the field where the fight occurred.

The Charter for Compassion completes the pattern with a move Bourdieu documents among the consecration-denied: when existing instances refuse to crown you, found your own. The TED Prize of 2008 marks the arrival of a new consecrating power, a Silicon Valley institution minting symbolic capital outside the old academies entirely, and Armstrong was among the first to grasp what its currency could buy. The Charter is an institution with her signature on it, a border-crossing entity that draws clergy, academics, mayors, and school boards into a structure whose founding capital is hers. She no longer petitions fields for recognition. She operates an instance that recognizes others.

Then the old instances came to her. The Royal Society of Literature in 2005, the British Academy’s inaugural prize in 2013, the OBE in 2015, Asturias in 2017. Bourdieu describes how fields absorb successful heresy: once an excluded trajectory accumulates capital the field can no longer ignore, consecration arrives late and functions as recapture. The honors declare that she was one of theirs after all, and the declaration serves the honoring institutions as much as it serves her. The Royal Society of Literature gains the luster of the best-known religion writer in the language. The British Academy, naming her the first winner of a prize for global cultural understanding, buys a share in a reputation the academy’s own field had refused to underwrite forty years earlier. The examiner’s verdict was never overturned. It was priced out.

One question remains for any Bourdieusian reading: does the agent see the game? Armstrong’s memoirs narrate her trajectory in vocational language, the spiral staircase, the calling that circled back, the discipline that turned out to be the point. Bourdieu might read that narration as the final and most necessary conversion, the transformation of necessity into virtue. She could not stay in the convent, could not enter the academy, could not stop writing about religion, and her mature doctrine, that religion is practice rather than proposition, that compassion outranks doctrine, that the outsider to every orthodoxy sees what the orthodox cannot, universalizes her own position into a theology. The excluded trajectory becomes the privileged vantage. What the field did to her becomes what religion means. Bourdieu calls this amor fati, the love of one’s fate, and he denies that it is hypocrisy. The habitus performs these strategies below the level of calculation. Nothing in the record suggests she plotted a single move. The convent trained a woman to submit and to study, the fields did the rest, and fifty years later the dispositions that once pedaled a needleless machine had produced twenty-five books, a global charter, and a form of authority that no field granted and every field now must count.

A limit. Field theory prices everything as capital and reads every position as strategy, and it has no column for the decade of seizures and misdiagnosis, the mental hospital, the years when the trajectory was suffering and nothing else. Armstrong’s own account keeps that decade at the center. Bourdieu’s cannot. The theory sees a conversion of assets where she records a woman on the floor of a rented room, smelling odors that were not there, waiting for a name for what was wrong with her. Both accounts are true. Only one of them can say what the machine with no needle cost.

Karen Armstrong and the Knowledge That Will Not Say Itself

Karen Armstrong’s mature theology can be stated in a sentence: religion is something you do, and moderns went wrong when they turned it into something you believe. Scripture, she argues, was composed for ritual performance and works on those who chant it, memorize it, and enact it. Compassion is a craft, trained daily like scales on a piano, until the ego’s grip loosens. Doctrine came last and mattered least; the practice was always the point. She has spent thirty years pressing this argument on the largest audience any writer on religion commands.

Stephen P. Turner (b. 1951) has spent a career pressing on the same ground from the other side, and his work supplies the sharpest available test of hers. Turner’s subject is tacit knowledge, the skill and disposition that people carry and use without the ability to state it. He accepts that such knowledge exists. A cook, a violinist, and a priest each know things their sentences cannot contain. What Turner attacks is the inference that social theory built on this fact: the idea that behind shared behavior sits a shared hidden object, a practice, a tradition, a framework, a collective spirit, that gets transmitted from generation to generation like a parcel. Nothing transmits, Turner argues. Each learner builds her own habits from her own history of imitation, correction, and feedback. Two nuns trained in the same novitiate end up with similar dispositions because they underwent similar drills, and the similarity is the whole story. The shared essence that theorists posit behind the similarity explains nothing and cannot be found. What exists is individual habituation all the way down.

Read through Turner, Armstrong’s life divides into an acquisition and an articulation. The acquisition took seven years. The convent she entered in 1962 was a machine for producing tacit knowledge and little else: the great silence, custody of the eyes, the chapter of faults, obedience rehearsed past the point of reason at a sewing machine that held no needle. Nobody explained the system’s content, because the system’s content was the training. She emerged in 1969 with a set of dispositions, toward discipline, toward study, toward submission, toward a life organized around an absent center, and with almost no propositions she still believed. The articulation has taken five decades and twenty-five books. Her entire career is an attempt to say what the convent installed in her, and her mature doctrine, that religion is embodied practice which words can only gesture at, doubles as a report on the difficulty of the attempt.

The doctrine restates Turner’s problem with striking fidelity. When Armstrong says that faith named a disposition before it named an assent, she is distinguishing tacit from explicit knowledge. When she says the meaning of a ritual exists only in its performance, she matches his account of skill. When she compares religion to driving or dancing, activities ruined by mid-performance analysis, she borrows the standard examples of the tacit knowledge literature, which descend from Michael Polanyi (1891-1976), the tradition’s founder and Turner’s constant sparring partner. She arrived at these positions from a convent and a library rather than from philosophy of social science, which makes the convergence more telling. She found by autobiography what Turner found by analysis: the load-bearing part of religion does not survive translation into statements.

Then the frame turns on her, and the turn is where the essay’s work gets done. Turner’s skepticism about shared tacit objects cuts through the center of Armstrong’s project. Her most famous claims posit exactly such objects. All the great traditions, she argues, converge on compassion; the Axial Age sages of China, India, Israel, and Greece discovered the same moral core; beneath the doctrinal quarrels of the faiths runs a common practical wisdom. Each claim treats similar outputs as evidence of a shared hidden essence. Turner’s reply would be short. Similar creatures under similar pressures develop similar habits. Human beings everywhere raise children, face death, and manage aggression inside small groups, and their moral trainings show family resemblances for that reason. Nothing further is shared. The common core of religion that Armstrong reports finding is a theorist’s object of the kind Turner spent The Social Theory of Practices dismantling: posited because the resemblance seems to demand a cause, invisible on inspection, and doing no explanatory work the training histories cannot do alone.

Her apophatic argument faces the same difficulty at closer range. In The Case for God she contends that premodern believers held their doctrines as symbols, that the literal reading is a modern invention, and that classical faith was a practiced knowledge which understood its own language as gesture. The claim is an assertion about the tacit contents of millions of vanished minds. Turner’s work is a sustained warning against such assertions. We possess the premoderns’ sentences and their rituals; their inner grasp of either is closed to us, and the historical record that survives, catechisms, inquisitions, wars fought over single words, suggests that plenty of them treated the propositions as facts worth killing for. Armstrong needs the premodern believer to have known, tacitly, what she now argues explicitly. The need is visible, and the evidence cannot reach it.

Her own case supplies the frame’s most intimate illustration. Through her twenties she experienced visions, absences, and smells that were not there, and she articulated them in the only vocabulary her training supplied: mystical experience, spiritual failure, the stirrings and withdrawals of God. In 1976 a neurologist renamed them temporal lobe epilepsy. The episode shows training reaching below description into perception. The convent had not merely given her words for her seizures; it had shaped what having them was like. She drew the right Turner-flavored conclusion, that the neural account and the religious account describe the same events under different trainings, and declined to let either cancel the other. Few of her readers notice that this episode quietly undermines the authority of all first-person religious testimony, including the testimony her books rely on when they report what practitioners know.

Now the question the frame exists to ask. Can her books work? By her own account, religious knowledge lives in practice and dies in paraphrase. Her medium is paraphrase. A reader finishes A History of God on a commuter train holding several hundred pages of explicit propositions about traditions whose knowledge, the author insists, was never propositional. The reader has acquired opinions. The nun had acquired a discipline. Between the two stands everything Turner says cannot be crossed by prose: the drills, the correction, the years. Armstrong’s mass audience buys the description of tacit religion and mistakes possession of the description for acquaintance with the thing, an error her theory predicts and her sales depend on. The Charter for Compassion sharpens the point. Cities and school boards affirm a document, an act of explicit assent, the signing of a statement, which is the exact species of religious act her whole corpus ranks lowest. Signatures accumulate. Dispositions do not follow from signatures.

She knows this, and the knowledge shows in Twelve Steps to a Compassionate Life, her one attempt to write pedagogy rather than description. The book borrows its architecture from Alcoholics Anonymous, and the borrowing is diagnostic, because AA works through meetings, sponsors, confession before witnesses, and daily repetition, an apparatus of embodied correction with a text attached. Armstrong ships the text without the apparatus. Turner’s account says the recipe never contains the skill; the skill grows in the doing, under feedback, in a body. A reader alone with the twelve steps holds instructions for a training no one is administering. The convent had the apparatus and lacked the theory. The books have the theory and lack the apparatus. She has spent her career on the wrong side of her own argument, and the career’s scale measures how many people want the description of a formation they will never undergo.

A defense is available to her, and honesty requires stating it. She might answer that her books never claim to transmit religion; they claim to remove an obstacle. The modern reader, fundamentalist or atheist, approaches the traditions convinced that religion is a set of factual claims, and the conviction blocks practice before it can begin. Her writing clears the ground. It cannot install the discipline, and it can retire the misunderstanding that makes the discipline look absurd. On this reading her work is propaedeutic, a long argument for putting the book down and doing something, and its success is unmeasurable by definition, since it succeeds in lives she never sees. The defense is coherent. It is also convenient, and it leaves her in the position of a swimming instructor whose students never touch water, publishing volume after volume on the feel of the stroke.

The convent trained her in seven years. She has spent fifty telling readers what the training knew. The telling made her famous, and by the account she herself gives, the knowledge stayed behind in the novitiate, in the silence, in the hands on the machine, in the one place words never reached it.

The Hero Who Empties Herself: Karen Armstrong’s Hero System

Two terrors bracket Karen Armstrong’s life, and they arrive in the wrong order. Most people meet the fear of death before the fear of ego-death. Armstrong met them reversed. At seventeen she walked into an institution engineered to kill the self while keeping the body alive: the silence, the surveillance, the kneeling accusation of oneself before the assembled sisters, the superiors who read her letters and named her faults. She has written that she felt her personality coming apart under the treatment, and she stayed seven years. Then she walked out into the second terror, the ordinary one. By her late thirties she had no order, no faith, no husband, no child, no doctorate, no post, and a neurological condition that had cost her a teaching job. She stood a fair chance of dying without leaving a mark of any kind. Ernest Becker (1924-1974) built his account of human character on the claim that we cannot bear that prospect, that every culture is a hero system, a shared drama that promises its members significance beyond the grave, and that a person stripped of her hero system will construct another or break. Armstrong constructed another. Its genius is that it answers both terrors with a single move. She made a heroism out of the emptying of the self, and the emptying made her name.

Watch the system operate before naming its parts. Monterey, February 2008. The TED conference: lanyards on lariats, first names only, venture capital in fleece, an audience whose own hero system runs on scale, disruption, and the dream of code that outlives its coder. Onto this stage walks a sixty-three-year-old English ex-nun, and the room gives her its full attention, because she has come to claim her prize and spend her wish. The wish is a charter. She tells them that every tradition arrives at the Golden Rule, that compassion means dethroning yourself from the center of your world and putting another there, and that she wants their help to make this the common creed of a divided planet. The engineers applaud a doctrine of ego-death, and no one onstage or off remarks that the doctrine is being announced by a woman collecting a hundred thousand dollars and a global platform for having articulated it. The contradiction is the hero system in miniature. The self dethroned from the center of her world sits, that afternoon, at the center of the room.

Becker teaches that a hero system runs on sacred values, and that a sacred value is never a dictionary word. It takes its meaning from the drama it serves. Compassion is Armstrong’s crown value, and inside her system it means a discipline of self-transcendence, practiced daily against the ego’s resistance, which delivers the practitioner from the prison of self-concern and joins her to an ancient company stretching back through the Axial sages. The word does different work everywhere else. A hospice nurse on a night shift in Akron practices compassion with her hands, turning a dying man to prevent sores, and needs no cosmology to dignify the work; her hero system is competence and the shift completed, and Armstrong’s talk of ego-dethronement might strike her as a lot of frame for a bed bath. A Salafi teacher in Birmingham, twenty minutes from the streets where Armstrong grew up, holds that mercy flows from submission to God’s command and from nowhere else, so that compassion detached from revealed law is sentiment, unanchored and unsafe; in his drama the compassionate hero obeys first. An effective altruist in Berkeley reduces the word to arithmetic, lives saved per dollar, and regards Armstrong’s inner training as consumption disguised as ethics: while she practices dethroning her ego, the mosquitoes are biting. A settler in Samaria and a fourth-generation union man in Youngstown, who agree on nothing else, both order compassion concentrically, family before community before nation before stranger, and hear in Armstrong’s universal compassion the dissolution of every loyalty that makes a people. Their hero system, the tribal, national, and traditionalist one, is old, coherent, and unembarrassed, and it reads her creed as treason to the near for the sake of the far. Same word in every mouth. Five dramas, five meanings, and each drama makes its meaning feel like the obvious one, which is the deepest thing Becker knew.

Her second sacred value is unknowing. Armstrong holds certainty to be the primal religious error, the idol, the mark that unites the fundamentalist and the militant atheist in a single modern family. Inside her system the hero is the one who can stand in the cloud, practice toward a God beyond concepts, and hold her tradition lightly. Step outside the system and the value inverts. For the confessional believer, certainty is fidelity. The martyrs did not die for a symbol of ultimate concern; they died because the propositions were true, and unknowing is what the comfortable call their exhaustion. For a research chemist, certainty is earned, one assay at a time, and her cultivated cloud looks like surrender dressed as depth. For a convert who rebuilt a broken life on the fixed points of law and observance, certainty is load-bearing; take it away and the house falls. Armstrong’s third value, practice, splits the same way. She means scales on the piano, ritual repetitions that retrain the heart toward gentleness. A drill instructor at Parris Island means the identical thing, repetition until the body obeys before the mind consents, and his repetitions train young men to close with and destroy the enemy. Practice is a technology. Every hero system loads its own cargo.

The subtraction story comes next, because every hero system of her type requires one. Armstrong tells her life as a shedding. She subtracted the convent, then the church, then Christianity, then monotheism, then, in her last self-descriptions, membership of any kind, until nothing remained except the compassionate core that all the traditions share. The story presents her position as a remainder, what is left when illusion boils off, and a remainder needs no defense, since it is simply what is true. Becker forbids the move. Nobody lives on remainders. The claim to stand outside every hero system is the throne room of a particular hero system, the interfaith universalist one, in which the highest status belongs to the person who sees through all the faiths to their common heart, and Armstrong occupies its summit. Her books historicize everything. God has a history, Jerusalem has a history, scripture, fundamentalism, and the Buddha have histories. Compassion alone arrives in her pages without one, discovered by the Axial sages the way Cavendish discovered hydrogen, the single value exempt from the method. Becker would put his finger there. The exempt value is never an oversight. It is the altar. A hero system can historicize every god except the one it worships.

Now the rival, developed rather than listed, because her system’s shape shows best against the road she refused. Somewhere in England an old sister of the Society of the Holy Child Jesus is still alive who entered when Armstrong entered, knelt at the same chapter of faults, and stayed. She took the reforms as they came, put off the old habit, taught forty years of girls, nursed the sisters who aged ahead of her, and now prays in a house with too many empty rooms. Suppose she reads Through the Narrow Gate. She recognizes every corridor. And her verdict, delivered to a niece over tea, might run close to this: Karen told the truth about the buildings and missed the point of the life. We were never trying to destroy ourselves. We were making a gift of ourselves, and a gift hurts. She left before the gift was complete, and she has spent fifty years explaining the novitiate to people who will never understand it, and been paid for it, and called that compassion. The sister’s hero system and Armstrong’s grew from one root and one training. In the sister’s drama, the heroine is hidden, her sacrifice sealed inside the vow, her significance banked entirely with God, unrecorded on earth by design. In Armstrong’s drama the heroine’s self-emptying is published in forty-five languages. Becker names the difference without mocking either woman. Both are immortality projects. One deposits its treasure in heaven and requires that heaven exist. The other deposits its treasure in the culture, in print runs and charters and prizes, and requires only that the culture remember. Armstrong’s system is the sister’s system with the metaphysics removed and the audience installed where God used to sit.

Other rivals ring her, and her books engage them by name. The New Atheist hero system makes a heroism of disenchantment, the unflinching man staring down a godless sky, truth as the last nobility; Becker would note that it promises its own immortality, the scientist’s name on the finding, and that its combat with Armstrong fed both systems, each side’s courage requiring the other’s error. The confessional systems, Catholic, Orthodox Jewish, Salafi, evangelical, hold that one drama is true and the others are rehearsals or corruptions, and from inside any of them Armstrong’s harmonizing looks like the flattening of everything that made the drama worth dying in. The tribal and traditionalist system, already met, ranks the transmission of a particular inheritance above every universal, and its adherents might observe that Armstrong, childless and unaffiliated, preaches a compassion that costs her no loyalty because she kept none. Each rival can describe her more sharply than she describes herself, which is the usual arrangement between hero systems, since each one’s vision is clearest at the edges of its neighbors.

How much does she see? More than most subjects of this series. Armstrong is half a Beckerian by trade. Her life’s argument, that conceptions of God rise and fall as human needs change, that religions are things people build to make their suffering mean, sits a short step from the full claim that religions are death-denial made social. She has looked at every tradition on earth and seen the scaffolding. What she has never published is the same look turned on the Charter, the prizes, the shelf of books with her name down the spines, the entire visible apparatus by which a woman who preaches self-forgetting has arranged to be remembered. Her memoirs come near it. She writes of ambition with distaste, of her hunger for the doctorate as a wrong turning, of learning to want nothing, and the account of learning to want nothing runs to two volumes with her photograph on the covers. Becker would not call this hypocrisy, and this series does not either. He taught that the hero system is worn on the inside, that the one drama a person cannot watch is her own, and that the more total the dedication, the more invisible the stage. By that standard her sincerity is beyond question and beside the point. She wants the ego dethroned. The want is the throne.

The hero is a woman who answered the terror of self-annihilation by seizing the controls of it, who turned the convent’s assault on her ego into a voluntary discipline she could administer to herself and recommend to the world, and who built from that discipline a significance no order could expel her from. The rival she never names is the sister who stayed, the hidden life running quietly alongside hers like an unlit parallel road, whose wager, that a self given away in secret is seen and kept by God, would, if it paid, make every book Armstrong wrote a long consolation for the loss of the real thing. And the cost her ledger cannot price sits in the Islington flat among the books: the decade of seizures endured alone, the marriage never made, the child never had, the near loves traded, year over year, for the love of the far, by the world’s foremost teacher of compassion, who put the whole race at the center of her world and kept the room around her empty.

The Great Delusion

If John J. Mearsheimer’s anthropology is right, the vast historical scholarship and global activism of Karen Armstrong present a profound misreading of why religion exists and how human societies function.
Armstrong, a prominent historian of religion and author of A History of God, Fields of Blood, and Twelve Steps to a Compassionate Life, argues that the core of all major religious traditions is the golden rule and the cultivation of universal compassion. In her work, particularly with her global initiative, the Charter for Compassion, she contends that the dogmatic, violent, and exclusionary aspects of religion are distortions of an underlying, transcendent truth. To Armstrong, if human beings can look past external dogmas and embrace the fundamental empathetic core of their faiths, they can build a more peaceful, unified world.
Mearsheimer’s framework in The Great Delusion breaks down this compassionate universalism, reinterpreting Armstrong’s insights through the cold reality of group survival.
The Armstrong views religious chauvinism and fundamentalism as historical deviations or psychological regressions from the true essence of faith. Mearsheimer’s anthropology counters that these rigid boundaries are not deviations; they are the primary reason religion exists.
Humans are fundamentally social and tribal creatures who organize into distinct groups to ensure their survival in an uncertain world. The long human childhood requires an intense value infusion from the primary micro-society to create cohesion and internal trust. Religion is the most powerful tool ever devised to execute this value infusion. The specific dogmas, rituals, and creation myths that Armstrong seeks to minimize are the exact devices a tribe uses to police its parameters and distinguish between members and outsiders. A completely borderless, universalist religion would fail to provide the local security and distinct collective identity that human nature requires.
In Fields of Blood: Religion and the History of Violence, Armstrong argues that agrarian states historically scapegoated religion, co-opting it to justify the structural violence and warfare necessary to maintain their empires. She asserts that religion itself is not inherently violent.
Under Mearsheimer’s lens, this distinction is an illusion. Moral codes and religious frameworks do not exist in a vacuum of abstract reason or pure empathy. They are generated by specific societies to serve their own cohesion and relative power. Internal solidarity exists precisely to maintain group strength so the collective can navigate external competition. A tribe does not need state manipulation to turn its religion into a defensive weapon; the primary drive for survival in an anarchic system dictates that a group will always use its shared sacred narrative to justify securing its perimeter and competing for vital resources against rival groups.
Armstrong’s Charter for Compassion seeks to institutionalize empathy on a global scale, encouraging people to extend their moral concern to all of humanity.
Mearsheimer’s realism notes that the capacity to prioritize abstract, global empathy is a secondary phenomenon that only emerges within highly secure, wealthy environments. The ability to advocate for a borderless family of man requires an artificial zone of abundance secured by a dominant power. The moment security fractures, resources shrink, or an existential threat emerges, the luxury of universalist sentiment vanishes. The tribe instantly reasserts its hard boundaries, and the human engine defaults to prioritizing the in-group above all else.
If Mearsheimer is right, Armstrong’s work brilliantly documents the beautiful, internal aspirations of human spirituality during periods of peace, but it misreads the external structural requirements of human survival. Humans do not build lasting societies through global empathy; they build them by binding themselves to a specific tribe to survive a dangerous world.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, the entire literary and activist career of Karen Armstrong represents the ultimate secular temple built atop the misunderstanding myth. Armstrong has built an immense global brand by framing religious fundamentalism and sectarian violence not as fierce coalitional dogfights, but as bad reading habits and a tragic loss of historical perspective.
In bestsellers like A History of God, The Battle for God, and her global initiative The Charter for Compassion, Armstrong argues that ancient religious traditions were never meant to be taken literally. She claims that early humans understood scripture as mythos—psychological metaphors meant to help people look inward and cultivate compassion—rather than logos, which deals with hard, scientific facts. For Armstrong, modern fundamentalism, terrorism, and aggressive atheism are all products of the same basic intellectual error: a historical brain-fart where people forgot how to read ancient texts properly. If we can just educate people about this misunderstanding and remind them of the shared “Golden Rule” at the heart of every faith, global harmony can be achieved.
A Pinsofian analysis completely dismantles this gentle, high-status framework. Religious communities, both ancient and modern, do not enforce rigid dogmas, fight over holy sites, or execute heretics because they suffer from a literary misunderstanding. They do it because religious orthodoxy is a highly effective, functional tool for group survival and dominance. Strict, literal beliefs and shared mythologies serve as powerful coalitional badges. They signal deep ingroup loyalty, police internal compliance, and mobilize human primates to outcompete rival coalitions for finite resources, land, and political authority. The actors running these factions are not confused by hermeneutics; they are playing a zero-sum game to win.
By framing this intense Darwinian competition as a treatable case of historical amnesia, Armstrong creates a brilliant mission statement for the modern cosmopolitan elite. Her work provides international forums, university circles, and educated readers with a sophisticated platform to look down upon sectarian conflicts from a position of absolute moral and intellectual superiority. Adherents can tell themselves that while the unwashed masses are down in the mud fighting over “misunderstood” dogmas, they possess the superior rationality needed to see the universal, compassionate core of all human spirituality.
Armstrong did not uncover a fixable error in the history of human belief. She executed a highly successful status strategy within the global attention economy. Converting complex religious history into a high-prestige plea for universal empathy earned her the TED Prize, multi-million-dollar book deals, and a dominant position as a global public intellectual. Her work functions as an exceptionally useful apparatus to secure personal prominence, proving that preaching a universal compassion that ignores basic evolutionary incentives is the ultimate way to capture elite authority.

Posted in Religion | Comments Off on The Unsaying of Karen Armstrong